The Money Mustache Community

General Discussion => Throw Down the Gauntlet => Topic started by: FIRE me on December 28, 2016, 10:16:16 AM

Title: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on December 28, 2016, 10:16:16 AM
I intend to lose 10% or more of my body weight in 2017.

Currently I am 191 pounds. My goal is to reach 170 pounds. I will be FIRE'd as of January 4, 2017 so I am hopeful that this will be a good time to make a genuine lifestyle change as opposed to the usual cycle of gain and then lose, gain, lose, lather, rinse and repeat.

My motivation is to better my odds of staying healthy by reducing my blood pressure, the risk of stroke, heart attack, and Diabetes, all of which unfortunately run in my extended family.

I will post updated stats weekly, or at least every two weeks. But may post more frequently to discuss diet and general strategy if anyone else is interested.

Anyone else in?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 28, 2016, 10:17:21 AM
i'm in... i'm at 210 this morning i plan to be 185 by april/may.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cookie78 on December 28, 2016, 10:23:58 AM
I'm in!

Currently 161 pounds. Aiming for 130 by FIRE day Aug 3, 2017. 31 pounds in 31 weeks. It's an ambitious goal for me, but I'm determined. Most of my other priorities are on autopilot now, so I can focus on this one.

Starting with Whole 30 on Friday.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on December 28, 2016, 10:36:14 AM
I'm in!

Currently 161 pounds. Aiming for 130 by FIRE day Aug 3, 2017. 31 pounds in 31 weeks. It's an ambitious goal for me, but I'm determined. Most of my other priorities are on autopilot now, so I can focus on this one.

Starting with Whole 30 on Friday.

I've heard good things about Whole 30 and paleo.

I plan to go my own way and cut my bad habits like sweets, pizza, barbecue, boredom eating, and overeating. I'll also exercise, but that is more for the cardio benefit that losing weight.

I'm considering occasional 24 hour water only fasts, but that may exceed my self control abilities.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on December 28, 2016, 10:37:44 AM
i'm in... i'm at 210 this morning i plan to be 185 by april/may.

Misery loves company, but so does success. We're going to do this!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 28, 2016, 10:47:23 AM
oh its no biggy.  i've done it before. 

i use 4 hour body its like paleo but no fruit or potatoes and allows beans.

BBQ isnt bad the sauce is bad.  and the bread you may eat with it is. 

Exercise is mostly for physical fitness not for losing weight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Frugalicious on December 28, 2016, 03:55:55 PM
I'm in.  I'll weigh on 1/1.

Sent from my SM-G920F using Tapatalk

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Radagast on December 28, 2016, 07:38:53 PM
Alright, I'm in. The goal is to go from 166ish to 150ish. Not too sure about the methods, looks like I should exercise and minimize gratuitous carbs.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: frugalfelicia on December 28, 2016, 08:17:12 PM
I'm in.

Currently at 159 lbs. 10% would take me down to 143.

Two things that will help
1. Budgeting less for groceries means I will omit/limit the junk.
2. Will start walking to/from work in the new year - saves money and gives me about 50 mins of exercise each day.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on December 28, 2016, 09:00:08 PM
I'm in.  Tried this last year and no movement either way.    Currently at 153.  Goal is 137.   Intermittent fasting is my preferred approach, along with cutting down on sugar.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MM_MG on December 28, 2016, 09:31:00 PM
I'm in on this one.

Current weight 285. 

I have spent the last few years focusing on making sure our financial future was taken care of, now I need to focus on my getting more healthy so I can enjoy all of our hard work in the future. 

2017 goal:  Lose weight, not worry about money (we have plenty) and learn to live in the moment.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on December 28, 2016, 09:44:11 PM
I'm in on this one.

Current weight 285. 

I have spent the last few years focusing on making sure our financial future was taken care of, now I need to focus on my getting more healthy so I can enjoy all of our hard work in the future. 

2017 goal:  Lose weight, not worry about money (we have plenty) and learn to live in the moment.

I am with you MM. Sounds like we are in the same place.  I am currently 294 lbs and disgusted that my weight has ballooned again.   Joined WW tonight.  Money is no longer an issue, now it's time to get healthy.  Count me in for the 10% challange (and then some).
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: LateToTheParty on December 29, 2016, 06:13:58 AM
I'm in. Currently 135# and would like to get to 120# (short stature), so just over 10%.

Plan to increase protein and veggies, decrease sweets/carbs, prioritize exercise.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 06:16:10 AM
I'm in. Currently 135# and would like to get to 120# (short stature), so just over 10%.

Plan to increase protein and veggies, decrease sweets/carbs, prioritize exercise.

exercise wont help near as much as the first 2 and eliminating the second 2.

Basically dont eat more sweet and carbs on days when "i worked out" it doesnt work that way.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on December 29, 2016, 06:27:53 AM
I'm in.  I've been hovering just under 150 for months.  Goal is to get back to 130-135, which was my pre pregnancy weight. 

My main issue is stress/emotional eating in the evenings after rough days.  Have to start having the willpower to say no to the cake, cookies, chocolate, etc. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: dividendsplease on December 29, 2016, 06:41:35 AM
I'm in. Currently 190 and want to be at 165.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 06:46:09 AM
I'm in.  I've been hovering just under 150 for months.  Goal is to get back to 130-135, which was my pre pregnancy weight. 

My main issue is stress/emotional eating in the evenings after rough days.  Have to start having the willpower to say no to the cake, cookies, chocolate, etc.

dont buy it its not available.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: k_to_the_v on December 29, 2016, 06:49:31 AM
I'm in too, although my focus is not going to be on my weight, it's going to be on developing better habits - in my experience, a healthier weight follows behind those better habits.

I know from experience that for me, eating a primarily paleo diet makes me feel the best and my weight naturally moves to a set level that is currently about 10-15 pounds below where I'm at now. I also know that while exercise doesn't do much for my weight, it is a keystone habit for me: when I am making fitness a regular part of my life, I naturally make better diet choices. Exercise also helps me deal with stress better (I'm a stress/emotional eater) and definitely helps me sleep better.

The other side of this is that I have to cut down on the booze. I've given it up completely in the past but 2017 will be about trying to find a healthier relationship with alcohol (if I can't find that balance, then I'll reconsider just giving it up completely again).
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on December 29, 2016, 07:03:20 AM
I'm in.  I've been hovering just under 150 for months.  Goal is to get back to 130-135, which was my pre pregnancy weight. 

My main issue is stress/emotional eating in the evenings after rough days.  Have to start having the willpower to say no to the cake, cookies, chocolate, etc.

dont buy it its not available.

Not buying it is the easy part.  BF brings home all kinds of junk, and I have to get better about being able to see it around and not have any.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Milizard on December 29, 2016, 07:13:25 AM
I'm in.  I've been hovering just under 150 for months.  Goal is to get back to 130-135, which was my pre pregnancy weight. 

My main issue is stress/emotional eating in the evenings after rough days.  Have to start having the willpower to say no to the cake, cookies, chocolate, etc.

dont buy it its not available.

Not buying it is the easy part.  BF brings home all kinds of junk, and I have to get better about being able to see it around and not have any.

I read an article recently that successful people don't have more self-control.  They set up things so they don't need to use self-control.  Talk to your BF about keeping the stuff out of the house.  At the very least, It'd be a good measure on whether he is a keeper.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Milizard on December 29, 2016, 07:18:45 AM
I'm in.  I lost about 25 lbs. this year.  I'd like to lose another 25, but I don't think it's really a reasonable goal.  I was only there in my teens, part of which I felt borderline anorexic.  15 is 10%, and that is much more reasonable for my body and age.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on December 29, 2016, 07:20:50 AM
I'm in.  I've been hovering just under 150 for months.  Goal is to get back to 130-135, which was my pre pregnancy weight. 

My main issue is stress/emotional eating in the evenings after rough days.  Have to start having the willpower to say no to the cake, cookies, chocolate, etc.

dont buy it its not available.

Not buying it is the easy part.  BF brings home all kinds of junk, and I have to get better about being able to see it around and not have any.

I read an article recently that successful people don't have more self-control.  They set up things so they don't need to use self-control.  Talk to your BF about keeping the stuff out of the house.  At the very least, It'd be a good measure on whether he is a keeper.

Hmmm, I think I will do this.  He does need to be healthier, also, even though he's very thin.  Recently he's been talking about wanting to work out more, I think I will suggest less junk and see how it goes.  I count calories and it would be easier to stay on track if there weren't always cupcakes around.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: caffeine on December 29, 2016, 07:26:09 AM
I've been waiting for one of these for 2017. I'm at 185 lbs. I'd like to get down to my freshman year college weight of 150~155  lbs.

I just restarted my weight lifting. I just did a week of consistently eating my macros at 175 Carbs, 40 Fat, 175 Protein. I'm going to begin to slowly reduce the carbohydrates whenever my weekly weigh-ins becomes stagnant.

A few things that I hope to become more consistent is to plan meals a day ahead. Keep it simply and healthy. I'll schedule cheat meals/days in advance. If I feel socially obligated to join someone to eat out, I'll make sure I'm relatively full.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 07:34:17 AM
I'm also cutting the drinking to 0 for the next 9 or so months b/c my wife is pregnant.  so that should help a lot. ... as soon as the egg nog runs out.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on December 29, 2016, 07:59:03 AM
Alright, I'm in. Last few years I've lost weight from Jan-Apr or so, but then I slack off too much and put a lot back on.

Dec 27th: 198 lbs.

Goal: Maybe get under 170 this year? (Was as low as 172 in 2016) The real goal for me is MAINTENANCE. Thinking of something like once i get under 180, KEEPING it under 180 for the rest of the year is a tougher problem for me.  I tend to go low carb to lose the weight, but then too much junk food/sugar when I'm not low carb and put a bunch back on. So, extreme THEN moderation, not extreme to extreme. :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cookie78 on December 29, 2016, 08:14:51 AM
I'm in too, although my focus is not going to be on my weight, it's going to be on developing better habits - in my experience, a healthier weight follows behind those better habits.

I know from experience that for me, eating a primarily paleo diet makes me feel the best and my weight naturally moves to a set level that is currently about 10-15 pounds below where I'm at now. I also know that while exercise doesn't do much for my weight, it is a keystone habit for me: when I am making fitness a regular part of my life, I naturally make better diet choices. Exercise also helps me deal with stress better (I'm a stress/emotional eater) and definitely helps me sleep better.

The other side of this is that I have to cut down on the booze. I've given it up completely in the past but 2017 will be about trying to find a healthier relationship with alcohol (if I can't find that balance, then I'll reconsider just giving it up completely again).

This was huge for me too. I was WAY more successful with weight loss when I was also exercising, and even when I stopped exercising the weight stayed off for FAR longer than when I had lost weight just focusing on food. When my focus is overall fitness and health, and not just weight, everything seems to work out MUCH better for me, both short term and long term.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Enigma on December 29, 2016, 08:16:16 AM
I am in...  Currently I am around 210...  I tend to hit a plateau around 200, 195, and 190...  I do not recall the last time I was 185.
One good thing is when I tend to hit a plateau I stay there...  don't go up or down...  So my goal will be 185lb (11.9%)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 2Birds1Stone on December 29, 2016, 08:18:58 AM
I'm in, pretty much have to.

Current weight 230lbs

Want to do a USAPL powerlifting meet @ 205lb weight class in April
Doing Ironman Lake Placid 70.3 in September for which I need to be even lighter so my joints don't fall apart.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrsDinero on December 29, 2016, 08:33:51 AM
I'm in!  I started a month ago on my post-baby body.   I'm focusing more on getting rid of the fat and gaining muscle. 

I'm currently at 155lbs. I'm working with a personal trainer once a week focusing on my goals.  The rest of the week I do cardio/weight circuits and yoga as homework.

My biggest challenges will be adding more vegetables to my diet and limiting the sweets/wine.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on December 29, 2016, 08:37:23 AM
I'm in! I got down to 130 in my second law school just by literally having no time to eat, gained all the weight back third year, lost half of it again in the month before my wedding, then gained it all back and then some during bar prep and my first year of practice.  Now I'm hovering at right around 155, trying to get to 140 by the year's end.  Whole30 starts January 2nd and I'm not supposed to weigh myself during that whole month but we'll see if I actually stick to that, my fibit likes to have the data!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on December 29, 2016, 08:39:30 AM
I am so in.  I tried in 2016 but just couldn't do it.  I think I am finally ready to change my eating.  No diets for me though.  Just better choices.  I still have junk in the house but am trying not bring more home with me.  Holiday treats are gone so that is a good thing.

I am also going to try and commit to exercise.  It is time to get physically fit.  I am in the worse shape of my life.  It is starting to affect my health.

I am 160 and would like to lose 20 lbs, so 140 here I come.

Good luck everyone.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 08:46:25 AM
I am so in.  I tried in 2016 but just couldn't do it.  I think I am finally ready to change my eating.  No diets for me though.  Just better choices.  I still have junk in the house but am trying not bring more home with me.  Holiday treats are gone so that is a good thing.

I am also going to try and commit to exercise.  It is time to get physically fit.  I am in the worse shape of my life.  It is starting to affect my health.

I am 160 and would like to lose 20 lbs, so 140 here I come.

Good luck everyone.

your diet is anything you eat its only recently been attached to specific things to lose weight.  but having no plan and just "making better choices" often does not work very well.  The human body is a machine and you can curtail the inputs to meet how its meant to function.  exercise is probably only 10% of weightloss and is much more useful at just getting yourself physically in shape not really conducive to weightloss. you can sit on your ass every day and eat an appropriate diet and lose weight... on the flip side you can exercise everyday and still not put the right inputs into your system and gain weight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: NinetyFour on December 29, 2016, 08:50:13 AM
I'm in.  I'm at about 150 and want to get to 130.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on December 29, 2016, 09:00:35 AM
I'm in. I'm roughly defensive end sized (6'6", 285) and I'd like to get down around 250. I did some mountain bike racing this year, and I plan to do it again the summer of 2017 -- every pound I lose is one less pound to drag up the side of a hill.

First step, like many other people have said, will be cutting out the booze and the snacks that come with it.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on December 29, 2016, 09:35:47 AM
I am so in.  I tried in 2016 but just couldn't do it.  I think I am finally ready to change my eating.  No diets for me though.  Just better choices.  I still have junk in the house but am trying not bring more home with me.  Holiday treats are gone so that is a good thing.

I am also going to try and commit to exercise.  It is time to get physically fit.  I am in the worse shape of my life.  It is starting to affect my health.

I am 160 and would like to lose 20 lbs, so 140 here I come.

Good luck everyone.

your diet is anything you eat its only recently been attached to specific things to lose weight.  but having no plan and just "making better choices" often does not work very well.  The human body is a machine and you can curtail the inputs to meet how its meant to function.  exercise is probably only 10% of weightloss and is much more useful at just getting yourself physically in shape not really conducive to weightloss. you can sit on your ass every day and eat an appropriate diet and lose weight... on the flip side you can exercise everyday and still not put the right inputs into your system and gain weight.

All you say is true, but if alleykat's choices are good enough to result in the desired weight loss, he will be ahead of the game because there is no strict diet plan to quit adherence.

Everyone has their own way, and whatever works, works. And the more sustainable that way is when the weight loss goal is reached, the better. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 09:52:01 AM
I am so in.  I tried in 2016 but just couldn't do it.  I think I am finally ready to change my eating.  No diets for me though.  Just better choices.  I still have junk in the house but am trying not bring more home with me.  Holiday treats are gone so that is a good thing.

I am also going to try and commit to exercise.  It is time to get physically fit.  I am in the worse shape of my life.  It is starting to affect my health.

I am 160 and would like to lose 20 lbs, so 140 here I come.

Good luck everyone.

your diet is anything you eat its only recently been attached to specific things to lose weight.  but having no plan and just "making better choices" often does not work very well.  The human body is a machine and you can curtail the inputs to meet how its meant to function.  exercise is probably only 10% of weightloss and is much more useful at just getting yourself physically in shape not really conducive to weightloss. you can sit on your ass every day and eat an appropriate diet and lose weight... on the flip side you can exercise everyday and still not put the right inputs into your system and gain weight.

All you say is true, but if alleykat's choices are good enough to result in the desired weight loss, he will be ahead of the game because there is no strict diet plan to quit adherence.

Everyone has their own way, and whatever works, works. And the more sustainable that way is when the weight loss goal is reached, the better.

was just putting it out there due to the original comment of having a similar goal in 2016 but didnt complete it.  IMO a plan is necessary esp. if you've not successfully done it previously.  It would be similar to saving.  saying i'm going to make better decisions in what i buy next year but i have no cognitive plan or budget i'm following.  i meant to do this in 2016 and failed but i'm just gonna try it again.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Milizard on December 29, 2016, 09:57:38 AM
I found tracking my calories with myfitnesspal led me to make better choices than just keeping a vague idea of better choices in mind.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 10:28:58 AM
I found tracking my calories with myfitnesspal led me to make better choices than just keeping a vague idea of better choices in mind.

yep.  how do you decide oh i can have this cookie if you arent on some plan or system etc.  "i've been doing better i deserve this cookie" doesnt work if you say that daily b/c you ate a salad.  which you may say i wont do it daily.  but then what is acceptable every other day, weekly, etc. but wait now you're making a planned diet.  (which you should do anyways)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrsDinero on December 29, 2016, 10:34:37 AM
I found tracking my calories with myfitnesspal led me to make better choices than just keeping a vague idea of better choices in mind.

yep.  how do you decide oh i can have this cookie if you arent on some plan or system etc.  "i've been doing better i deserve this cookie" doesnt work if you say that daily b/c you ate a salad.  which you may say i wont do it daily.  but then what is acceptable every other day, weekly, etc. but wait now you're making a planned diet.  (which you should do anyways)

I had a long discussion with my PT this morning about this very subject.  She is very realistic in that cutting something out 100% especially something we enjoy is doomed to fail.   Instead she suggests just making better choices.  For example, it is ok to have a glass of wine, but it is not ok to have a glass of wine, a piece of cake,  and pizza.  Pick one and only one.  It is about finding a balance that works for you.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 10:50:47 AM
I found tracking my calories with myfitnesspal led me to make better choices than just keeping a vague idea of better choices in mind.

yep.  how do you decide oh i can have this cookie if you arent on some plan or system etc.  "i've been doing better i deserve this cookie" doesnt work if you say that daily b/c you ate a salad.  which you may say i wont do it daily.  but then what is acceptable every other day, weekly, etc. but wait now you're making a planned diet.  (which you should do anyways)

I had a long discussion with my PT this morning about this very subject.  She is very realistic in that cutting something out 100% especially something we enjoy is doomed to fail.   Instead she suggests just making better choices.  For example, it is ok to have a glass of wine, but it is not ok to have a glass of wine, a piece of cake,  and pizza.  Pick one and only one.  It is about finding a balance that works for you.

a glass of dry red wine is not the equivalent of a piece of cake or a slice of pizza ... the latter 2 are chuck full of sugars and carbohydrates and dairy.  and of course your PT isnt gonna give you a system to follow then you wouldnt need them.  a personal trainer is great for getting in shape but as outlined in another thread started recently working out isnt the secret to losing weight diet modification is.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrsDinero on December 29, 2016, 10:52:41 AM
I found tracking my calories with myfitnesspal led me to make better choices than just keeping a vague idea of better choices in mind.

yep.  how do you decide oh i can have this cookie if you arent on some plan or system etc.  "i've been doing better i deserve this cookie" doesnt work if you say that daily b/c you ate a salad.  which you may say i wont do it daily.  but then what is acceptable every other day, weekly, etc. but wait now you're making a planned diet.  (which you should do anyways)

I had a long discussion with my PT this morning about this very subject.  She is very realistic in that cutting something out 100% especially something we enjoy is doomed to fail.   Instead she suggests just making better choices.  For example, it is ok to have a glass of wine, but it is not ok to have a glass of wine, a piece of cake,  and pizza.  Pick one and only one.  It is about finding a balance that works for you.

a glass of dry red wine is not the equivalent of a piece of cake or a slice of pizza ... the latter 2 are chuck full of sugars and carbohydrates and dairy.

She was talking about making conscious decisions about what is being consumed.  I personally can live without alcohol but I refuse to live in a world without cake. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 10:54:24 AM
I found tracking my calories with myfitnesspal led me to make better choices than just keeping a vague idea of better choices in mind.

yep.  how do you decide oh i can have this cookie if you arent on some plan or system etc.  "i've been doing better i deserve this cookie" doesnt work if you say that daily b/c you ate a salad.  which you may say i wont do it daily.  but then what is acceptable every other day, weekly, etc. but wait now you're making a planned diet.  (which you should do anyways)

I had a long discussion with my PT this morning about this very subject.  She is very realistic in that cutting something out 100% especially something we enjoy is doomed to fail.   Instead she suggests just making better choices.  For example, it is ok to have a glass of wine, but it is not ok to have a glass of wine, a piece of cake,  and pizza.  Pick one and only one.  It is about finding a balance that works for you.

a glass of dry red wine is not the equivalent of a piece of cake or a slice of pizza ... the latter 2 are chuck full of sugars and carbohydrates and dairy.

She was talking about making conscious decisions about what is being consumed.  I personally can live without alcohol but I refuse to live in a world without cake.

so long as you know they arent equivalent.  and cake is likely one of the worst foods on the planet to put inside a human body.

you've never seen a study done that a slice of pizza or cake a day is good for your health but there are many out there that link a glass of wine to reduced risk of heart disease etc.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrsDinero on December 29, 2016, 11:02:12 AM


you've never seen a study done that a slice of pizza or cake a day is good for your health but there are many out there that link a glass of wine to reduced risk of heart disease etc.

You are not getting a slice of our yummy, homemade birthday cake. :)

No one eats cake every day, not even I can do that, and I've make poems about cake!   Be realistic.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on December 29, 2016, 11:06:13 AM
I'm in.  Weighted myself 2 days ago, I was 228 (I've been fluctuating around 230).  I'm 6'4, so while I'm overweight, it's not super obvious.  I was 180 almost 2 years ago, and had a lot of health issues since.  If I was at 100% that would be my goal, but 200 with some of my muscle back would be fantastic.  My biggest hurdle will be saying no to the snacks at the office.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on December 29, 2016, 11:10:44 AM
Quote from: boarder42 link=topic=66119.msg1356829#msg1356829

so long as you know they arent equivalent.  and cake is likely one of the worst foods on the planet to put inside a human body.

you've never seen a study done that a slice of pizza or cake a day is good for your health but there are many out there that link a glass of wine to reduced risk of heart disease etc.

True, but most people will need to cheat.  People just shouldn't cheat everyday or every week even.  Tim Ferris recommends once a week, which every 1 - 2 weeks seems standard.

For me personally, cheating takes the pressure off and allows me to relax.  I don't measure and I don't care, I just eat till I'm full.  I usually go with pizza, lots of pizza.

So have your cake and eat it, but just once a week...or less.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on December 29, 2016, 11:14:57 AM
I'll post to get in on this.  I started seriously a few months ago and I am down 8lbs.

Currently at 272.  Goal weight would ideally be 215-225, but for 2017 my goal is <250.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 11:23:28 AM
Quote from: boarder42 link=topic=66119.msg1356829#msg1356829

so long as you know they arent equivalent.  and cake is likely one of the worst foods on the planet to put inside a human body.

you've never seen a study done that a slice of pizza or cake a day is good for your health but there are many out there that link a glass of wine to reduced risk of heart disease etc.

True, but most people will need to cheat.  People just shouldn't cheat everyday or every week even.  Tim Ferris recommends once a week, which every 1 - 2 weeks seems standard.

For me personally, cheating takes the pressure off and allows me to relax.  I don't measure and I don't care, I just eat till I'm full.  I usually go with pizza, lots of pizza.

So have your cake and eat it, but just once a week...or less.

oh yeah i agree i follow ferris's diet... my point was equating wine (which can be consumed daily and not inhibit weightloss) to cake or pizza. 

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on December 29, 2016, 11:31:07 AM
Quote from: boarder42 link=topic=66119.msg1356829#msg1356829

so long as you know they arent equivalent.  and cake is likely one of the worst foods on the planet to put inside a human body.

you've never seen a study done that a slice of pizza or cake a day is good for your health but there are many out there that link a glass of wine to reduced risk of heart disease etc.

True, but most people will need to cheat.  People just shouldn't cheat everyday or every week even.  Tim Ferris recommends once a week, which every 1 - 2 weeks seems standard.

For me personally, cheating takes the pressure off and allows me to relax.  I don't measure and I don't care, I just eat till I'm full.  I usually go with pizza, lots of pizza.

So have your cake and eat it, but just once a week...or less.

oh yeah i agree i follow ferris's diet... my point was equating wine (which can be consumed daily and not inhibit weightloss) to cake or pizza.

Ah true that.  Just don't drink the whole bottle >.<

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on December 29, 2016, 11:32:26 AM
Quote from: boarder42 link=topic=66119.msg1356829#msg1356829

so long as you know they arent equivalent.  and cake is likely one of the worst foods on the planet to put inside a human body.

you've never seen a study done that a slice of pizza or cake a day is good for your health but there are many out there that link a glass of wine to reduced risk of heart disease etc.

True, but most people will need to cheat.  People just shouldn't cheat everyday or every week even.  Tim Ferris recommends once a week, which every 1 - 2 weeks seems standard.

For me personally, cheating takes the pressure off and allows me to relax.  I don't measure and I don't care, I just eat till I'm full.  I usually go with pizza, lots of pizza.

So have your cake and eat it, but just once a week...or less.

oh yeah i agree i follow ferris's diet... my point was equating wine (which can be consumed daily and not inhibit weightloss) to cake or pizza. 

All in moderation.  If you plan for it, you can eat a piece of cake every day and still lose weight.  There was that one guy who only drank beer, and lost weight.  Probably not the most healthy thing, but lots of veggies + a piece of cake can still allow weight loss, and that is fairly healthy.  You just need a lot of self control, since I'd be hungry most of the day on a diet like that.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 11:48:40 AM
Quote from: boarder42 link=topic=66119.msg1356829#msg1356829

so long as you know they arent equivalent.  and cake is likely one of the worst foods on the planet to put inside a human body.

you've never seen a study done that a slice of pizza or cake a day is good for your health but there are many out there that link a glass of wine to reduced risk of heart disease etc.

True, but most people will need to cheat.  People just shouldn't cheat everyday or every week even.  Tim Ferris recommends once a week, which every 1 - 2 weeks seems standard.

For me personally, cheating takes the pressure off and allows me to relax.  I don't measure and I don't care, I just eat till I'm full.  I usually go with pizza, lots of pizza.

So have your cake and eat it, but just once a week...or less.

oh yeah i agree i follow ferris's diet... my point was equating wine (which can be consumed daily and not inhibit weightloss) to cake or pizza. 

All in moderation.  If you plan for it, you can eat a piece of cake every day and still lose weight.  There was that one guy who only drank beer, and lost weight.  Probably not the most healthy thing, but lots of veggies + a piece of cake can still allow weight loss, and that is fairly healthy.  You just need a lot of self control, since I'd be hungry most of the day on a diet like that.

yes but again thats an obsure diet... you can have 2 glasses of dry red wine per day and not inhibit weightloss on most any diet.  you cannot do the same with cake or pizza.  wine doesnt belong in the same sentence as cake and pizza. unless its a sugary wine then it can go there.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: seemsright on December 29, 2016, 01:18:48 PM
I am in too. My number one thing I must control to drop the weight I need to is stress. I stress and I will instantly put on weight. The weight gain is due to 3 years of stress. 2017 is the year of project me. I have everything else in order.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 01:28:26 PM
I am in too. My number one thing I must control to drop the weight I need to is stress. I stress and I will instantly put on weight. The weight gain is due to 3 years of stress. 2017 is the year of project me. I have everything else in order.

so do you stress eat.  or how exactly does stress add calories to your system.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on December 29, 2016, 01:53:20 PM
I am in too. My number one thing I must control to drop the weight I need to is stress. I stress and I will instantly put on weight. The weight gain is due to 3 years of stress. 2017 is the year of project me. I have everything else in order.

so do you stress eat.  or how exactly does stress add calories to your system.

*Note I'm not biochemist or whatever, but here is my understanding.

Prolonged periods of stress can cause insulin resistance, or essentially mimic the symptoms of type 2 diabetes, so the sugar in the blood is not used as energy, but instead stored as fat.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 02:06:04 PM
I am in too. My number one thing I must control to drop the weight I need to is stress. I stress and I will instantly put on weight. The weight gain is due to 3 years of stress. 2017 is the year of project me. I have everything else in order.

so do you stress eat.  or how exactly does stress add calories to your system.

*Note I'm not biochemist or whatever, but here is my understanding.

Prolonged periods of stress can cause insulin resistance, or essentially mimic the symptoms of type 2 diabetes, so the sugar in the blood is not used as energy, but instead stored as fat.

that makes sense but you still have to be intaking food or you would waste away. so this could be countered by eating a more favorable diet as well as reducing stress. or i would assume by not reducing stress at all.  or every diabeitc would be grossly over weight and i know many in good physical condition.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on December 29, 2016, 02:08:59 PM
I am in too. My number one thing I must control to drop the weight I need to is stress. I stress and I will instantly put on weight. The weight gain is due to 3 years of stress. 2017 is the year of project me. I have everything else in order.

so do you stress eat.  or how exactly does stress add calories to your system.

*Note I'm not biochemist or whatever, but here is my understanding.

Prolonged periods of stress can cause insulin resistance, or essentially mimic the symptoms of type 2 diabetes, so the sugar in the blood is not used as energy, but instead stored as fat.

that makes sense but you still have to be intaking food or you would waste away. so this could be countered by eating a more favorable diet as well as reducing stress. or i would assume by not reducing stress at all.  or every diabeitc would be grossly over weight and i know many in good physical condition.

I agree.  Diet and stress both contribute, but high levels of stress make it easier to gain fat mass.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: auntie_betty on December 29, 2016, 02:26:40 PM
I'm in, looking to lose 15% of body weight, will report back with starting weight. Once I've fixed the error on the scales - at present it just says 'one at a time please' ;)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: marty998 on December 29, 2016, 04:13:30 PM
I'm in, looking to lose 15% of body weight, will report back with starting weight. Once I've fixed the error on the scales - at present it just says 'one at a time please' ;)

That's guaranteed to upset a buyer of the product if they are they only one one the scales... why would a company put that error message there!

I have always wanted to get down to 70kg (healthy weight for me on BMI scale). Currently at 76-77.... so I guess 10% is achievable for me too.

I'm not overweight by any stretch of the imagination, but any and all excess fat deserves to be zapped... especially if losing it will help in achieving fitness goals.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on December 29, 2016, 06:20:58 PM
I am so in.  I tried in 2016 but just couldn't do it.  I think I am finally ready to change my eating.  No diets for me though.  Just better choices.  I still have junk in the house but am trying not bring more home with me.  Holiday treats are gone so that is a good thing.

I am also going to try and commit to exercise.  It is time to get physically fit.  I am uin the worse shape of my life.  It is starting to affect my health.

I am 160 and would like to lose 20 lbs, so 140 here I come.

Good luck everyone.

your diet is anything you eat its only recently been attached to specific things to lose weight.  but having no plan and just "making better choices" often does not work very well.  The human body is a machine and you can curtail the inputs to meet how its meant to function.  exercise is probably only 10% of weightloss and is much more useful at just getting yourself physically in shape not really conducive to weightloss. you can sit on your ass every day and eat an appropriate diet and lose weight... on the flip side you can exercise everyday and still not put the right inputs into your system and gain weight.

All you say is true, but if alleykat's choices are good enough to result in the desired weight loss, he will be ahead of the game because there is no strict diet plan to quit adherence.

Everyone has their own way, and whatever works, works. And the more sustainable that way is when the weight loss goal is reached, the better.

was just putting it out there due to the original comment of having a similar goal in 2016 but didnt complete it.  IMO a plan is necessary esp. if you've not successfully done it previously.  It would be similar to saving.  saying i'm going to make better decisions in what i buy next year but i have no cognitive plan or budget i'm following.  i meant to do this in 2016 and failed but i'm just gonna try it again.


I hear you but just being mindful throughout the day works for me.  I don't believe in diets - but that doesn't mean they don't work for others. I started being mindful early December and am already down 3 lbs.  You can argue it is water weight but I will take it.  It is going in the right direction.  So, I am really starting at 163.  In 2016, I wanted to lose weight but just didn't make a real effort for one reason or another.   Different things work for different people.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on December 29, 2016, 06:31:39 PM
A diet it what you eat. So not believing in what you eat doesn't really make sense.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Dee18 on December 29, 2016, 07:09:07 PM
I'm in! I think 10% is a realistic goal. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on December 30, 2016, 02:28:02 AM
A diet it what you eat. So not believing in what you eat doesn't really make sense.

I think Alleycat is saying that she/he doesn't want adhere to a certain specified diet.... like keto, atkins, etc etc.... but that by being mindful about what is being eaten healthier choices will be made and calories somewhat reduced. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: jedsbud on January 01, 2017, 07:53:29 AM
I am in.  Starting at 220.4 this morning.  I would like to be 195, dropping another pants size in the process. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: cincystache on January 01, 2017, 08:17:27 AM
I'm in, Current weight is 225, Target weight is ~200
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Fig on January 01, 2017, 09:52:41 AM
I'm in. My basic diet is fairly good (6-7 fruit/veg per day and little processed food) but I've gained 15lb (mostly on my tummy) by eating sugary crap to cope with fatigue and stress. I'm going to allow myself one small item per day with added sugar. Once that habit kicks in, I may try whole30.

(I also posted in the not-buying-clothes thread because I want to fit my old clothes, instead of shopping to conceal my midriff).

Edit for accountability: currently 138lb, aiming to lose 10% to reach pre-comfort-eating weight to suit my short height.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: mc6 on January 01, 2017, 12:16:09 PM
I was at 249 the other day and I have joined a separate Walk 2017 Miles in 2017 challenge as well.  I have recently started to see the same shape of belly that my mother has and that my grandmother had appearing in my own blue jeans.  YIKES.  My fitness is at its worst ever.  I'M going for a long walk in my neighborhood as soon as my pedometer thingy charges.  Good luck to us all!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 01, 2017, 04:57:24 PM
Ok, time for a weigh in.

191  December 24
188  January 1

3 pounds lost in the first week, not too bad I guess.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: elaine amj on January 02, 2017, 08:54:07 AM
Oops...somehow completely missed this thread and started another one. I will delete my other one and join in this one.

I lost 20 lbs in 2016 - I credit a newfound determination, counting calories on MyFitnessPal (the math was always pretty exact for me and I liked being able to fit in cake regularly), and the support I found here on MMM.

Being able to share my struggles and celebrate my successes - and share in everyone else's journey was amazing. It was wonderful to have a place I could be honest about devouring 3 slices of cake...and then start over again at the next meal. My vice is binging in secret - so having this place to be honest really, really helped.

I'm hoping to get the same support here in 2017 :)

After dropping from 154 to 130 through most of 2016 (and successfully maintaining without logging through the summer!), I have been eating a lot through the Christmas season. My mother has been here visiting since mid November and I used that as an excuse to eat a LOT! This morning I weighed in at 139.6 lbs!!! Ouch :( I am not liking how I look or feel. So my goal is to drop  down to 120-125lbs in 2017.

For me, intense workouts require me to eat more for fuel (and as a reward), which for me typically cancels out the calories lost. What has been working best for weightloss has been mild workouts (like walks and casual bike rides) since I don't eat more to fuel those.


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wintertell on January 02, 2017, 09:35:54 AM
I'm in! I just weighed myself this morning and I'm 259. That's down from 265 in mid-December.

My goal is to get to 200 by the end of the year. That's a 1.13/week weight loss goal. It might be a bit ambitious, but I like ambitious goals.

Like others, I have previously concentrated on my finances to the detriment of other parts of my life. This year is 100% about weight loss (and I even started in December!).

Definitely looking for lots of support here throughout the year...

My "Why" is that I really want to have kids, but my husband and I agree it would be better if we both lost weight first. I want to be healthier, in order to reduce the risk of complications during pregnancy and to ward off the diabetes that runs in my family.

My approach is to count calories via My Fitness Pal or Lose It! (another app). Then I'm tracking my activity with a FitBit. Previously, I've concentrated on exercise, not counting calories. Then I do too much, too soon, and either get hurt or exhausted and don't continue.  This time I'll focus on getting a 1lb/week deficit through eating correctly, and then incorporate exercise into my routine slowly.

For support, I've also joined several Facebook groups and the "Half Size Me" community. I've cleaned out my blog reader to include more fitness/weight loss blogs. I've searched out on Instagram for people to follow who are also trying to lose weight.

Anyone have blog/Facebook group/Instagram recommendations for inspiration??

I wish us all luck and perseverance!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: begood on January 02, 2017, 10:00:26 AM
I'm in! I started working with a nutritionist in mid-September. Weight 189. I'd like to lose 32 lbs, which would get me to the "top" of my ideal weight per Weight Watchers: 157. If I manage that, we'll see about continuing. I always felt best around 145, but that number is pretty daunting for me.

I've lost 12 pounds so far, though I quite happily spent the past two weeks indulging when the opportunity arose, just trying to have some, not all, and never everything. :)

I have a supportive group of walking buddies, and we'll be back on the track tomorrow morning, when school starts back up.

To keep me on track, I have a lot of mantras. One of the biggest is, "Don't eat crap before lunch." Another is "No time like the present" <--- that one is with regard to chores/moving around/shifting mindset.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 02, 2017, 10:23:23 AM
I'm in! I started working with a nutritionist in mid-September. Weight 189. I'd like to lose 32 lbs, which would get me to the "top" of my ideal weight per Weight Watchers: 157. If I manage that, we'll see about continuing. I always felt best around 145, but that number is pretty daunting for me.

I've lost 12 pounds so far, though I quite happily spent the past two weeks indulging when the opportunity arose, just trying to have some, not all, and never everything. :)

I have a supportive group of walking buddies, and we'll be back on the track tomorrow morning, when school starts back up.

To keep me on track, I have a lot of mantras. One of the biggest is, "Don't eat crap before lunch." Another is "No time like the present" <--- that one is with regard to chores/moving around/shifting mindset.

My new one is “Toughen up, Cupcake”. Being called “cupcake” makes me fighting mad (I'm male) which is what I need to keep my resolve strong.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: begood on January 02, 2017, 10:43:36 AM
I'm in! I started working with a nutritionist in mid-September. Weight 189. I'd like to lose 32 lbs, which would get me to the "top" of my ideal weight per Weight Watchers: 157. If I manage that, we'll see about continuing. I always felt best around 145, but that number is pretty daunting for me.

I've lost 12 pounds so far, though I quite happily spent the past two weeks indulging when the opportunity arose, just trying to have some, not all, and never everything. :)

I have a supportive group of walking buddies, and we'll be back on the track tomorrow morning, when school starts back up.

To keep me on track, I have a lot of mantras. One of the biggest is, "Don't eat crap before lunch." Another is "No time like the present" <--- that one is with regard to chores/moving around/shifting mindset.

My new one is “Toughen up, Cupcake”. Being called “cupcake” makes me fighting mad (I'm male) which is what I need to keep my resolve strong.

Oh, funny, FIRE me! My version of that is, "Chin up, buttercup" because I learned I respond soooo much better to encouragement and celebrating small successes. We all have to find what works for us!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ToughMother on January 02, 2017, 11:32:27 AM
I'm in:

weigh in: 133.2
10%: 13.3
basically, aiming for 120

intentions to accomplish this: more salads (which I love), lean protein, less carbs, and hitting my walking and rowing goals more consistently.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 10dollarsatatime on January 02, 2017, 12:44:08 PM
Height: 5'7"
Weight: 176
Goal: 145

I got down to 158 a couple of years ago.  It's been creeping up, and then massive work drama happened this fall.  Between needing fast meals, being too exhausted to cook, and turning to comfort foods, I got myself here. 

On the bright side, I think that work drama will soon be neutralized.  A big part of it is already gone and now we're cleaning up the last bits. 

I'll be starting the whole30 next Monday.  (I'm taking my mom out for a Christmas meal at a highly rated restaurant, and I intend to enjoy it.)  This week I'm working on batch cooking and freezing meals so I can grab them and run on long work days.  I'm not necessarily doing the whole30 for weightloss.  I sleep poorly most nights, deal with full body aches, and other things.  (I just made myself sound old...)  Hoping that the whole30 can help me with those issues, and I'll learn what foods to avoid.

I've started trying to do yoga for at least 15 minutes each day.  Someday, I'd like to be able to touch my toes without straining, a thing I couldn't even do as a child.  I have the 'Down Dog' app on my phone and it's proven to be decent.  I can choose whatever length of practice I like, tell it what I'm looking for, and it generates a practice for me.

I'll also start running again soon.  I ran 4 half marathons last year, but slacked on training for the last couple do to above work drama, which resulted in a hip injury.  I feel close to ready to start training again, and will try for at least 4 again this year, in addition to whatever 5k and 10k races I can get discounted entries to through work.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: LadyMuMu on January 02, 2017, 12:59:39 PM
I'm in. Last year I lost 10 lbs and then gained 20. Yikes! Last month I was at my heaviest ever weight of 179. I'd like to eventually get down to about 140 or 138, but I need to take this 10 lbs at a time and evaluate at each step. So for now, I'd like to lose 10 lbs. I've lost a little over a pound in the past week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Rhoon on January 02, 2017, 07:44:30 PM
I'm definitely in. I'm at 220lbs, High PB + Cholesterol. Need to be below 200 for starters, real target is around 180lbs (Military weight).

Anyone have any recommendations for reminders? Do you post sticky notes on your fridge? Around your cubical/home office/bathroom mirror?

I'd like to combine this with the 30 day drinking a gallon of water a day. Fill up on water, get better looking skin.

It's going to be extra tough for me, a road warrior 3/4 of the month. Difficult to drink that much water when you're always in a car or on a plane.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: begood on January 02, 2017, 08:01:33 PM
Rhoon, I recommend building up to that gallon a day if you're not used to drinking that much water. You will pee all day long the first few days!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brooklynmoney on January 02, 2017, 08:22:26 PM
I'm in. I would like to lose 5 to 10 more but slowly and not deprive myself. Also Wintertell if you search for #TIU on Instagram you will see a lot of posts from the Tone it Up community. There's also a hashtag for TIU over 40 that I like to look at posts for as well.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CCCA on January 02, 2017, 10:09:42 PM
I'm in.  I'm 166 and getting to 150 would be a great goal, though I'd probably be happy with 155 too.
I already don't eat a ton of sweets but I do need to cut down on chips and other snacks. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Villanelle on January 02, 2017, 11:30:42 PM
Though I'd like to lose more, I think 15% is a very manageable initial goal that sets me up for success.  Some major life changes, as well as menopause have caused me to gain a lot of weight in the last few years.  It's to the point that working out is tough because I am so very out of shape.  I've instituted nightly walks with Husband.  Not that 25-30 minutes of walking is going to change much, but this is also about health, and I know I need to move more so having that daily bit of activity can only help.

I did a HIIT workout today.  I am pretty sure I died.  It was supposed to take about 30 minutes, including warm up, cool down and stretching.  It took me about an hour.  But I didn't quit. I took my time and rested as much as I felt I needed to, and I muddled through while keeping decent technique.  I am also considering purchasing a treadmill.  On one hand, this seems silly as I have free access to a gym a mile and a half from my house.  But I am supremely self-conscious about how out of shape I am, and the idea of being the fat girl struggling to jog holds me back.  Yes, I know that most people aren't paying attention to others at the gym, but if this is my hang up, money on a treadmill might be a wise investment.  For someone who used to (a long time ago) be in wonderful shape, it's pretty demoralizing.  But I can change that.  I will change that. 

I'm also trying to find some easy, quick, healthy meals to add in to the rotation.  I hate cooking, I hate cleaning, and I live in a place with limited access to foods I'm used to.  I love one pot and crockpot meals, and I need to find more than don't include cream, cheese, and other high calorie items.   And I need to cut myself off from eating after dinner, or find healthy low calorie snacks and "schedule" one of those and only one after dinner. 

And I'm hoping to get Husband on board with not buying soda.  It is isn't here, I won't miss it, and he could stand to get healthier as well.  I have two pitchers of water I keep in the fridge.  I may start adding fruit to one to make flavored water.  That's on my grocery list for today.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 03, 2017, 04:30:54 AM
Jogging ESP when overweight is not a good idea. Welding as fast as you can is better cardio and better for your joints. But altering your diet is what will induce more weight loss working out is just to get in shape physically not really to lose weight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: begood on January 03, 2017, 05:10:45 AM
Though I'd like to lose more, I think 15% is a very manageable initial goal that sets me up for success.  Some major life changes, as well as menopause have caused me to gain a lot of weight in the last few years.  It's to the point that working out is tough because I am so very out of shape.  I've instituted nightly walks with Husband.  Not that 25-30 minutes of walking is going to change much, but this is also about health, and I know I need to move more so having that daily bit of activity can only help.

I did a HIIT workout today.  I am pretty sure I died.  It was supposed to take about 30 minutes, including warm up, cool down and stretching.  It took me about an hour.  But I didn't quit. I took my time and rested as much as I felt I needed to, and I muddled through while keeping decent technique.  I am also considering purchasing a treadmill.  On one hand, this seems silly as I have free access to a gym a mile and a half from my house.  But I am supremely self-conscious about how out of shape I am, and the idea of being the fat girl struggling to jog holds me back.  Yes, I know that most people aren't paying attention to others at the gym, but if this is my hang up, money on a treadmill might be a wise investment.  For someone who used to (a long time ago) be in wonderful shape, it's pretty demoralizing.  But I can change that.  I will change that. 

I'm also trying to find some easy, quick, healthy meals to add in to the rotation.  I hate cooking, I hate cleaning, and I live in a place with limited access to foods I'm used to.  I love one pot and crockpot meals, and I need to find more than don't include cream, cheese, and other high calorie items.   And I need to cut myself off from eating after dinner, or find healthy low calorie snacks and "schedule" one of those and only one after dinner. 

And I'm hoping to get Husband on board with not buying soda.  It is isn't here, I won't miss it, and he could stand to get healthier as well.  I have two pitchers of water I keep in the fridge.  I may start adding fruit to one to make flavored water.  That's on my grocery list for today.

Villanelle, those people in the gym are thinking, "Hey, good for her. She's here working her tail off." And that's the message I recommend you send yourself. I did not make any headway at all when I felt invisible, full of deep shame that I had gained so much weight, guilty over the Smarties wrappers I was "hiding" in a drawer... It wasn't until I made a decision to love myself the way I was and part of that love included improving my health that I started to make incremental changes.

I've been Smartie free since October 6! ;)

Skinny Pop is a good after-dinner option, because you can adjust the amount to the number of calories you have left for the day. Pistachios are another big treat for me.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 03, 2017, 06:22:20 AM
http://forum.mrmoneymustache.com/throw-down-the-gauntlet/want-to-lose-weight-in-2017-exercise-is-not-the-answer/

this is a really good write up about the how weightloss works and that working out doesnt really help you too much if weightloss is the goal.

also its 1.5 miles to the gym.  you could walk there and back, do some strength/toning while there.  no need to buy a treadmill.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 03, 2017, 06:37:34 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Melissa on January 03, 2017, 07:10:19 AM
I'm in as well. On December 31st I was at 161# and my goal weight by the end of the year is under 135#. I will be rowing at the indoor rowing world championship in Boston Feb 2018 and I want to row lightweight status. I was down as low as 128 a few years ago. I just got lazy.....let my portion sizes get put of control. I LOVE potatoes, rice, and bread. I don't need to eliminate them, only eat the suggested portion size and I'll be fine
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on January 03, 2017, 09:42:49 AM
I'm in....but egads...after reading everyone's entries, I feel super fat! This is embarrassing but I'm 5'4" and currently 173, down from 182 at the start of last year. I want to get down to 155, stretch goal of 135 (was 125 but super skinny in high school...I seem to be dense).

My issues:
1) Poor food choices (lots of "easy" junk carbs), mainly due to time crunches and insufficient planning.
2) Stress eating...hard day=extra portions (yes plural) and a big dessert. For the record, "hard" day encompasses being too busy, conflict of any kind, being tired, etc.

I'm extremely overcommitted time wise for the foreseeable future so I need to make my meal choices more automated and easy.

Edited to add: from a quick calculation, I can drop somewhere near 350 calories from my daily intake by eliminating coffee (lots of cream and sugar). I've tapered off caffeine so it's easy to just stop.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 03, 2017, 10:13:07 AM
http://forum.mrmoneymustache.com/throw-down-the-gauntlet/want-to-lose-weight-in-2017-exercise-is-not-the-answer/

this is a really good write up about the how weightloss works and that working out doesnt really help you too much if weightloss is the goal.

also its 1.5 miles to the gym.  you could walk there and back, do some strength/toning while there.  no need to buy a treadmill.

You're oversimplifying. You can lose weight through exercise alone, assuming your calorie intake and current weight is stable.

Exercising away 500 calories per day will result in 10 pounds lost over 2 months. Source:

http://www.livestrong.com/article/427524-how-long-will-it-take-to-lose-10-pounds-if-i-burn-500-calories-a-day/

Diet and exercise will always be more effective than the same diet with no exercise. Additionally, you will feel better on the days you exercise.

While it is true that no one will exercise away a gallon of ice cream (or any other calorie dense treat) per day, it is unhelpful to keep spreading the false information that exercise "doesn't really help" dieters.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on January 03, 2017, 10:38:15 AM
http://forum.mrmoneymustache.com/throw-down-the-gauntlet/want-to-lose-weight-in-2017-exercise-is-not-the-answer/

this is a really good write up about the how weightloss works and that working out doesnt really help you too much if weightloss is the goal.

also its 1.5 miles to the gym.  you could walk there and back, do some strength/toning while there.  no need to buy a treadmill.

You're oversimplifying. You can lose weight through exercise alone, assuming your calorie intake and current weight is stable.

Exercising away 500 calories per day will result in 10 pounds lost over 2 months. Source:

http://www.livestrong.com/article/427524-how-long-will-it-take-to-lose-10-pounds-if-i-burn-500-calories-a-day/

Diet and exercise will always be more effective than the same diet with no exercise. Additionally, you will feel better on the days you exercise.

While it is true that no one will exercise away a gallon of ice cream (or any other calorie dense treat) per day, it is unhelpful to keep spreading the false information that exercise "doesn't really help" dieters.

It doesn't really help might be the wrong way to phrase it, it should be more

Exercising without addressing your diet doesn't really help you lose weight.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on January 03, 2017, 10:53:45 AM
The problem with using exercise alone as a weight loss tool, is typically you are more hungry and therefore eat more after exercising.  If you don't eat more, you are limiting you food intake, which is a diet. 

I have in the past have lost weight only using exercise, as in I still ate as much as I could.  But I was exercising intensely for about 12 hours a week while I was doing this.  In fact, I wasn't trying to lose weight, I was just having a lot of fun doing what I was doing, and I couldn't get my food intake up to stop it.  The last couple of weeks I was doing it, I measured my calorie intake, and it was around 4000 calories a day. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 03, 2017, 10:57:01 AM
http://forum.mrmoneymustache.com/throw-down-the-gauntlet/want-to-lose-weight-in-2017-exercise-is-not-the-answer/

this is a really good write up about the how weightloss works and that working out doesnt really help you too much if weightloss is the goal.

also its 1.5 miles to the gym.  you could walk there and back, do some strength/toning while there.  no need to buy a treadmill.

You're oversimplifying. You can lose weight through exercise alone, assuming your calorie intake and current weight is stable.

Exercising away 500 calories per day will result in 10 pounds lost over 2 months. Source:

http://www.livestrong.com/article/427524-how-long-will-it-take-to-lose-10-pounds-if-i-burn-500-calories-a-day/

Diet and exercise will always be more effective than the same diet with no exercise. Additionally, you will feel better on the days you exercise.

While it is true that no one will exercise away a gallon of ice cream (or any other calorie dense treat) per day, it is unhelpful to keep spreading the false information that exercise "doesn't really help" dieters.

It doesn't really help might be the wrong way to phrase it, it should be more

Exercising without addressing your diet doesn't really help you lose weight.

correct they OP who made that post was likely going for a more click bait title to get you to read the data.  the above statement is very correct. 

less calories in than out doesnt relate exactly to weight loss. its what the calories come from ... 2k calories of white bread in - 2500 calories out may not help you lose weight every day.  OTH 4k calories of lean meat in and 2k calories out typically equates to weight loss for most humans. obviously you'll need some veggies to get all your nutrients.  but there are far too many people that think its that simple an equation and its far from the way your body processes calories from different sources.  and no eating a sugary fruit in place of cookie isnt that much better for you its still sugar.  fruit is not a necessary part of a human diet ...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 03, 2017, 10:19:30 PM
Height: 5'7"
Weight: 176
Goal: 145

I got down to 158 a couple of years ago.  It's been creeping up, and then massive work drama happened this fall.  Between needing fast meals, being too exhausted to cook, and turning to comfort foods, I got myself here. 

That's my trouble, too. Every few years I lose 15 or 20 pounds. Unfortunately, it is always the same 15 or 20 pounds. I am really hoping to break the cycle this time.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 03, 2017, 10:21:14 PM
I'm in, looking to lose 15% of body weight, will report back with starting weight. Once I've fixed the error on the scales - at present it just says 'one at a time please' ;)

That's guaranteed to upset a buyer of the product if they are they only one one the scales... why would a company put that error message there!

I really think that auntie_betty was making a bit of a joke there.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Villanelle on January 04, 2017, 01:39:45 AM
http://forum.mrmoneymustache.com/throw-down-the-gauntlet/want-to-lose-weight-in-2017-exercise-is-not-the-answer/

this is a really good write up about the how weightloss works and that working out doesnt really help you too much if weightloss is the goal.

also its 1.5 miles to the gym.  you could walk there and back, do some strength/toning while there.  no need to buy a treadmill.

As I mentioned, I'm definitely working on the diet piece as well. The working out is more for health than weight loss, though I consider them pieces of the same puzzle.  And the good thing about being a) heavy and b) out of shape, it that walking a mile burns a lot more calories because my body is inefficient at it, and because I'm hauling around a lot of ballast.

 I feel like a 3 mile walk is nice, but it doesn't seem like enough.  I'm too out of shape to jog, but I can walk, even briskly, almost indefinitely.  (I did a roughly 8 mile walk a few weeks back, and other than a few blisters I was fine.  But I can't do that regularly as it eats up too much time.)  I feel like I need something in between, at least for now, like a treadmill on an incline.  (The area I live is very flat.)  I walked for an hour and 20 minutes today.  I'd guess I went around 3.5 miles.  At no time did I sweat, nor was I especially winded.  It's way better than nothing, of course, and I'm sore from yesterday's workout so today needed to be a fairly mellow day anyway, but a walk doesn't seem like quite enough effort.

Also, this is something on which I am willing to essentially abandon frugality.  I'm unhealthy.  Having an extra $500 will be useless if I have a heart attack, and it will be worth a lot less to me if I have constant knee pain and need a new hip.  So if I decide a treadmill will truly get me more healthy that not having one, it seems like an extremely good time to be a bit spendypants. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: nnls on January 04, 2017, 02:09:24 AM
I am in, currently weigh 62kg,which is 137 pounds. I want to get back down to 55kg, which is about  what i was at the beginning of 2016. I am mainly focusing on diet (I have way to much soft drink and chocolate) but will also be making use of the free gym when at work
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Milizard on January 04, 2017, 07:13:32 AM
http://forum.mrmoneymustache.com/throw-down-the-gauntlet/want-to-lose-weight-in-2017-exercise-is-not-the-answer/

this is a really good write up about the how weightloss works and that working out doesnt really help you too much if weightloss is the goal.

also its 1.5 miles to the gym.  you could walk there and back, do some strength/toning while there.  no need to buy a treadmill.

As I mentioned, I'm definitely working on the diet piece as well. The working out is more for health than weight loss, though I consider them pieces of the same puzzle.  And the good thing about being a) heavy and b) out of shape, it that walking a mile burns a lot more calories because my body is inefficient at it, and because I'm hauling around a lot of ballast.

 I feel like a 3 mile walk is nice, but it doesn't seem like enough.  I'm too out of shape to jog, but I can walk, even briskly, almost indefinitely.  (I did a roughly 8 mile walk a few weeks back, and other than a few blisters I was fine.  But I can't do that regularly as it eats up too much time.)  I feel like I need something in between, at least for now, like a treadmill on an incline.  (The area I live is very flat.)  I walked for an hour and 20 minutes today.  I'd guess I went around 3.5 miles.  At no time did I sweat, nor was I especially winded.  It's way better than nothing, of course, and I'm sore from yesterday's workout so today needed to be a fairly mellow day anyway, but a walk doesn't seem like quite enough effort.

Also, this is something on which I am willing to essentially abandon frugality.  I'm unhealthy.  Having an extra $500 will be useless if I have a heart attack, and it will be worth a lot less to me if I have constant knee pain and need a new hip.  So if I decide a treadmill will truly get me more healthy that not having one, it seems like an extremely good time to be a bit spendypants.

Walking is good for you, but as you say, it takes forever to get anywhere.  Try kettlebell swings.  Totally low impact, but you get some cardio from the weight and movement.  I used Gin Miller's calorie burner kettlebell workout, and it was great.  A plus, way cheaper and takes up way less space than a $500 treadmill.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 04, 2017, 07:24:36 AM
a treadmill for walking when we have this place called outside with fresh air thats free to walk in... hmmm. ...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: NinetyFour on January 04, 2017, 08:13:09 AM
Walking is good for you, but as you say, it takes forever to get anywhere.  Try kettlebell swings.  Totally low impact, but you get some cardio from the weight and movement.  I used Gin Miller's calorie burner kettlebell workout, and it was great.  A plus, way cheaper and takes up way less space than a $500 treadmill.

I think brisk walking is a great way to get in shape, though it does take time.  I make it more enjoyable by creating playlists of songs with the perfect beat for my gait.  That way, it often feels more like dancing than walking.  And it's very fun.

If I had the space in my house, I would totally want to get a treadmill.  Having it right at home would remove one barrier to exercise.  So I support Villanelle's desire to buy one.  Yes, ideally, we all have the motivation to get outside and walk 5 miles per day, but some of us aren't quite there yet for one reason or another.

Milizard, for a 55 year old, slightly out of shape female, what size kettlebell would you recommend to start with?  Thanks.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrsDinero on January 04, 2017, 08:36:36 AM
We have a treadmill. We use it and also walk/snowshoe outside.   Admittedly the treadmill is one of those fancy NordicTrack incline ones and was purchased pre-MMM but I do not regret it.   I use the treadmill for when it is too rainy, too dark, or I just don't feel like layering up in 10 degree weather.  I can talk myself out of going outside, but I can't talk myself out of using the treadmill.   

I also use it for speed work when I'm marathon training as the nearest flat track is 20 minutes away, but the treadmill is in the basement.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Milizard on January 04, 2017, 09:19:52 AM
Walking is good for you, but as you say, it takes forever to get anywhere.  Try kettlebell swings.  Totally low impact, but you get some cardio from the weight and movement.  I used Gin Miller's calorie burner kettlebell workout, and it was great.  A plus, way cheaper and takes up way less space than a $500 treadmill.

I think brisk walking is a great way to get in shape, though it does take time.  I make it more enjoyable by creating playlists of songs with the perfect beat for my gait.  That way, it often feels more like dancing than walking.  And it's very fun.

If I had the space in my house, I would totally want to get a treadmill.  Having it right at home would remove one barrier to exercise.  So I support Villanelle's desire to buy one.  Yes, ideally, we all have the motivation to get outside and walk 5 miles per day, but some of us aren't quite there yet for one reason or another.

Milizard, for a 55 year old, slightly out of shape female, what size kettlebell would you recommend to start with?  Thanks.

I just started with 5 lbs, and still use it for one-arm swings as I have a bad shoulder.  Believe it or not, that weight does the trick, as you are doing lunges as squats at the same time.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: NinetyFour on January 04, 2017, 09:26:10 AM
Milizard, for a 55 year old, slightly out of shape female, what size kettlebell would you recommend to start with?  Thanks.

I just started with 5 lbs, and still use it for one-arm swings as I have a bad shoulder.  Believe it or not, that weight does the trick, as you are doing lunges as squats at the same time.

Great--thanks!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on January 04, 2017, 11:22:25 AM
Alright, I'm in. Last few years I've lost weight from Jan-Apr or so, but then I slack off too much and put a lot back on.

Dec 27th: 198 lbs.



I weigh myself at night, before bed, but before any pre-bedtime water drinking. Point is, I keep that consistent. And I do it daily (when trying to lose weight) and track it in a spreadsheet. Of course.

Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3: 193.0

Down 2.7%.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 04, 2017, 11:46:09 AM
Alright, I'm in. Last few years I've lost weight from Jan-Apr or so, but then I slack off too much and put a lot back on.

Dec 27th: 198 lbs.



I weigh myself at night, before bed, but before any pre-bedtime water drinking. Point is, I keep that consistent. And I do it daily (when trying to lose weight) and track it in a spreadsheet. Of course.

Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3: 193.0

Down 2.7%.

i prefer in the morning when i'm the lightest.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MaryByrne on January 04, 2017, 12:35:18 PM
I am 19 years old. 300 lbs to 270 lbs. Will be loosely doing 21 Day Fix (food groups in proportioned containers) but with unlimited vegetables. Into the idea of low calorie density foods (big broccoli stalk = two tiny hershey kisses in calories but one is more filling).

My bad excuses - Main issue is just not having healthy food in my dorm room (matter of grocery shopping) and before that at family home we didn't have a usable kitchen so we ate out 100%.

I exercise quite a bit and agree that it makes me feel good and confident. But paying no attention to diet and eating fast food or restaurants means I haven't lost anything or prevented from gaining. Based on stuff I've read it's all about calories. (In how losing weight works not the counting methods for losing weight) You need x amount of calories for your body to function, then + a for what your activity level is on top of that. If you are eating more calories than you need to function and your activity level, you gain. And if you eat less than you need for x + a (to an extent, there's some sort of safety limit) your body will use the extra stored fat and convert it into energy and that = losing weight.

So say your caloric need for both body functions and REGULAR activity level is 2000 calories, if you eat 500 calories less than that a day, you can lose a pound a week. OR if you exercise EXTRA to burn 500 calories you lose a pound a week. And I believe your fullness feel is about volume in your stomach so if you just eat lots of volume with low calories (ex. vegetables) you will feel full while staying low calories when you track them.  So it works both diet or exercise and it works with both, you just have to know what your basic need is and your regular activity level need.

Probably just a long rephrase of what everyone was saying in the comments above with all the quotations. Thanks for this thread.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 04, 2017, 12:52:54 PM
I am 19 years old. 300 lbs to 270 lbs. Will be loosely doing 21 Day Fix (food groups in proportioned containers) but with unlimited vegetables. Into the idea of low calorie density foods (big broccoli stalk = two tiny hershey kisses in calories but one is more filling).

My bad excuses - Main issue is just not having healthy food in my dorm room (matter of grocery shopping) and before that at family home we didn't have a usable kitchen so we ate out 100%.

I exercise quite a bit and agree that it makes me feel good and confident. But paying no attention to diet and eating fast food or restaurants means I haven't lost anything or prevented from gaining. Based on stuff I've read it's all about calories. (In how losing weight works not the counting methods for losing weight) You need x amount of calories for your body to function, then + a for what your activity level is on top of that. If you are eating more calories than you need to function and your activity level, you gain. And if you eat less than you need for x + a (to an extent, there's some sort of safety limit) your body will use the extra stored fat and convert it into energy and that = losing weight.

So say your caloric need for both body functions and REGULAR activity level is 2000 calories, if you eat 500 calories less than that a day, you can lose a pound a week. OR if you exercise EXTRA to burn 500 calories you lose a pound a week. And I believe your fullness feel is about volume in your stomach so if you just eat lots of volume with low calories (ex. vegetables) you will feel full while staying low calories when you track them.  So it works both diet or exercise and it works with both, you just have to know what your basic need is and your regular activity level need.

Probably just a long rephrase of what everyone was saying in the comments above with all the quotations. Thanks for this thread.

not just calories its what the calories come from.  you can lose weight eating more calories than you use.  b/c of how your body processes them.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 04, 2017, 01:36:53 PM

less calories in than out doesnt relate exactly to weight loss.

Um, yes it does. That's exactly how it works. Anything else breaks physical law.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 04, 2017, 01:42:59 PM
Alright, I'm in. Last few years I've lost weight from Jan-Apr or so, but then I slack off too much and put a lot back on.

Dec 27th: 198 lbs.



I weigh myself at night, before bed, but before any pre-bedtime water drinking. Point is, I keep that consistent. And I do it daily (when trying to lose weight) and track it in a spreadsheet. Of course.

Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3: 193.0

Down 2.7%.

Way to go, Nate.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 04, 2017, 01:43:28 PM

less calories in than out doesnt relate exactly to weight loss.

Um, yes it does. That's exactly how it works. Anything else breaks physical law.

no it doesnt its how they are processed. weight gain on ultra low calorie diets can happen as well.  overall counting calories in and out has proven to be a very inefficient way for most humans to lose weight. what those calories come from matters.

i can eat 5000 calories of meat a day and burn 2000 calories in my body and still lose weight b/c of what is dont with them just b/c you intake a calorie doesnt mean its absorbed by the body.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: frugalfelicia on January 04, 2017, 02:58:13 PM
Did about 50 minutes of walking today, yay!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on January 04, 2017, 03:17:44 PM

less calories in than out doesnt relate exactly to weight loss.

Um, yes it does. That's exactly how it works. Anything else breaks physical law.
You're forgetting about poop :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: auntie_betty on January 04, 2017, 03:19:09 PM
I'm in, looking to lose 15% of body weight, will report back with starting weight. Once I've fixed the error on the scales - at present it just says 'one at a time please' ;)

Starting weight 204lbs :(. So, that's just over 30lbs to go..........

Planning on a mixture of healthy eating and exercise - mainly walking, aiming on an average of 10,000 steps a day.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 2Birds1Stone on January 05, 2017, 08:25:58 AM
I'm in, pretty much have to.

Current weight 230lbs

Want to do a USAPL powerlifting meet @ 205lb weight class in April
Doing Ironman Lake Placid 70.3 in September for which I need to be even lighter so my joints don't fall apart.

I got a DEXA scan yesterday. Arguably the most accurate form of body fat % measurement.

The result was 19.6 @ a clothed weight of 234.8

The coolest thing I learned from my DEXA results was that my bone density is more than 2 standard deviations higher than the average for my demographic. Explains why I sink like a rock when swimming.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on January 05, 2017, 11:07:25 AM
I'm in, pretty much have to.

Current weight 230lbs

Want to do a USAPL powerlifting meet @ 205lb weight class in April
Doing Ironman Lake Placid 70.3 in September for which I need to be even lighter so my joints don't fall apart.

I got a DEXA scan yesterday. Arguably the most accurate form of body fat % measurement.

The result was 19.6 @ a clothed weight of 234.8

The coolest thing I learned from my DEXA results was that my bone density is more than 2 standard deviations higher than the average for my demographic. Explains why I sink like a rock when swimming.

Awesome thing to know! Also, IIRC, DEXA will often show higher BF than caliper due to actual measurement of internal/on organ fat. Like several % higher from what I recall.

I need to do that this year.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 05, 2017, 11:14:11 AM
how much does a dexa scan cost.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 2Birds1Stone on January 05, 2017, 12:46:51 PM
how much does a dexa scan cost.

They there Boarder! I'm not sure as my friend is a professor and has access to a human performance lab where we did the test.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 05, 2017, 12:52:19 PM
how much does a dexa scan cost.

They there Boarder! I'm not sure as my friend is a professor and has access to a human performance lab where we did the test.

thatd be nice.  looks like its 100 around here definitely not worth it to me
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on January 06, 2017, 11:02:19 AM
Looking into it for my area, looks like $120 at my local uni's perf. lab.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on January 06, 2017, 02:40:54 PM
I'm in.  Tried this last year and no movement either way.    Currently at 153.  Goal is 137.   Intermittent fasting is my preferred approach, along with cutting down on sugar.

Update: reduced  sugar this week. Going for no sugar for upcoming week.
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Candace on January 06, 2017, 03:35:08 PM
I'm in.  Tried this last year and no movement either way.    Currently at 153.  Goal is 137.   Intermittent fasting is my preferred approach, along with cutting down on sugar.

Update: reduced  sugar this week. Going for no sugar for upcoming week.
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150

Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk

Nice! That's a big loss for a short time!

I'm reducing sugar as well, as my main dietary change for this year. So far I've lost about a pound and a half. I'm at about 143 and would like to get down to 138. That's not 10% of my body weight, but I'd like to follow along anyway, pretty please?

I'm a sugar addict and always have been, especially with chocolate. I'm finding that cutting down on added sugar and processed foods in general is making my crashes fewer, further between and less intense. And for some reason I have an easier time making the right choices when I think of cutting sugar rather than thinking of cutting chocolate and other junk food. I'm not a huge salty food addict, so I don't need to concentrate on those. Looking more and more forward to feeling freer of mad cravings as I get further away from the days when I'd reward myself with bulk malted milk balls from the supermarket until I felt ill.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 07, 2017, 05:08:56 AM
12/28 -210
1/7 - 206

Didn't 100% stick to the diet BC of new year's festivities in the middle. Hoping to cross 200 in 2 weeks time.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: mc6 on January 08, 2017, 05:04:07 AM
I made my Fitbit step goal yesterday and my pants feel slightly looser than they did right after Christmas.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on January 08, 2017, 05:57:54 AM
Started just after Christmas, down 10 lbs to 284 as of this morning.  I know the first 10 is the easiest but I earned it so far and I'll take it! Good luck to everyone.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 08, 2017, 10:41:51 AM
Time for a weigh in.

191  December 24
188  January 1
185  January 8

Another 3 pounds bites the dust! It's a damn shame that it won't keep coming off so quick.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: begood on January 08, 2017, 11:21:02 AM
Love seeing the updates! Very inspiring! Keep up the good work!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Jim Fiction on January 08, 2017, 04:41:34 PM
Joining this.

Current weight 190 lbs

Target 160-165 lbs

I am a tax accountant, so the next few months will be difficult due to our busy season (last year I put on 15 lbs in 2.5 months!). Our firm is kind enough to provide us with dinner every night, however the options are typically not the healthiest so I plan to pack dinner every day.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Hotstreak on January 08, 2017, 05:00:46 PM
I weighed in after the holidays at 204lbs, so I need to get to 184lbs.  I started loosing weight several years ago when I was 235+, and have stagnated many times through that period.  I have been stable around 200 for the past 6 months or so (not keeping track that close).  I need a new battery for my scale so I won't be able to weigh in until I get that ordered.


The first I will be making to diet is using less fat when cooking.  I'm going to use only as much oil as is required to cook a dish, instead of adding as much as possible without ruining the dish.  The second thing I will do is reduce alcohol.  No more cider's, cutting back on # of drinks.  Everything else will stay the same.. exercising regularly, doing a few different sports, following a paleo based diet.. been doing those things for many years now.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: recklesslysober on January 08, 2017, 05:30:59 PM
Last year I managed 8%. Hopefully I can lose another 10% this year.

Starting: 183.4
December 31: 168.4
Goal: 151.6
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on January 09, 2017, 07:58:34 AM
DH decided to join me. We decided to cut added sugar and reduce carbs...the first day has been hell...maybe cut back too far too fast...dizziness, lethargy and a killer headache. Added back a few extra carbs at dinner last night and it's better today. Getting rid of added sugars is a priority but we won't go low carb at the same time.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Frugal Lizard on January 09, 2017, 08:52:25 AM
Joining in:
01-08 - 132.

Goal:  120

Method of the week:  reducing sugar, increasing veg.

Was doing well last year for a couple of months and then got overwhelmed with so many other changes I was trying to make. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: icegirl on January 09, 2017, 10:32:30 AM
I have been wanting to kick up my motivation to eat better and exercise in 2017, and I think I will try this challenge.

Currently hovering around 140 and want to get down to 125.

Goals:

1. No chocolate or ice cream except on the weekend (can be swapped for other days when out with friends).
2. Only one serving at dinner.
3. Cut my serving size at lunch by aprox. 30% and eat one fruit in the afternoon.
4. Run or bike 2x a week for 25/45 minutes (run/bike). This can be swapped for other cardio, but I have to break a sweat.
5. Lift 1-2x a week.


Hope I can lose 1-2 pound a week.

Deadline: April 2017
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on January 09, 2017, 10:45:08 AM
My weight hasn't really changed just yet.  However, it is staying the same which is good. It is taken me a minute to get on board with eating less but I am getting there.  Yesterday I picked up a glider and so far I have used it twice. I am just starting to exercise so it will be slow starting but I have done it now for two days between 10-15 mins and hope to increase it to 1/2 a day at least if not more. Once I build up, I will move to other things  and mix it up.   

The great part of this is if I stick to it, it will help me eat less because exercising seems to make me think about everything I am eating.  I have greatly reduced sugar and that is a big thing for me. 

I am getting more psyched to lose this weight. 

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 09, 2017, 11:02:23 AM
One thing I find extremely interesting in weight loss as it relates to personal finance.

We all know it's better to self educate than rely on a financial advisor replace with physical trainer, dietitian, etc.

It's interesting to me some of the people that treat what these people or programs say as gospel.  Vs reading and learning and testing what works for you. It's not a simple math equation or set it and forget it like index funds but it's very intriguing to me
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 09, 2017, 12:50:45 PM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

This is all based on my Fitbit Aria, so I'm not sure how accurate BF% and BMI are but there it is.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on January 09, 2017, 12:52:26 PM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

This is all based on my Fitbit Aria, so I'm not sure how accurate BF% and BMI are but there it is.

If you entered in your height, BMI is a simple calculation using that and your weight.  BF% is an estimate and can be widely off. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 09, 2017, 01:02:51 PM
If you entered in your height, BMI is a simple calculation using that and your weight.  BF% is an estimate and can be widely off. 

Ah well then the BMI is right, since Fitbit has my height.  BF%, eh. It's interesting to have I guess, but I won't put much stake in it.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on January 12, 2017, 06:02:14 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3: 193.0
1/10: 190.6

Down 3.9%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 12, 2017, 08:43:57 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3: 193.0
1/10: 190.6

Down 3.9%

Well done Nate! You're killing it!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CCCA on January 12, 2017, 09:09:43 AM
1/1 165
1/11 162.4  down 1.6%


However, my weight naturally swings between 160 to 165 so I think I'm just doing the easy part now.
It's getting below 160 that will be more challenging.


Cut out sweets almost entirely and tried limiting snacks with some success.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on January 12, 2017, 09:17:20 AM
I'm in.  Weighted myself 2 days ago, I was 228 (I've been fluctuating around 230).  I'm 6'4, so while I'm overweight, it's not super obvious.  I was 180 almost 2 years ago, and had a lot of health issues since.  If I was at 100% that would be my goal, but 200 with some of my muscle back would be fantastic.  My biggest hurdle will be saying no to the snacks at the office.
So 12/27: 228
1/12: 220

I stopped snacking as much, and there wasn't food brought in between Christmas and New Years (hardly anyone was at work), so it was easy to say no.  Now that it's being brought in again I've made a rule that I can have two bites, but no more.  So I'm cutting things in pieces, but it's easier than saying no outright.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 12, 2017, 09:30:54 AM
I'm in.  Weighted myself 2 days ago, I was 228 (I've been fluctuating around 230).  I'm 6'4, so while I'm overweight, it's not super obvious.  I was 180 almost 2 years ago, and had a lot of health issues since.  If I was at 100% that would be my goal, but 200 with some of my muscle back would be fantastic.  My biggest hurdle will be saying no to the snacks at the office.
So 12/27: 228
1/12: 220

I stopped snacking as much, and there wasn't food brought in between Christmas and New Years (hardly anyone was at work), so it was easy to say no.  Now that it's being brought in again I've made a rule that I can have two bites, but no more.  So I'm cutting things in pieces, but it's easier than saying no outright.

That is SUCH a good idea. I may have to adopt that...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: bottlerocks on January 12, 2017, 03:43:52 PM
I'm in.  I'm 181 lbs as of this morning...plan to get to at least 150 before bulking, first check point is 160 by end of April.  I'm a 6'1 male but have a small-medium frame and don't really approach 10% bf until I'm right around 150. 

Since 1/1 I've eaten slightly better and cut out diet soda which hasn't done anything for my weight but my caffeine dependence was getting out of hand (not to mention expense of 3 diet sodas per day!)  I have an injury that I'm healing from right now but plan to do some sort of BW/low resistance training program like P90X3 or Insanity.  I've bounced from 200->155->180->150->185 over the past 5 years so I'm well versed in training/weight loss but not so much discipline in keeping the weight off.  2017's goal is to get into the best shape of my life and stay there.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alsoknownasDean on January 13, 2017, 03:18:33 AM
Me too, although I'm really in need to drop closer to 25-30%.

Currently I'm 180cm/5'11" and 117.9kg (about 260 pounds), and I'd like to be back under 90kg. I lost a heap of weight back in 2011 (I lost about 25kg, most in the space of about five months) and kept it off for a couple of years, and put it back on and a bit extra.

In 2011-13 I was around 85-90kg, but I was under 80kg at one stage. I mostly lost it through changing my diet.

Problem is I tend to eat too much, or just used to eating big meals to not be hungry, and usually only two meals per day. I don't drink soft drinks and I try and eat vegetables, but I'll often eat big meals otherwise.

I've been riding my bike to work for the last two years (except for a period last year after breaking my ankle). Often I get home and I'm extremely hungry, and eat too much or the wrong food.

Time to fix that. No more excuses :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 13, 2017, 03:39:35 AM
Back in normal BMI this morning at 204.4.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 14, 2017, 04:51:48 AM
12/28 -210
1/7 - 206
1/14 - 203

Down 3.3%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 15, 2017, 11:08:34 AM
Time for a weigh in.

191  December 24
188  January 1
185  January 8
185  January 15

No loss, so big fail for this week. I will do better in the coming week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on January 15, 2017, 12:59:54 PM
Weigh in dayfor me. Started at 294 on 12/28. Now at 281.  Off to a good start!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: frugalfelicia on January 15, 2017, 04:24:00 PM
Walked 9.8 km today!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 16, 2017, 06:33:42 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3

Happy Monday everybody! 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 16, 2017, 06:38:28 AM
what are you using for BF baby shark?  electric handheld?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 16, 2017, 06:47:55 AM
what are you using for BF baby shark?  electric handheld?

The Fitbit Aria scale. It's allegedly not terribly inaccurate.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on January 16, 2017, 07:27:34 AM
First weigh-in:

148.8 - January 16

Ready to get serious about losing the baby weight.  She will be ten months tomorrow. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 16, 2017, 07:29:45 AM
what are you using for BF baby shark?  electric handheld?

The Fitbit Aria scale. It's allegedly not terribly inaccurate.

i have a scale one and the handheld bio electric impedence meters they are almost 4% BF different with the scale being much lower ... but i'm tall and have thin legs so i dont know if that effects it. but my opinion is it doesnt really matter as long as its progressing down from a start point and you're doing it at the same time every day (morning is best for consistency i've found.  b/c one glass of water will drop my BF % by 2%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 16, 2017, 07:38:49 AM
what are you using for BF baby shark?  electric handheld?

The Fitbit Aria scale. It's allegedly not terribly inaccurate.

i have a scale one and the handheld bio electric impedence meters they are almost 4% BF different with the scale being much lower ... but i'm tall and have thin legs so i dont know if that effects it. but my opinion is it doesnt really matter as long as its progressing down from a start point and you're doing it at the same time every day (morning is best for consistency i've found.  b/c one glass of water will drop my BF % by 2%

Yea, that's my thought too boarder, the data is cool to have, and I like to see trends but if it's totally wrong, it's not going to shake my world view.  Apparently Fitbit sends electric pulses through you or something to figure out BF.  I really only got the Aria because DH and I already had fitbits and it's nice to have everything in one place.  I'm debating upgrading my Fitbit One to one of those with a HR monitor, just so I have the additional data, but they're so big and bulky.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 16, 2017, 07:40:22 AM
what are you using for BF baby shark?  electric handheld?

The Fitbit Aria scale. It's allegedly not terribly inaccurate.

i have a scale one and the handheld bio electric impedence meters they are almost 4% BF different with the scale being much lower ... but i'm tall and have thin legs so i dont know if that effects it. but my opinion is it doesnt really matter as long as its progressing down from a start point and you're doing it at the same time every day (morning is best for consistency i've found.  b/c one glass of water will drop my BF % by 2%

Yea, that's my thought too boarder, the data is cool to have, and I like to see trends but if it's totally wrong, it's not going to shake my world view.  Apparently Fitbit sends electric pulses through you or something to figure out BF.  I really only got the Aria because DH and I already had fitbits and it's nice to have everything in one place.  I'm debating upgrading my Fitbit One to one of those with a HR monitor, just so I have the additional data, but they're so big and bulky.

they both operate that way... its bioelectric impedence.  same tech. though not sure how fitbit works with a single point of contact.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 16, 2017, 07:44:37 AM
what are you using for BF baby shark?  electric handheld?

The Fitbit Aria scale. It's allegedly not terribly inaccurate.

i have a scale one and the handheld bio electric impedence meters they are almost 4% BF different with the scale being much lower ... but i'm tall and have thin legs so i dont know if that effects it. but my opinion is it doesnt really matter as long as its progressing down from a start point and you're doing it at the same time every day (morning is best for consistency i've found.  b/c one glass of water will drop my BF % by 2%

Yea, that's my thought too boarder, the data is cool to have, and I like to see trends but if it's totally wrong, it's not going to shake my world view.  Apparently Fitbit sends electric pulses through you or something to figure out BF.  I really only got the Aria because DH and I already had fitbits and it's nice to have everything in one place.  I'm debating upgrading my Fitbit One to one of those with a HR monitor, just so I have the additional data, but they're so big and bulky.

they both operate that way... its bioelectric impedence.  same tech. though not sure how fitbit works with a single point of contact.

I read somewhere that it's got four plates in it or something, so I'm wondering if there's one point of contact in the front of each foot and one in the back?  Or maybe each foot counts as a point of contact?  The science is far beyond me.

I also use https://trendweight.com which syncs with my Aria as it helps demonstrate my general trend even with my daily fluctuations.  DH found it on Reddit or something and thinks it's cool, I just like when the line goes down.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on January 16, 2017, 07:46:51 AM
I'm in. Haven't weighed in since last week, but on 1/9 I came in at 340 lbs. Goal weight is 265. So, 22% loss.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 17, 2017, 09:25:31 AM
Time for a weigh in.

191  December 24
188  January 1
185  January 8
185  January 15

No loss, so big fail for this week. I will do better in the coming week.

I don't like failure.

For that reason, I decided to try a fast. I just completed a 34 hour water only fast. From 10PM Sunday night (when I had a snack of two apples) to 8:30AM Tuesday morning, nothing but water crossed my lips. The only exceptions were ½ of a 200mg caffeine tablet in the morning, ¼ of same tablet in the afternoon, and 1 melatonin tablet at bedtime Monday night (I don't habitually use melatonin, but I decided it might be hard to sleep through the night on an empty stomach).

I have never fasted before in my life, beyond rarely skipping lunch and once the night before a knee surgery that was decades ago.

The 34 hours weren't as nearly bad as I thought it would be, although I came close to caving in around dinner time.

I've heard good things about the health benefits of 24 hour fasts, so I may try to make a weekly thing of it.

Is anyone else here fasting as part of their diet?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 17, 2017, 09:31:50 AM
Time for a weigh in.

191  December 24
188  January 1
185  January 8
185  January 15

No loss, so big fail for this week. I will do better in the coming week.

I don't like failure.

For that reason, I decided to try a fast. I just completed a 34 hour water only fast. From 10PM Sunday night (when I had a snack of two apples) to 8:30AM Tuesday morning, nothing but water crossed my lips. The only exceptions were ½ of a 200mg caffeine tablet in the morning, ¼ of same tablet in the afternoon, and 1 melatonin tablet at bedtime Monday night (I don't habitually use melatonin, but I decided it might be hard to sleep through the night on an empty stomach).

I have never fasted before in my life, beyond rarely skipping lunch and once the night before a knee surgery that was decades ago.

The 34 hours weren't as nearly bad as I thought it would be, although I came close to caving in around dinner time.

I've heard good things about the health benefits of 24 hour fasts, so I may try to make a weekly thing of it.

Is anyone else here fasting as part of their diet?

I've only fasted for religious holidays and did the same thing with the caffeine pill, but I'm definitely interested in hearing how it goes for you on a more regular basis, especially in regards to weight loss. I'd also argue that not losing anything after two straight weeks of 3 lb weight losses isn't failing, you're still averaging 2 lbs/week, which I'd love to do consistently.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on January 17, 2017, 09:45:33 AM

[/quote]
Update: reduced  sugar this week. Going for no sugar for upcoming week.
[/quote]

Update: Failed on no sugar, but kept it low. For this week will still keep the focus on no/low sugar. Maybe mix in some intermittent fasting.
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 -  150



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: caffeine on January 17, 2017, 10:39:03 AM
I've been waiting for one of these for 2017. I'm at 185 lbs. I'd like to get down to my freshman year college weight of 150~155  lbs.

I just restarted my weight lifting. I just did a week of consistently eating my macros at 175 Carbs, 40 Fat, 175 Protein. I'm going to begin to slowly reduce the carbohydrates whenever my weekly weigh-ins becomes stagnant.

A few things that I hope to become more consistent is to plan meals a day ahead. Keep it simply and healthy. I'll schedule cheat meals/days in advance. If I feel socially obligated to join someone to eat out, I'll make sure I'm relatively full.

Update:

I was wrong on my initial weight. So I had to take two steps back, but I made up for it.

1/2 - 189.8
1/9 - 189.7 (weighed in at the end of the day)
1/16 - 186.3

1/17 And this morning: 185.9

I'm trying not to weigh too often which has been working okay now.

I've been lifting weights and watching calories/macros. So far turkey chili has been my greatest weapon.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 17, 2017, 10:53:23 AM

I've heard good things about the health benefits of 24 hour fasts, so I may try to make a weekly thing of it.

Is anyone else here fasting as part of their diet?

I've only fasted for religious holidays and did the same thing with the caffeine pill, but I'm definitely interested in hearing how it goes for you on a more regular basis, especially in regards to weight loss. I'd also argue that not losing anything after two straight weeks of 3 lb weight losses isn't failing, you're still averaging 2 lbs/week, which I'd love to do consistently.

The worst thing I've heard about fasting is the risk of losing weight by muscle loss instead of (or along with) fat loss.

The list of good is pretty impressive, although unfortunately most of it is from animal models such as mice and monkeys.

The (alleged) good from regular (at least once a week) fasting:

Extended life span.
Reduced risk of cancer.
Reduced cholesterol.
Reduced risk of stroke and heart attack.
Reduced risk of Alzheimer’s.

And of course, reduced weight.

If I fast again I will post that along with my weekly weigh in.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on January 17, 2017, 02:20:25 PM
Weigh-in time

January 3  -- 287 lbs
January 6  -- 284 lbs
January 16 -- 283 lbs

So, down four pounds so far (1.4%).
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on January 17, 2017, 09:08:42 PM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3: 193.0
1/10: 190.6

1/17: 188.2

Down 5.1%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: chrisviola on January 18, 2017, 05:56:36 AM
I'm in. 231.8 as of 1/18. Looking to get down to 200.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 18, 2017, 06:09:16 AM
So the diet i follow i've done before and on and off for over 4 years now ...

i started at 235 in aug 2012 and got down to around 190 at the end of that dec 2012 before spending 4 months on the road for work and heading back up to 215.  i've sea sawed back and forth never really hitting my top value again over the last 4 years. 

But the one thing i've noticed b/c i track my weight daily, and my diet involves one eat whatever you want day. 

When i started the diet 4 years ago by wednesday i would be back at the weight i was the previous week prior to cheat day.  That has slowly moved.  and now its thursday when i hit that weight.  So today i'm 204.4 which is what my weight was on friday morning of last week. 

This all has slowed the weight loss i get on this diet from 5 lbs a week to 3 lbs a week.

I think there are two factors attributing to it.
1. my age and my metabolism slowing
2. my body is adapting to the diet i follow so its not losing weight as fast.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on January 18, 2017, 06:27:34 AM
I was 163,  am 160 now. So, haven't lost anymore. My weight fluctuates a bit but I have at least maintained 160. Getting more mindful what I eat everyday and I love it.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZagNation on January 18, 2017, 04:54:08 PM
Count me in as well. Weighed in at 249.4lb on 1/8 and 245.6lb on 1/15 (today I am 244.6lbs). I have an upcoming trip to Austin, TX for the MotoGP race in April and I'd like to get down to ~215lb by then. The regiment I am following has me dropping my weight based upon a percentage, 1%, on a weekly basis. I'll provide weekly weigh-ins in the future and if I average a loss of 2.5lb per week I should reach my initial target.

Weigh In (lbs)
1/8: 249.4
1/15: 245.6
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: SoCal Stache on January 18, 2017, 06:46:55 PM
Little late to the party, but I'm in!

Current weight 183
Desired weight 165 (almost a 10% drop, 164.7 would be the precise number)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on January 18, 2017, 07:46:16 PM
I'm in. I tip the scales at 175-180 lbs, depending on the day. Let us round up to 18 lbs lost.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: auntie_betty on January 19, 2017, 02:13:10 AM

[/quote]

Starting weight 204lbs :(. So, that's just over 30lbs to go..........

Planning on a mixture of healthy eating and exercise - mainly walking, aiming on an average of 10,000 steps a day.
[/quote]

Now 203lbs. Well, it's a start, right?

-0.5%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on January 19, 2017, 07:35:52 AM
I'm in.  Weighted myself 2 days ago, I was 228 (I've been fluctuating around 230).  I'm 6'4, so while I'm overweight, it's not super obvious.  I was 180 almost 2 years ago, and had a lot of health issues since.  If I was at 100% that would be my goal, but 200 with some of my muscle back would be fantastic.  My biggest hurdle will be saying no to the snacks at the office.
So 12/27: 228
1/12: 220

I stopped snacking as much, and there wasn't food brought in between Christmas and New Years (hardly anyone was at work), so it was easy to say no.  Now that it's being brought in again I've made a rule that I can have two bites, but no more.  So I'm cutting things in pieces, but it's easier than saying no outright.
1/19: 218 - slowing down, but still progress
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on January 19, 2017, 07:50:41 AM
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)

Down 13 pounds in 10 days. Haven't really been trying very hard, just haven't been stuffing myself like I did over Christmas. Wife's birthday party is this weekend, then I'll be treating my diet like a contest prep cut. 280g protein, 50g carbs, 100g fat. 265 lbs is happening this year. No excuses.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: rawr237 on January 19, 2017, 01:44:51 PM
I'm in.

Start weight: 151lb (1/3)
Goal weight: 135lb

That would put me at my college graduation weight. Last year I got down to 143 at some point, then packed it back on while traveling and over the holidays.

I agree with whoever said exercise is a keystone habit for them. Even though I know it's not nearly as important as diet for weight loss, when I don't work out I feel meh and eat less healthy. When I work out consistently, that endorphin injection keeps my mood up and makes it easier to make good choices.

Currently doing a Whole 30 so won't weigh in until Feb 2nd.

Kudos to those of you who have made progress already :)

Does anybody else have a Fitbit and is interested in weekly or weekend challenges?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on January 20, 2017, 09:51:06 PM
Just learned my blood sugar is now 6.8 mmo/l with 7.0 being diabetic level so I'm in for 10% less weight, along with other changes like increased activity.

 I'm currently 155lbs so aiming for 140.

I eat a healthy diet but clearly the calories in / out ratio needs to change.  I'm going to focus on portion sizes; protein, carb, vegetable ratios on the plate; and keeping a food journal. Hate keeping a journal but I think tracking will be key for me.  Will help keep me honest!

I'll also walk at least 30 min per day, mostly as part of my commute, and add a couple of HIIT routines per week.

That all sounds so easy, doesn't it?  And yet...  Good thing I'm scared of my GP and want her approval when I test again in 3 months.

Good luck to us all!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on January 20, 2017, 10:10:58 PM
Just learned my blood sugar is now 6.8 mmo/l with 7.0 being diabetic level so I'm in for 10% less weight, along with other changes like increased activity.

 I'm currently 155lbs so aiming for 140.

I eat a healthy diet but clearly the calories in / out ratio needs to change.  I'm going to focus on portion sizes; protein, carb, vegetable ratios on the plate; and keeping a food journal. Hate keeping a journal but I think tracking will be key for me.  Will help keep me honest!

I'll also walk at least 30 min per day, mostly as part of my commute, and add a couple of HIIT routines per week.

That all sounds so easy, doesn't it?  And yet...  Good thing I'm scared of my GP and want her approval when I test again in 3 months.

Good luck to us all!

Hey Moustachienne, have you read much about using low carb diets to control blood glucose levels, and halt pre-diabetes? Both my parents are diabetic, and I show a few signs of developing the same disease. Needless to say, researching how to avoid it has been one of my great interests. I can definitively say low carb has improved all my metabolic markers: waistline, cholesterol ratios, blood glucose, and blood pressure.

I know my story is anecdata, and that personal ways of eating are becoming almost like religions. I'm not trying to preach. I though you might want to do your own research, if you haven't already.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on January 20, 2017, 11:14:42 PM
Advice taken as intended, Sailor Sam, thanks.  :).
Yes, low carb can be a good approach.  I like a low glycemic carb focus.  I think the research is pretty clear that highly refined and quickly digested carbs are best avoided or at least limited. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 21, 2017, 06:07:00 AM
Just learned my blood sugar is now 6.8 mmo/l with 7.0 being diabetic level so I'm in for 10% less weight, along with other changes like increased activity.

 I'm currently 155lbs so aiming for 140.

I eat a healthy diet but clearly the calories in / out ratio needs to change.  I'm going to focus on portion sizes; protein, carb, vegetable ratios on the plate; and keeping a food journal. Hate keeping a journal but I think tracking will be key for me.  Will help keep me honest!

I'll also walk at least 30 min per day, mostly as part of my commute, and add a couple of HIIT routines per week.

That all sounds so easy, doesn't it?  And yet...  Good thing I'm scared of my GP and want her approval when I test again in 3 months.

Good luck to us all!

Hey Moustachienne, have you read much about using low carb diets to control blood glucose levels, and halt pre-diabetes? Both my parents are diabetic, and I show a few signs of developing the same disease. Needless to say, researching how to avoid it has been one of my great interests. I can definitively say low carb has improved all my metabolic markers: waistline, cholesterol ratios, blood glucose, and blood pressure.

I know my story is anecdata, and that personal ways of eating are becoming almost like religions. I'm not trying to preach. I though you might want to do your own research, if you haven't already.

Agreed. Fruits and carbs are not necessary ESP if you're pre diabetic. Such a common misconception the food pyramid is made by the Dept of agriculture. Not the surgeon general. What do you think their main goal is. It's not nutrition for humans. It's to sell the food the farms are producing. 

After switching to low carb my sugar and try's are thru the roof awesome.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on January 22, 2017, 03:51:00 AM
Weigh in day for me.  Down 2 more pounds to 279 from a start of 294 on 12/28. Very pleased so far. Need to up my activity level this week.  Good luck to all. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: chaskavitch on January 22, 2017, 09:01:30 AM
I'm in too.  I'm 7.5 months post partum, and although I got down to my pre-pregnancy weight at ~ month 4, I regained 10 lbs.  Partially this is due to the holidays and everyone having delicious treats at work (and my lack of willpower), but also baby Chaskavitch doesn't sleep through the night AT ALL, and I eat more junk food when I'm groggy.  Since I'm up every 45 minutes - 2.5 hours, I'm groggy all the time, basically, which means if there are carbs, they're being eaten.

I'm currently at 149, so I'd like to get down to about 135.  I'm going to do my best to cut out snacking between meals, and I'm going to plan out dinners every week so we don't default to pasta with bread or buying pizza next door.  Also, I'm trying to get to at least one HIIT class a week, do ~50 pushups a day, and go for a walk with baby every weekend day that it is warm enough for him - we'll say above 30 degrees F with very little wind. 

My weight/squishy-ness is mostly from eating too much, but when I work out and make an effort, it is easier to say no to bad things, because I feel like I'm ruining my hard work :)  Someday I'll put aside the extra money to buy myself a barbell and some bumper plates, and then I'll just do deadlifts every day, and it will be amazing.

I'll try weekly weigh-ins on Sundays.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wintertell on January 22, 2017, 09:13:00 AM
Just learned my blood sugar is now 6.8 mmo/l with 7.0 being diabetic level so I'm in for 10% less weight, along with other changes like increased activity.

 I'm currently 155lbs so aiming for 140.

I eat a healthy diet but clearly the calories in / out ratio needs to change.  I'm going to focus on portion sizes; protein, carb, vegetable ratios on the plate; and keeping a food journal. Hate keeping a journal but I think tracking will be key for me.  Will help keep me honest!

I'll also walk at least 30 min per day, mostly as part of my commute, and add a couple of HIIT routines per week.

That all sounds so easy, doesn't it?  And yet...  Good thing I'm scared of my GP and want her approval when I test again in 3 months.

Good luck to us all!

Hey Moustachienne, have you read much about using low carb diets to control blood glucose levels, and halt pre-diabetes? Both my parents are diabetic, and I show a few signs of developing the same disease. Needless to say, researching how to avoid it has been one of my great interests. I can definitively say low carb has improved all my metabolic markers: waistline, cholesterol ratios, blood glucose, and blood pressure.

I know my story is anecdata, and that personal ways of eating are becoming almost like religions. I'm not trying to preach. I though you might want to do your own research, if you haven't already.

To add more anecdotal evidence, I have found the same thing is true for me. Every single person on my dad's side has diabetes, and I show a few signs of developing it, including insulin resistance and needing to keep blood sugar relatively level throughout the day or I'll crash.

Low-carb has been the way I'm losing weight, plus I feel MUCH better. Then once I stuck to a low-carb diet for a while, I have become even more aware of when I was eating sugar throughout the day and the fact that I felt my blood sugar race when I did. So, I still eat things with sugar with them, but I'm much more careful than I was about making it count for really delicious things and combining it with protein when I do.

I hope you find something that works for you!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 22, 2017, 09:25:43 AM
Time for the weekly weigh in.

191  December 24
188  January 1
185  January 8
185  January 15
184  January 22

Only one pound lost, but it beats no loss at all.

It was a tough week, cravings were bad. I was dying for sweet trash (donuts, cake, ice cream, etc.). I have to abstain entirely because no way I have the self control to have one doughnut, one slice of cake, one small dish of ice cream. If I have one bite, I will overeat.

I almost bought a Vitamix at Costco this week. They were on sale with and had a demo person. I'm a little weird, I normally don't touch any free food samples. But I stuck around as she demoed soup, fruit and vegetable smoothies, and some fruity alcoholic mixed drink (minus the alcohol) that I don't recall the name of.

I've got to say, the strawberry banana fruit smoothie was almost as good as full fat ice cream, and whole lot healthier.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: supermustacheman on January 22, 2017, 09:53:39 AM

just starting today: 

weight: 188.4 lbs.  10% down gets me to around 170.

approach for this week is to incorporate bulletproof coffee and kim snyder's glowing green smoothies and bone broth.

nice job getting vitamix FIRE.  whenever i have been in shape, it's been a great asset.  hope to get back to using mine.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on January 22, 2017, 10:01:10 AM
I weighed my self first thing this morning. Well, I peed first, but you get the idea. 171 lbs.

That's within the variance; not sure if I'm losing weight. I haven't done anything specifically aimed at diet and exercise, BUT the Uber Frugal January challenge has changed my food purchasing habits. Less junk, more stuff from scratch, no restaurant meals.

If UFJ is making me drop weight, then hoorah. One of my 2017 goals is to dial in my grocery buying. It would be awesome to drop 10% as a side-effect, without ever having to spend energy specifically thinking about weight control.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 22, 2017, 03:33:54 PM

just starting today: 

weight: 188.4 lbs.  10% down gets me to around 170.

approach for this week is to incorporate bulletproof coffee and kim snyder's glowing green smoothies and bone broth.

nice job getting vitamix FIRE.  whenever i have been in shape, it's been a great asset.  hope to get back to using mine.

Welcome aboard supermustacheman, here's hoping you reach your goal easily.

I didn't buy the Vitamix. I just did some serious tire kicking.

I plan to get one eventually but I'm putting it off at least until July for two reasons.

First, in December I spent $300 on a rolling stainless steel tool chest from Costco. I like to put at least six months or so between voluntary major purchases (I arbitrarily count anything over $100 to be a major purchase).

Second, if I wait until July, the Chase Freedom Visa 5% cash back should be back. Beats the 2% that the Citi Costco card pays.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZagNation on January 22, 2017, 04:15:53 PM
Count me in as well. Weighed in at 249.4lb on 1/8 and 245.6lb on 1/15 (today I am 244.6lbs). I have an upcoming trip to Austin, TX for the MotoGP race in April and I'd like to get down to ~215lb by then. The regiment I am following has me dropping my weight based upon a percentage, 1%, on a weekly basis. I'll provide weekly weigh-ins in the future and if I average a loss of 2.5lb per week I should reach my initial target.

Weigh In (lbs)
1/8: 249.4
1/15: 245.6
1/22: 244.2

My nutrition the past week wasn't as dialed in as I would have liked and there was zero cardio, just heavy lifting. This is a new week and a fresh start to be even more disciplined. The four days that I spend lifting will include a brief cardio session directly afterwards. Hopefully the scale will be more generous on 1/29.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 23, 2017, 06:52:27 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3

Weigh-In Time once again

Monday, January 23, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.5
BMI: 27.3

I'm disappointed I didn't lose anything this week, but based on the rest of the week, I'm just glad I wasn't up any.  I'm not really supposed to be weighing in while on Whole30 but oh well.  I'm back to walking/running after being sick so I'm hoping that'll help jump start the weight loss again.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Frugal Lizard on January 23, 2017, 07:24:08 AM
01-22 - 130  - actually the line for 130 was completely visible beside the red needle of the scale so it is actually less!
01-15 - 132.
01-08 - 132.


Goal:  120

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 23, 2017, 08:08:40 AM
wasnt home this weekend to weigh in.

also heading out on the road this week for work.  hoping i can maintain the diet but it will be rough.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on January 23, 2017, 02:20:10 PM
Time to weigh in.....

148.8 - January 16
147.0 - January 23

1.8 lbs gone this week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: supermustacheman on January 23, 2017, 08:02:53 PM
hi FIRE-

thanks for info on Chase Freedom 5% Visa.  I have to look into that one.  I signed up for another interesting one, the Amazon Prime 5% Visa with 5% cash back on all Prime purchases, since I have three kids, we use Amazon all the time.  Might be worth a look, but I think you Mustachians might be on top of this this one already.  Right now, I use the Citibank 2% cash back on everything card for most items and the Amazon card on Amazon.com.

so far, so good, lost .2 pounds after joining the mustache community!

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on January 24, 2017, 07:52:06 AM
Weighed in this morning:

1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268,

so far down about 4 lbs in the new year.  Down about 11 since November when I seriously focused on improving my diet.

Keep up the good work everybody!

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MinimalistMark on January 24, 2017, 07:58:41 AM
A bit late on this, but I'm in! Starting at 255lbs. Six month goal 225lbs. I'll reevaluate at that point.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Daleth on January 24, 2017, 08:06:55 AM
I'm in. Currently 135# and would like to get to 120# (short stature), so just over 10%.

Plan to increase protein and veggies, decrease sweets/carbs, prioritize exercise.

Glad to see a fellow shortie here. 10% would take me down to 106-107, which is a good weight for me (was last there maybe 5-6 years ago). Same plans as you.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: headwinds on January 24, 2017, 08:29:43 AM
I intend to lose 10% or more of my body weight in 2017.

Currently I am 191 pounds. My goal is to reach 170 pounds. I will be FIRE'd as of January 4, 2017 so I am hopeful that this will be a good time to make a genuine lifestyle change as opposed to the usual cycle of gain and then lose, gain, lose, lather, rinse and repeat.

My motivation is to better my odds of staying healthy by reducing my blood pressure, the risk of stroke, heart attack, and Diabetes, all of which unfortunately run in my extended family.

I will post updated stats weekly, or at least every two weeks. But may post more frequently to discuss diet and general strategy if anyone else is interested.

Anyone else in?

I'm in brother. Ironically I am exactly the same starting weight as you as of two days ago, didn't weigh since then.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: moof on January 24, 2017, 08:43:17 AM
I'm in.  Currently at 217, aiming for 195 by the end of the year.

Last year I concentrated hard on getting my exercise level up, and was very happy with my results on that front.  Resting heart rate is now at about 50 bpm, I ride my bike almost everyday, hit the the climbing gym once or twice, did a lot of running over the summer, etc.  I'm mixing in some weights as well now.  Zero weight gain/loss during the year, but I feel much better and am much stronger.  I almost never get sore from a work out any more, which I attribute to the much improved cardio function from all the biking.

Past experience was that ramping up exercise and dieting at the same time always derailed me.  So I am aiming to hold the exercise flat and ramp down the shoveling of chow into the food hole.  I cut out soda a couple months ago, and I am ramping down beer from 1/day to 2/week.  I now need to cut back on taking thirds, and maybe even seconds at dinner.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CCCA on January 25, 2017, 02:55:01 PM

1/1 165
1/11 162.4  down 1.6%

However, my weight naturally swings between 160 to 165 so I think I'm just doing the easy part now.
It's getting below 160 that will be more challenging.

Cut out sweets almost entirely and tried limiting snacks with some success.


Been enjoying almonds and dried fruit as a healthy snack and today just dipped below 160!

1/1 165
1/11 162.4  -2.6 lbs, -1.6%
1/25 159.8  -5.2lbs, -3.1%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 25, 2017, 04:38:43 PM
hi FIRE-

thanks for info on Chase Freedom 5% Visa.  I have to look into that one.  I signed up for another interesting one, the Amazon Prime 5% Visa with 5% cash back on all Prime purchases, since I have three kids, we use Amazon all the time.  Might be worth a look, but I think you Mustachians might be on top of this this one already.  Right now, I use the Citibank 2% cash back on everything card for most items and the Amazon card on Amazon.com.

so far, so good, lost .2 pounds after joining the mustache community!

As a matter of fact, I was considering the new 5% Amazon prime visa. It was a bit annoying since I already had an Amazon visa card through Chase that was only 2%.

Then about two weeks ago I got an email from Chase that they are making their Amazon 5% also. So for once, procrastinating on the new card worked out for the best.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 25, 2017, 04:42:58 PM
I intend to lose 10% or more of my body weight in 2017.

Currently I am 191 pounds. My goal is to reach 170 pounds. I will be FIRE'd as of January 4, 2017 so I am hopeful that this will be a good time to make a genuine lifestyle change as opposed to the usual cycle of gain and then lose, gain, lose, lather, rinse and repeat.

My motivation is to better my odds of staying healthy by reducing my blood pressure, the risk of stroke, heart attack, and Diabetes, all of which unfortunately run in my extended family.

I will post updated stats weekly, or at least every two weeks. But may post more frequently to discuss diet and general strategy if anyone else is interested.

Anyone else in?

I'm in brother. Ironically I am exactly the same starting weight as you as of two days ago, didn't weigh since then.

Welcome aboard!

I don't know what it is about 200 pounds, but when I get anywhere near that number my internal alarm really goes off loud.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on January 25, 2017, 05:00:51 PM
Time for an update.  Complete fail on no sugar.  Probably had a chocolate bar every day -- my weakness!! Still keeping the focus on no/low sugar with 2-3 days of intermittent fasting per week. 

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149

Goal:  137

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: SoCal Stache on January 25, 2017, 07:06:48 PM
Little late to the party, but I'm in!

Current weight 183
Desired weight 165 (almost a 10% drop, 164.7 would be the precise number)

1/22/17: 181.5

Moving in the right direction!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on January 26, 2017, 07:34:22 AM
Update:

Start: ~173 (varied around that)
Goal: 155 (prefer 135-145)
Current: 167 (stable for a week)
-3.5%

I'm cautiously hopeful that this will work. Exercise (separate fitness goal) has been mostly off due to an injury. I've been working on portion sizes and food choices.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on January 26, 2017, 06:48:41 PM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3: 193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2

1/24: 188.4

Last year, had a plateau for 2-3 weeks at 187, and actually rose to 190 before I dropped back down. So not surprised by the lack of scale progress this week. I'll keep trucking.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on January 28, 2017, 04:27:50 AM
Maintained @ 203 the last week. Cheated 3 days last weekend followed by a work trip where I did OK but not great.  Pretty happy to find a level I can maintain.  Hope to cross 200 this week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on January 28, 2017, 09:02:11 AM
Week One results:

Starting weight- 155.5
Today- 146.5 EDIT 154.5 today. Talk about wishful typing!

My goal is a 1 pound/week loss but still felt a little disappointed as I was a bit lower yesterday.  Ha!

Activity level- averaged 12-14k steps per day, walked every day. Biggest change was to lengthen my morning commute walk from 10 to 25 minutes by going to a further station.  Then added in walks on break and lunchtimes plus uphill walk home from closer station.  When it's not dark at night I may walk from further station.

Food - cut out all unplanned snacking and reduced portion sizes.  Will continue to focus on portion sizes and increasing vegetables and legumes this week!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: headwinds on January 28, 2017, 10:39:32 AM
I keep forgetting to weigh in. I am anal enough that I never step on the scale except upon first awakening in the morning and totally buck naked. Best consistency of results IMO
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on January 29, 2017, 04:52:47 AM
Weigh in day - 275, down 4 lbs this week, 19 in total!   Really worked hard at this week as I went to the gym 5 times, made really good decisions with my food (I am following the weight watchers program) and I also bought a yoga mat this week and did 5 sessions of yoga via YouTube.  Have never done yoga before and I certain do stink at it but I like how I feel afterwards as I have been complaining of feeling 'tight' for a year or so and the stretching in yoga is really helping.  As a 50 YO overweight guy I know I have a long way to go but given I can do it in the privacy of my home I think I will continue with yoga.  Really pleased with my progress so far.   Best of luck to all. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: chaskavitch on January 29, 2017, 06:22:50 AM
I'm in too.

[...]

I'm currently at 149, so I'd like to get down to about 135.  I'm going to do my best to cut out snacking between meals, and I'm going to plan out dinners every week so we don't default to pasta with bread or buying pizza next door.  Also, I'm trying to get to at least one HIIT class a week, do ~50 pushups a day, and go for a walk with baby every weekend day that it is warm enough for him - we'll say above 30 degrees F with very little wind. 

My weight/squishy-ness is mostly from eating too much, but when I work out and make an effort, it is easier to say no to bad things, because I feel like I'm ruining my hard work :)  Someday I'll put aside the extra money to buy myself a barbell and some bumper plates, and then I'll just do deadlifts every day, and it will be amazing.

I'll try weekly weigh-ins on Sundays.

Well, that pan of brownies I made last week was a bad idea.

Weigh in #1: 148.2
- I did 50 pushups every day, took baby for a walk twice, and went to HIIT class on Saturday, so that is good, at least.  I also have a meal plan, so it is just those desserts and snacking at work that are the biggest problem. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 29, 2017, 12:46:09 PM
Weigh in day has arrived.

191  December 24
188  January 1
185  January 8
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29

It looks like I stood still, and I essentially did, but there was some weight lost. I decided at the start to round my recorded weight to the nearest pound, no tenths.

Last week I was 184.3, this week I was 183.6, so I did lose .7 pound.

Cravings for sweets remained strong at times, but I continued to successfully resist.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 29, 2017, 01:10:21 PM
I'm late to the party but I'm in. Several years ago I lost 75 lbs and got down to 265. Got an office job and the weight has slowly crept back up. I will start with 10% but would love to finish the year below 250 lbs. Currently 310 lbs.

That's an ambitious goal OneStep, but I know you can do it!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on January 29, 2017, 01:12:11 PM
Weigh in day - 275, down 4 lbs this week, 19 in total!   Really worked hard at this week as I went to the gym 5 times, made really good decisions with my food (I am following the weight watchers program) and I also bought a yoga mat this week and did 5 sessions of yoga via YouTube.  Have never done yoga before and I certain do stink at it but I like how I feel afterwards as I have been complaining of feeling 'tight' for a year or so and the stretching in yoga is really helping.  As a 50 YO overweight guy I know I have a long way to go but given I can do it in the privacy of my home I think I will continue with yoga.  Really pleased with my progress so far.   Best of luck to all.

You're a big loser, John Doe. In a good way!    :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on January 30, 2017, 08:23:13 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3
Monday, January 23, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.5
BMI: 27.3

Last January Monday weigh in!

Monday, January 30, 2017
Weight: 148.5
% Body Fat: 36.6%
BMI: 27.2

So far at about a 5% weight loss!  I finally went back to Kickboxing on Friday and I'm still feeling it today but I know when I keep up on it, I feel much better overall and help with my weight loss goals.  Trying to go at least once a week again.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZagNation on January 30, 2017, 03:42:21 PM
Count me in as well. Weighed in at 249.4lb on 1/8 and 245.6lb on 1/15 (today I am 244.6lbs). I have an upcoming trip to Austin, TX for the MotoGP race in April and I'd like to get down to ~215lb by then. The regiment I am following has me dropping my weight based upon a percentage, 1%, on a weekly basis. I'll provide weekly weigh-ins in the future and if I average a loss of 2.5lb per week I should reach my initial target.

Weigh In (lbs)
1/8: 249.4
1/15: 245.6
1/22: 244.2
1/29: 243.8

Slow progress but progress nonetheless, I'll take it! I'm not sure about anyone else but weekends are generally when I spend time with my immediate family or friends and let's just say it can become quite easy to derail all of your efforts during the week without exercising any restraint. My long term success will depend upon remaining disciplined the entire week, especially on the weekends. Continue building upon the momentum you've built everyone!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on February 01, 2017, 08:05:02 AM
I'm in.  Weighted myself 2 days ago, I was 228 (I've been fluctuating around 230).  I'm 6'4, so while I'm overweight, it's not super obvious.  I was 180 almost 2 years ago, and had a lot of health issues since.  If I was at 100% that would be my goal, but 200 with some of my muscle back would be fantastic.  My biggest hurdle will be saying no to the snacks at the office.
So 12/27: 228
1/12: 220

I stopped snacking as much, and there wasn't food brought in between Christmas and New Years (hardly anyone was at work), so it was easy to say no.  Now that it's being brought in again I've made a rule that I can have two bites, but no more.  So I'm cutting things in pieces, but it's easier than saying no outright.
I forgot to post, but I was at 218 last week.

2/1: 214

I'm not sure how I lost 4 lbs this week, I ate some junk.  Then last night I was starving, so I ate everything I had in my kitchen :P
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on February 01, 2017, 08:42:50 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4

1/31: 186.2
Down 6.1%. I'll keep marching on!

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 01, 2017, 09:02:31 AM
i was 203.6 today.  hoping to see 1 as the first digit by superbowl sunday(cheat day pushed back 1 day)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 01, 2017, 09:09:45 AM
1/9  : 340
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)


2/1  : 322 (5% loss total)

Diet has been perfect. Since Monday. lolololol. Still, 18 pounds down in about 3 weeks isn't so bad. 47 more to go to the re-eval point, 57 more to go til the stated goal here. Basically, at 275 I'll be deciding if 265 is good enough, if I really hate being under 300, or if I want to shoot for 230 and have abs.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 01, 2017, 09:12:33 AM
1/9  : 340
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)


2/1  : 322 (5% loss total)

Diet has been perfect. Since Monday. lolololol. Still, 18 pounds down in about 3 weeks isn't so bad. 47 more to go to the re-eval point, 57 more to go til the stated goal here. Basically, at 275 I'll be deciding if 265 is good enough, if I really hate being under 300, or if I want to shoot for 230 and have abs.

how tall are you?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 01, 2017, 09:28:13 AM
1/9  : 340
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)


2/1  : 322 (5% loss total)

Diet has been perfect. Since Monday. lolololol. Still, 18 pounds down in about 3 weeks isn't so bad. 47 more to go to the re-eval point, 57 more to go til the stated goal here. Basically, at 275 I'll be deciding if 265 is good enough, if I really hate being under 300, or if I want to shoot for 230 and have abs.

how tall are you?
6'5"

Photo of a farmers walk of 275 pounds per hand for reference
(https://scontent-dft4-1.xx.fbcdn.net/v/t1.0-9/1013199_476495439093776_777184223_n.jpg?oh=4315db0a7cd524fbae2171b5ffaf0f99&oe=591696D8)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 01, 2017, 01:19:36 PM
Yeah you're built much bigger than i am at 6'4 ...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: jedsbud on February 01, 2017, 09:17:18 PM
I am in.  Starting at 220.4 this morning.  I would like to be 195, dropping another pants size in the process.

Down to 217.6 this morning.  Almost 1%, works for me.  I was as low as 216.2 during the month but I will stick with once a month reporting.  Working on adding some strength to help with the weight loss.  For example I have never been able to complete more than three chin-ups or pull-ups, and that was when I was a young lad.  But it is a goal this year to be able to do 10 or more. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 02, 2017, 06:00:19 AM
I am in.  Starting at 220.4 this morning.  I would like to be 195, dropping another pants size in the process.

Down to 217.6 this morning.  Almost 1%, works for me.  I was as low as 216.2 during the month but I will stick with once a month reporting.  Working on adding some strength to help with the weight loss.  For example I have never been able to complete more than three chin-ups or pull-ups, and that was when I was a young lad.  But it is a goal this year to be able to do 10 or more.

i started doing pullups around this time last year... i could do 1 or 2 ... i'm up to 8 ... losing weight is also a key part to moving up as well as the strength building. my goal is 20 ... dont know if i'll make it or not.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CCCA on February 02, 2017, 09:06:17 AM
Been enjoying almonds and dried fruit as a healthy snack and today just dipped below 160!

1/1 165
1/11 162.4  -2.6 lbs, -1.6%
1/25 159.8  -5.2lbs, -3.1%


stagnation!  but not unexpected.  Had lots of guests over this past weekend and lots of good food and snacking while chatting.  Was eating a ton of food.
1/1 165
1/11 162.4  -2.6 lbs, -1.6%
1/25 159.8  -5.2lbs, -3.1%
2/2   160.4  -4.6lbs, -2.8% (+0.6 lbs from last week)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: recklesslysober on February 02, 2017, 10:49:21 AM
Last year I managed 8%. Hopefully I can lose another 10% this year.

Starting: 183.4
December 31: 168.4
Goal: 151.6

February 2: 166.8

My first percent! :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on February 02, 2017, 01:07:08 PM
Feeling good about a small gain.  Visiting relatives for the last 10 days with lots of fancy eating had me afraid to step on the scale until this morning.  I need to up my game if I'm going to see any progress though.  So hard when its cold, snowing and blustery outside.   I can tell that in this type of weather I want to eat all the carbs!   And a houseguest just put a pot of potato soup in the slow cooker for tonight.  Sigh.

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150 -  2% down

Goal:  137

eta:  Looking back I see that I tried a similar challenge last year and also got all whiny about cold weather in Feb.  On the plus side, I guess I have identified my weakness!!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: OneStep on February 04, 2017, 05:32:30 AM
First week weigh in for me. Had a good first week. I like to start off slowly by making one change at a time. This week I just started using the elliptical everyday for 30 min first thing in the morning. I have been doing some weight training as well, but stayed away from cardio. Over the next few weeks I plan to start making some cuts to portion sizes.

1/28- 310
2/4-   306
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on February 04, 2017, 06:37:17 AM
starting December 31 -163
Now - 160

I have been 160 for a few weeks now.  Can't move that needle
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 04, 2017, 01:06:58 PM
Down 4.2%

201 today

Holding off cheat day til Superbowl Sunday. Hoping to drop under 200 by tomorrow am
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on February 05, 2017, 05:02:20 AM
Down 2 lbs this week to 273. Started at 294 so 7.1%. Activity level this week was through the roof - yoga 7 days , gym 6 days.  Had my first 'cheat' last night - homemade pizza and a shared bottle of wine, did I ever enjoy that!!   Back at it this morning as I am getting anxious to get into the 260s.   
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: oneyear on February 05, 2017, 05:37:16 AM
Very late to this but I'm in.

Weighed in at 220lbs after Christmas, but this morning down to 215.8lbs. Genuinely don't know exactly why, but I'll take it. I'll weigh in each Sunday and have cheat day after that.

Back at the gym tomorrow following a few weeks off. My goals are two fold

1: Sub 195lbs weight
2: To train 3+days per week including a proper stretching routine and ended with HIIT cardio.

Good work everyone so far
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on February 05, 2017, 09:21:39 AM
Week One results:

Starting weight- 155.5
Today-154.5
Feb 12/17 - 154.4

Hmm.  I was 153.5 on Friday two weeks in a row but something about the weekends...
I had a minor medical procedure last week but the activity level was still good. Time to take a harder look at food.

Love this thread!  Just enough accountability for me and glad to cheer others on too.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 05, 2017, 12:07:40 PM
Weigh in day.

191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05

Three pounds lost this week, I'm happy about that. It also makes 10 pounds lost since I started the diet the day after Christmas. Nine more pounds to make my goal of 172. I do have a stretch goal to make it into the 160's.

I skipped lunch several days in the last week, and I did not make up for it at dinner or night time snacking.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Dillydally on February 05, 2017, 12:14:54 PM
Hi everyone,
4 years ago I read an article that greatly intrigued me, download link is here:
https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&source=web&rct=j&url=http://charleycropley.com/wordpress/wp-content/uploads/2013/04/FASTING-ART-Harpers.pdf&ved=0ahUKEwjSjc3T0_nRAhVV7GMKHZzFBRoQFggeMAE&usg=AFQjCNHzEzboQNA85psQWoJqi01ADgbYSA&sig2=whIR5G1AFxO1pU3iJAuXYA
Last August  started a fast that sort of lasted about 6 weeks. The first 2 weeks were pretty much a full fast, the next 2 weeks were about 500 calories of protein mostly, the next 2 weeks about 1000 calories.
I started doing weights again around week 3...
This fast works extremely well, even more so for athletic people who have a bunch of muscle, but have gained fat on top of what would otherwise be a fairly strong, muscular build.
All of my fat dissapeared, not very much muscular loss, and when I was done, I was back to bow I reentered myself looking, 10 years earlier... I started about 175 and finished 145...

Sent from my SM-T320 using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: chaskavitch on February 05, 2017, 12:39:09 PM
Weigh ins:
Week #1: 148.2 - I did 50 pushups every day, took baby for a walk twice, and went to HIIT class on Saturday, so that is good, at least.  I also have a meal plan, so it is just those desserts and snacking at work that are the biggest problem.
Week #2: 149 - welp, I'm starting this off at a terrible pace.  50 pushups a day, nice long walk 2 days this weekend, but family in town = way too much food.  I was down to 146.4 on Friday morning. On the bright side, Baby Chaskavitch got to go on a swing for the first time ever this weekend, and man was it cute :)  


Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 05, 2017, 01:18:51 PM
starting December 31 -163
Now - 160

I have been 160 for a few weeks now.  Can't move that needle

Come on, alleycat. You've got 9 lives, you can afford to starve one of them to death.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 05, 2017, 01:31:04 PM
1/9  : 340
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)
2/1  : 322 (5% loss total)
2/5  : 316  (7% loss)

Been stupidly sick lately, on a liquid diet and barely feeling like eating that. Still, another 6 pounds off is nice if I have to feel like I'm dying.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: amyable on February 05, 2017, 01:36:43 PM
I'm 3 months postpartum and currently sitting at 154 lbs--my goal weight is 138, which is what I weighed before pregnancy!  I gained a ton while I was pregnant, getting up to 210, so I'm really, really happy with my progress so far.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 05, 2017, 01:43:09 PM
I'm 3 months postpartum and currently sitting at 154 lbs--my goal weight is 138, which is what I weighed before pregnancy!  I gained a ton while I was pregnant, getting up to 210, so I'm really, really happy with my progress so far.

That is awesome work! I'm incredibly impressed with the speed you're getting back to your old weight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 06, 2017, 07:01:21 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3
Monday, January 23, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.5
BMI: 27.3
Weight: 148.5
% Body Fat: 36.6%
BMI: 27.2

Monday, February 6, 2016
Weight: 152.6
% Body Fat: 36.1
BMI: 27.9

Incredibly disappointed with myself. I went off Whole30 last week and apparently went overboard. Time to knuckle down.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on February 06, 2017, 07:25:50 AM
1/9  : 340
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)
2/1  : 322 (5% loss total)
2/5  : 316  (7% loss)

Been stupidly sick lately, on a liquid diet and barely feeling like eating that. Still, another 6 pounds off is nice if I have to feel like I'm dying.

Dang man good progress.  One benefit of being sick I guess.  I was in the same boat, fever, chills the whole shebang.  dropped about 5lbs from it and it's stayed off.

Weighed in this morning:

1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268

2/6/17 - 264
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Frugal Lizard on February 06, 2017, 07:28:56 AM
02-06 - 130.5  - actually pleased to see this as I was on vacation and attended two birthday parties. 
01-22 - 130  - actually the line for 130 was completely visible beside the red needle of the scale so it is actually less!
01-15 - 132.
01-08 - 132.


Goal:  120
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on February 06, 2017, 07:30:26 AM
Weigh-in time

January 3  -- 287 lbs
January 6  -- 284 lbs
January 16 -- 283 lbs

So, down four pounds so far (1.4%).

February 3 -- 281 lbs

Yesterday was Super Bowl Sunday, so there was a lot of snacking and beer. I think I'll delay this week's weigh-in to Thursday or Friday. :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on February 06, 2017, 03:14:30 PM
148.8 - January 16
147.0 - January 23
145.8 - February 6

I skipped weighing in last week because I fell off calorie counting and ate a ton of crap.  I've been back to it for a few days now.  I seem to have woken up with some sort of stomach virus or something.  Silver lining: maybe that will equate to some easy weight loss. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 07, 2017, 11:18:20 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3
Monday, January 23, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.5
BMI: 27.3
Weight: 148.5
% Body Fat: 36.6%
BMI: 27.2

Monday, February 6, 2016
Weight: 152.6
% Body Fat: 36.1
BMI: 27.9

Incredibly disappointed with myself. I went off Whole30 last week and apparently went overboard. Time to knuckle down.

<----  Hey BabyShark, lower numbers are that a way.

Also, maybe consider the Bronx Diet. It dates back to near prehistoric time (the 1970's), but all I've ever read of the book is page one, which is all anyone really needs.

From page one of The Bronx Diet:
"The Radical Principle:
To gain weight, eat more. To lose weight, eat less."

It's the only diet I've ever needed.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on February 07, 2017, 11:31:31 AM
<----  Hey BabyShark, lower numbers are that a way.

Also, maybe consider the Bronx Diet. It dates back to near prehistoric time (the 1970's), but all I've ever read of the book is page one, which is all anyone really needs.

From page one of The Bronx Diet:
"The Radical Principle:
To gain weight, eat more. To lose weight, eat less."

It's the only diet I've ever needed.

Wowza. Are you trying to be funny, or just straight up trying to be a dick? if the latter, stop.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZagNation on February 07, 2017, 04:22:05 PM
Count me in as well. Weighed in at 249.4lb on 1/8 and 245.6lb on 1/15 (today I am 244.6lbs). I have an upcoming trip to Austin, TX for the MotoGP race in April and I'd like to get down to ~215lb by then. The regiment I am following has me dropping my weight based upon a percentage, 1%, on a weekly basis. I'll provide weekly weigh-ins in the future and if I average a loss of 2.5lb per week I should reach my initial target.

Weigh In (lbs)
1/8: 249.4
1/15: 245.6
1/22: 244.2
1/29: 243.8
2/5: 243

Slow progress but progress nonetheless, I'll take it! I'm not sure about anyone else but weekends are generally when I spend time with my immediate family or friends and let's just say it can become quite easy to derail all of your efforts during the week without exercising any restraint. My long term success will depend upon remaining disciplined the entire week, especially on the weekends. Continue building upon the momentum you've built everyone!

Weekends continue to be my achilles heel but move forward striving to get better I shall. On the brighter side, I continue to pack on lean muscle and my strength gains in the gym persist week after week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on February 07, 2017, 08:19:59 PM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4

Down 7.1%, 14 lbs.  Steady progress!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 08, 2017, 06:52:41 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3
Monday, January 23, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.5
BMI: 27.3
Weight: 148.5
% Body Fat: 36.6%
BMI: 27.2

Monday, February 6, 2016
Weight: 152.6
% Body Fat: 36.1
BMI: 27.9

Incredibly disappointed with myself. I went off Whole30 last week and apparently went overboard. Time to knuckle down.

<----  Hey BabyShark, lower numbers are that a way.

Also, maybe consider the Bronx Diet. It dates back to near prehistoric time (the 1970's), but all I've ever read of the book is page one, which is all anyone really needs.

From page one of The Bronx Diet:
"The Radical Principle:
To gain weight, eat more. To lose weight, eat less."

It's the only diet I've ever needed.

Ha I know, I'm working on it.  I hadn't eaten a few things in a while and reintroduced booze and that clearly didn't help.  I'm already on the right path again this week so hopefully next Monday's weigh in is better.  I also tend to fluctuate a ton during the week so as long as the general trend goes down, I feel better.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on February 08, 2017, 09:12:23 AM
Ha I know, I'm working on it.  I hadn't eaten a few things in a while and reintroduced booze and that clearly didn't help.  I'm already on the right path again this week so hopefully next Monday's weigh in is better.  I also tend to fluctuate a ton during the week so as long as the general trend goes down, I feel better.

I've found that when I have a large weight gain after an undisciplined day or two, it's almost all water weight that disappears pretty quickly once I get back on the wagon. But I tend to load up on salty snacks and restaurant food, which might explain it.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: headwinds on February 09, 2017, 07:22:44 PM
Finally weighed in - was pleasantly surprised to see 183.7 pop up. Was 191 at the beginning of January.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on February 09, 2017, 07:31:52 PM
Welp, looks like maybe I got all offended when everyone else was just having a good time. Mea culpa.

Down to 173 lbs. My plummet, it is legendary.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 10, 2017, 06:18:28 AM
was weird.  i weighed 2lbs more this morning than yesterday.  likely due to Work function and eating dinner later and drinking lots of extra water later at night.  i usually only have one glass when i get home.  Really hoping to cross that 200 mark tomorrow morning ... fingers crossed.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: headwinds on February 10, 2017, 09:07:01 AM
was weird.  i weighed 2lbs more this morning than yesterday.  likely due to Work function and eating dinner later and drinking lots of extra water later at night.  i usually only have one glass when i get home.  Really hoping to cross that 200 mark tomorrow morning ... fingers crossed.

I find hydration status to cause large short term swings in daily weights. The long term average is a better measure of your actual fat loss IMO
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on February 10, 2017, 09:26:09 AM
Feeling good about a small gain.  Visiting relatives for the last 10 days with lots of fancy eating had me afraid to step on the scale until this morning.  I need to up my game if I'm going to see any progress though.  So hard when its cold, snowing and blustery outside.   I can tell that in this type of weather I want to eat all the carbs!   And a houseguest just put a pot of potato soup in the slow cooker for tonight.  Sigh.

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150 -  2% down

Goal:  137

eta:  Looking back I see that I tried a similar challenge last year and also got all whiny about cold weather in Feb.  On the plus side, I guess I have identified my weakness!!

02/10 - 144

Looks good but... I am in the last day of a 5 day fast.  So this may be largely water weight.  Did the fast as a challenge and to kick start myself into a low carb-high fat diet.


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 10, 2017, 09:35:11 AM
was weird.  i weighed 2lbs more this morning than yesterday.  likely due to Work function and eating dinner later and drinking lots of extra water later at night.  i usually only have one glass when i get home.  Really hoping to cross that 200 mark tomorrow morning ... fingers crossed.

I find hydration status to cause large short term swings in daily weights. The long term average is a better measure of your actual fat loss IMO

oh i agree.  i just want to see 1 as the first digit on a scale.  i have a bio electric impedence meter i use as well ... not 100% accurate but enough to see my fat content is dropping.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: headwinds on February 10, 2017, 10:20:17 AM
oh i agree.  i just want to see 1 as the first digit on a scale.  i have a bio electric impedence meter i use as well ... not 100% accurate but enough to see my fat content is dropping.

It works for a trend, as do waistline measurements (for males). I use the modified YMCA formula for body fat % calculations

For Males:
(All circumference measurements are in inches, weight is in pounds)

% body fat =100*(4.15*waist-0.082*weight-94.42)/weight 

Super easy to calculate.

For females, its more complicated.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 10, 2017, 10:59:24 AM
oh i agree.  i just want to see 1 as the first digit on a scale.  i have a bio electric impedence meter i use as well ... not 100% accurate but enough to see my fat content is dropping.

It works for a trend, as do waistline measurements (for males). I use the modified YMCA formula for body fat % calculations

For Males:
(All circumference measurements are in inches, weight is in pounds)

% body fat =100*(4.15*waist-0.082*weight-94.42)/weight 

Super easy to calculate.

For females, its more complicated.

that seems extremely high for my build ... i'm no where near 25% fat.  yeah i figured out its flaw there is no height in that formula.  so a 5' tall guy with my exact same attribute could have the same % body fat measurement. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on February 10, 2017, 11:01:07 AM
oh i agree.  i just want to see 1 as the first digit on a scale.  i have a bio electric impedence meter i use as well ... not 100% accurate but enough to see my fat content is dropping.

It works for a trend, as do waistline measurements (for males). I use the modified YMCA formula for body fat % calculations

For Males:
(All circumference measurements are in inches, weight is in pounds)

% body fat =100*(4.15*waist-0.082*weight-94.42)/weight 

Super easy to calculate.

For females, its more complicated.

Your equation struck a chord with me. I don't own a scale so have been tracking measurements instead. I have been curious how I could translate them into body fat %. Why is it more complicated for females?

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 10, 2017, 11:20:57 AM
oh i agree.  i just want to see 1 as the first digit on a scale.  i have a bio electric impedence meter i use as well ... not 100% accurate but enough to see my fat content is dropping.

It works for a trend, as do waistline measurements (for males). I use the modified YMCA formula for body fat % calculations

For Males:
(All circumference measurements are in inches, weight is in pounds)

% body fat =100*(4.15*waist-0.082*weight-94.42)/weight 

Super easy to calculate.

For females, its more complicated.

Your equation struck a chord with me. I don't own a scale so have been tracking measurements instead. I have been curious how I could translate them into body fat %. Why is it more complicated for females?

men typically carry almost all fat in their belly region women carry it all over the place from thighs and hips to arms.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on February 10, 2017, 12:28:00 PM
I've been lurking in on this discussion for a while trying to figure out how to join up with the goal without owning a scale. Perhaps it's fair to set my goal at losing 10% of my fatty area inches (waist and hips especially)? Thanks for letting me in on this even without a scale. :)
I've been on a high fat/low carb diet for 3 days now and really liking it and before that I was doing the Whole30. I keep my carbs between 20-30g daily. For example, yesterday was 83% fat, 13% protein and 4% carbs with a total of 1,799 calories and a 30 minute moderate workout. I'm 5'5" and last I checked I was about 140 lbs, but that was 6 months ago.

Last week's measurements:
Bust = 34.5"
Natural waist = 30"
Belly button = 32"
Hips = 39"
Thigh =24"

This week:
Bust = 34 (Δ-0.5")
Nat. Waist = 29 (Δ-1")
Belly button = 32 (Δ0)
Hips = 39 (Δ0)
Thigh = 23.25 (Δ-0.75)

My 10% goal:
bust = 31.05
waist = 27
hips = 35.1
belly button = 28.8
thigh = 21.6

Side note, I knew body statistics had changed in the last 50 years, but I didn't know it was this drastic. 1" gain in height and 10" gain in waist size! :-O
"Today, the average American woman is 5'4″, has a waist size of 34-35 inches and weighs between 140-150 lbs, with a dress size of 12-14. Fifty years ago, the average woman was 5'3-4″ with a waist size of approximately 24-25″, she weighed about 120 lbs and wore a size 8."

Source: Webmd
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 10, 2017, 12:56:20 PM
I've been lurking in on this discussion for a while trying to figure out how to join up with the goal without owning a scale. Perhaps it's fair to set my goal at losing 10% of my fatty area inches (waist and hips especially)? Thanks for letting me in on this even without a scale. :)
I've been on a high fat/low carb diet for 3 days now and really liking it and before that I was doing the Whole30. I keep my carbs between 20-30g daily. For example, yesterday was 83% fat, 13% protein and 4% carbs with a total of 1,799 calories and a 30 minute moderate workout. I'm 5'5" and last I checked I was about 140 lbs, but that was 6 months ago.

Last week's measurements:
Bust = 34.5"
Natural waist = 30"
Belly button = 32"
Hips = 39"
Thigh =24"

This week:
Bust = 34 (Δ-0.5")
Nat. Waist = 29 (Δ-1")
Belly button = 32 (Δ0)
Hips = 39 (Δ0)
Thigh = 23.25 (Δ-0.75)

My 10% goal:
bust = 31.05
waist = 27
hips = 35.1
belly button = 28.8
thigh = 21.6

Side note, I knew body statistics had changed in the last 50 years, but I didn't know it was this drastic. 1" gain in height and 10" gain in waist size! :-O
"Today, the average American woman is 5'4″, has a waist size of 34-35 inches and weighs between 140-150 lbs, with a dress size of 12-14. Fifty years ago, the average woman was 5'3-4″ with a waist size of approximately 24-25″, she weighed about 120 lbs and wore a size 8."

Source: Webmd

when you make sugar and processed carbs readily available to the masses for cheap prices you get where we are now.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 10, 2017, 01:14:08 PM
1/9  : 340
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)
2/1  : 322 (5% loss total)
2/5  : 316  (7% loss)
2/10: 311  (8.5%)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: RNwastash on February 10, 2017, 01:25:28 PM
I'm In!!
1/2/17 161.8#
2/3/17 158.2#
2/10/17 157.2#
I started running again after getting diagnosed with exercise induced asthma.  Also started drinking a protein shake for breakfast made with protein powder, chia seeds, frozen banana/ spinach, and soy milk.  I don't eat until I'm hungry.  Limiting alcohol and desserts.  I am feeling better :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 10, 2017, 01:32:58 PM
I've been lurking in on this discussion for a while trying to figure out how to join up with the goal without owning a scale. Perhaps it's fair to set my goal at losing 10% of my fatty area inches (waist and hips especially)? Thanks for letting me in on this even without a scale. :) ...

Landlady, if you workout at a gym, a lot of times they have scales in the locker room you can use!

I do like the idea of measurements though, it's really good.  Progress pictures help too, I take mine at the beginning of each month and when I'm having a particularly rough day weight-wise and the day to day numbers aren't super great, the pictures help me see month to month clear progress.  I don't post them anywhere, I just keep them on my phone, but they've helped.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on February 10, 2017, 02:27:37 PM
BabyShark I'm not a gym member so I try to sneak a peak at friend's scales when I'm visiting.
Great idea for a progress picture! I'll give that a try too. Now to find the least harsh lighting in the house...

Nice work, brute. So close!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wiredcat on February 10, 2017, 04:16:51 PM
Count me in as well.  I'm currently 150.  Aiming to get down to 125 within the first half of the year!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: moof on February 10, 2017, 04:20:58 PM
was weird.  i weighed 2lbs more this morning than yesterday.  likely due to Work function and eating dinner later and drinking lots of extra water later at night.  i usually only have one glass when i get home.  Really hoping to cross that 200 mark tomorrow morning ... fingers crossed.
It is really easy to swing up to +/-4 lbs due to activity and diet that is just transient.  Try no to read too much into the measurement "noise".
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wiredcat on February 10, 2017, 04:22:49 PM
I'm a firm believer in working out.  My plan to achieve my goal is to spend at least one hour per day working out at the gym focusing on both cardio and strength training involving more functionally oriented programs.  Will of course cut down on intake of carbs, but exercise is the master key here.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 10, 2017, 05:31:33 PM
I'm a firm believer in working out.  My plan to achieve my goal is to spend at least one hour per day working out at the gym focusing on both cardio and strength training involving more functionally oriented programs.  Will of course cut down on intake of carbs, but exercise is the master key here.

If you're working out to be physically fit yes. To kill fat. Inefficient. Diet matters much more
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 10, 2017, 05:32:43 PM
was weird.  i weighed 2lbs more this morning than yesterday.  likely due to Work function and eating dinner later and drinking lots of extra water later at night.  i usually only have one glass when i get home.  Really hoping to cross that 200 mark tomorrow morning ... fingers crossed.
It is really easy to swing up to +/-4 lbs due to activity and diet that is just transient.  Try no to read too much into the measurement "noise".

Yes I understand but i eat a very stable diet with a cheat day on Saturday. So my weight loss trends lower all week. Was just interesting water did that much that night.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 10, 2017, 08:20:35 PM
For females, its more complicated.

In my experience, that is always true.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 10, 2017, 08:28:36 PM
<----  Hey BabyShark, lower numbers are that a way.

Also, maybe consider the Bronx Diet. It dates back to near prehistoric time (the 1970's), but all I've ever read of the book is page one, which is all anyone really needs.

From page one of The Bronx Diet:
"The Radical Principle:
To gain weight, eat more. To lose weight, eat less."

It's the only diet I've ever needed.

Wowza. Are you trying to be funny, or just straight up trying to be a dick? if the latter, stop.

I was going for humor and support. I'd guess you didn't take it that way.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on February 11, 2017, 12:02:11 AM
<----  Hey BabyShark, lower numbers are that a way.

Also, maybe consider the Bronx Diet. It dates back to near prehistoric time (the 1970's), but all I've ever read of the book is page one, which is all anyone really needs.

From page one of The Bronx Diet:
"The Radical Principle:
To gain weight, eat more. To lose weight, eat less."

It's the only diet I've ever needed.

Wowza. Are you trying to be funny, or just straight up trying to be a dick? if the latter, stop.

I was going for humor and support. I'd guess you didn't take it that way.

Yeah, I realized that eventually. Especially when Babyshark laughed. I rode to a rescue that didn't need to happen. My bad. I made an apology a couple posts above, too.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 11, 2017, 03:57:40 AM
199.6. Down under 200!!! 

And that was with a Sunday cheat day. Vs the typical Saturday.

5% lost.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: OneStep on February 11, 2017, 05:36:32 AM
First week weigh in for me. Had a good first week. I like to start off slowly by making one change at a time. This week I just started using the elliptical everyday for 30 min first thing in the morning. I have been doing some weight training as well, but stayed away from cardio. Over the next few weeks I plan to start making some cuts to portion sizes.

1/28- 310
2/4-   306

2/11- 306
Maintained this past week which I'm happy with. Work provided 2 lunches. Pizza and Taco bar. Could have been much worse than maintaining. This next week will be better.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: headwinds on February 11, 2017, 06:59:19 AM
182.6
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: LadyMuMu on February 11, 2017, 09:02:24 AM
Been working out almost every day since the start of the year. I've lost 4 lbs and plateaued. I'm getting stronger and fitter, but not lighter--which is a goal of mine. Time to start experimenting.

Things that are working:

Really using my Daily Burn membership and participating in the online community and challenges
Purchased workout clothes, shoes, bras to feel good when working out
Finding a bike ride I want to do in May to motivate me to work out consistently
Decided to stop doing crazy diets and programs and adopt sustainable slow progress instead.

Things that are spotty:

Logging meals. Inconsistent,

New things to try
Upon recommendation of a trainer friend, starting to do Jenna Wolfe's "30 Days" book to experiment with weight loss strategies.

181/178/141
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on February 11, 2017, 12:10:16 PM
Update:

Start: ~173 (varied around that)
Goal: 155 (prefer 135-145)
Current: 167 (stable for a week)
-3.5%

I'm cautiously hopeful that this will work. Exercise (separate fitness goal) has been mostly off due to an injury. I've been working on portion sizes and food choices.

Down just another pound...but still progress. Down 4% overall. Halfway to my goal is in just 2 pounds. That makes it sound more possible. :-)

DH is down 2 pounds....1/10th of the way to his goal.

At least we're both moving in the right direction.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on February 11, 2017, 03:49:50 PM
Weighed in at 167 this morning. Down 5%, but I drank last night and I'm probably dehydrated. Too soon to tell.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on February 12, 2017, 05:06:46 AM
Down one pound this week to 272 from a start of 294. Was hoping for at least 2 given the effort this week. It's still in the right direction though.  Off to do some yoga now. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: headwinds on February 12, 2017, 06:59:41 AM
Down one pound this week to 272 from a start of 294. Was hoping for at least 2 given the effort this week. It's still in the right direction though.  Off to do some yoga now.

2 pounds of fat in a week is hard to do - you have to undereat by 1000 Kcal/day to achieve that. At that level, you are likely to be losing significant muscle mass as well which will be counterproductive in the long term. 1 pound per week should be plenty, that's still 52 pounds in a year and if you maintain more muscle mass you will look much better with your shirt off :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on February 12, 2017, 09:02:16 AM
Finally showing results. I'm aiming for 1lb per week.  Starting at 155.5 and aiming for 145 as first goal.  I'll see about 140 but that might be too low to comfortably maintain for me.  I'm 5'7" for reference.

Start - 155.5
Week one - 154.5
Week two - 154.5
Week three (today) - 153.0

As a prediabetic my waist size is important too but I'm  too shy to post that yet as it hasn't budged. :) seems more personal than weight.

I'm really happy about the health motivation to move everyday.  I average 60 mins a day of walking, most as part of my commute.  Will add in a body weight routine his week.

Also pretty happy about my eating.  Never hungry and motivated enough to resist the 3pm Clif bar or equivalent.  22g of sugar!  Planning is the key here.  Feels a lot like optimizing our finances!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZagNation on February 12, 2017, 09:53:47 AM
Count me in as well. Weighed in at 249.4lb on 1/8 and 245.6lb on 1/15 (today I am 244.6lbs). I have an upcoming trip to Austin, TX for the MotoGP race in April and I'd like to get down to ~215lb by then. The regiment I am following has me dropping my weight based upon a percentage, 1%, on a weekly basis. I'll provide weekly weigh-ins in the future and if I average a loss of 2.5lb per week I should reach my initial target.

Weigh In (lbs)
1/8: 249.4
1/15: 245.6
1/22: 244.2
1/29: 243.8
2/5: 243
2/12: 242
Getting closer to the 230s!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 12, 2017, 04:00:58 PM
Weigh in day.

191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12

A very disappointing stand still week. What made it especially bad was I sneaked in a mid week weigh in and I was at 179.5. 

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on February 13, 2017, 03:58:59 AM
148.8 - January 16
147.0 - January 23
145.8 - February 6
145.4 - February 13

Stand still for me, too.  Surprising because I was sick last week and didn't have much appetite. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 13, 2017, 06:53:35 AM
1/9           340
1/30    328
2/6           317
2/13     308 - oh god my identity. I'm not a super heavyweight for the first time in years.

Weight loss should be slowing soon now that I'm off the antibiotics and hopefully my appetite should increase. 2 pounds away from the 10% mark.33 pounds to go until re-evaluation.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 13, 2017, 07:37:18 AM
1/9           340
1/30    328
2/6           317
2/13     308 - oh god my identity. I'm not a super heavyweight for the first time in years.

Weight loss should be slowing soon now that I'm off the antibiotics and hopefully my appetite should increase. 2 pounds away from the 10% mark.33 pounds to go until re-evaluation.

nice work. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on February 13, 2017, 08:58:32 AM
12/27: 228
So 12/27: 228
1/12: 220
I forgot to post, but I was at 218 last week.
2/1: 214
2/13: 214, but I feel thinner :P
One thing I meant to ask about.  My floor isn't very flat, so I move the scale around until I get the same weight 3 times, then use that.  But today it fluctuated from like 210 to 225, normally it's only a couple pounds.  Any suggestions on what to actually use?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Candace on February 13, 2017, 09:31:50 AM
148.8 - January 16
147.0 - January 23
145.8 - February 6
145.4 - February 13

Stand still for me, too.  Surprising because I was sick last week and didn't have much appetite.

You lost almost half a pound. That sounds pretty good to me. Some weeks you do everything right, but still the body doesn't quite cooperate. It sucks, but we have to keep going. Here's to better results this week.

After I had surgery a few years ago, I barely ate for about ten days. I eagerly weighed myself expecting to have lost three or four pounds. I had lost *one* pound. I was pissed.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wiredcat on February 13, 2017, 12:50:00 PM
Sorry if this is out of place.  Anyone can recommend a gym in Toronto that's around 100 dollars a month, with a swimming pool?
TIA
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wiredcat on February 13, 2017, 01:07:20 PM
1/9  : 340
1/19: 327 (3.8% loss)
2/1  : 322 (5% loss total)
2/5  : 316  (7% loss)
2/10: 311  (8.5%)

Inspiring!  I need to start my own program very soon.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 13, 2017, 01:14:01 PM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3
Monday, January 23, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.5
BMI: 27.3

Weight: 148.5
% Body Fat: 36.6%
BMI: 27.2

Monday, February 6, 2016
Weight: 152.6
% Body Fat: 36.1
BMI: 27.9

Monday, February 13, 2016
Weight: 152.6
% Body Fat: 35.7%
BMI: 27.9

Annoying because I pulled as low as 149.7 last week but this weekend screwed me up again.  I've got to be better.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 13, 2017, 02:52:37 PM
1/9           340
1/30    328
2/6           317
2/13     308 - oh god my identity. I'm not a super heavyweight for the first time in years.

Weight loss should be slowing soon now that I'm off the antibiotics and hopefully my appetite should increase. 2 pounds away from the 10% mark.33 pounds to go until re-evaluation.

It looks like you will be the first one to reach a 10% weight loss. Well done!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on February 14, 2017, 02:44:17 PM
Natural waist measurements:
2/8 - 30"
2/10 - 29"
2/12 - 29"
2/14 - 28.5" (5%)
10% Goal - 27"

My hip measurement isn't budging. I don't think the waist drop is water weight since I did Whole 30 in Jan and keto for 8 days now. But maybe keto is a different beast when it comes to water weight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on February 15, 2017, 06:11:35 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4

2/14: 183.0

Down 7.8%. Progress continues!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 15, 2017, 07:23:03 AM
Everybody on this thread is seriously impressive and motivating. Which I guess is the point of Gauntlet challenges but man I need to step up my game.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: afuera on February 15, 2017, 10:13:35 AM
Is it too late to join?  I got to the heaviest I have ever been around Christmas at 185 lbs (5'10, f).  When I was in college, playing soccer on scholarship, my lowest weight was around 160 but I had a lot more muscle back then.  It's been a constant struggle to adjust from the "athlete diet" which is eat whatever you want cause you burn 1000s of calories a day (what I've been doing my entire life) to "normal human diet" where you can't eat half a pizza every few days without some consequences.

2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%

Goal: 155
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on February 16, 2017, 01:43:54 PM

After I had surgery a few years ago, I barely ate for about ten days. I eagerly weighed myself expecting to have lost three or four pounds. I had lost *one* pound. I was pissed.

Candace that's how I felt after my baby was born... I thought I was going to have lost so much but all I could think was why do I still weigh so much??
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 17, 2017, 06:52:27 AM
1/9      340
1/30    328
2/6      317
2/13    308
2/17    306 - BOOM. Light weight baby!

34 pounds down, 10% of my bodyweight off into the ether. I've dropped a clothing size my 3XL shirts are a little big now and the 2XL aren't quite big enough. So yeah, baggy clothes for a little, but the 2XL will be fitting in a month or two.

Anyone else get driven crazy by clothing sizes between manufacturers? Seriously, some of my 3XLs are smaller than some of the 2XLs. Fat guy problems, huh?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 17, 2017, 06:53:49 AM
1/9      340
1/30    328
2/6      317
2/13    308
2/17    306 - BOOM. Light weight baby!

34 pounds down, 10% of my bodyweight off into the ether. I've dropped a clothing size my 3XL shirts are a little big now and the 2XL aren't quite big enough. So yeah, baggy clothes for a little, but the 2XL will be fitting in a month or two.

Anyone else get driven crazy by clothing sizes between manufacturers? Seriously, some of my 3XLs are smaller than some of the 2XLs. Fat guy problems, huh?

i have tall guy problems with this.  due to the crazy variance in t shirt length.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 17, 2017, 06:55:29 AM
1/9      340
1/30    328
2/6      317
2/13    308
2/17    306 - BOOM. Light weight baby!

34 pounds down, 10% of my bodyweight off into the ether. I've dropped a clothing size my 3XL shirts are a little big now and the 2XL aren't quite big enough. So yeah, baggy clothes for a little, but the 2XL will be fitting in a month or two.

Anyone else get driven crazy by clothing sizes between manufacturers? Seriously, some of my 3XLs are smaller than some of the 2XLs. Fat guy problems, huh?

i have tall guy problems with this.  due to the crazy variance in t shirt length.

I know, right? I accidentally put a shirt through the dryer a while back and was thinking "Oh, it'll just be tight". Nope, belly shirt now. The struggles of being well over 6 feet tall, I share the feels brother.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on February 17, 2017, 09:47:25 AM
I usually weigh in and post on Sunday but am posting here on Friday for added motivation.  The weekend uptick is real and I want to avoid it if I can this week.

Sunday Feb 12 - 153.0
Friday Feb 17 - 152.4
Sunday Feb 19 - ?

I want to see a solid 152.0 but would accept a 152.5.  :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 17, 2017, 10:28:04 AM
Is it too late to join?  I got to the heaviest I have ever been around Christmas at 185 lbs (5'10, f).  When I was in college, playing soccer on scholarship, my lowest weight was around 160 but I had a lot more muscle back then.  It's been a constant struggle to adjust from the "athlete diet" which is eat whatever you want cause you burn 1000s of calories a day (what I've been doing my entire life) to "normal human diet" where you can't eat half a pizza every few days without some consequences.

2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%

Goal: 155

With 10 ½ months left in 2017, it is most definitely not too late.

Good luck and happy dieting.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on February 17, 2017, 10:28:20 AM
34 pounds down, 10% of my bodyweight off into the ether. I've dropped a clothing size my 3XL shirts are a little big now and the 2XL aren't quite big enough. So yeah, baggy clothes for a little, but the 2XL will be fitting in a month or two.

Anyone else get driven crazy by clothing sizes between manufacturers? Seriously, some of my 3XLs are smaller than some of the 2XLs. Fat guy problems, huh?

i have tall guy problems with this.  due to the crazy variance in t shirt length.

I know, right? I accidentally put a shirt through the dryer a while back and was thinking "Oh, it'll just be tight". Nope, belly shirt now. The struggles of being well over 6 feet tall, I share the feels brother.
[/quote]

Grump. I'm 5'4. The conversation you guys are having is just over my head.


Here I'm consolidating my eratic weigh-in schedule.

18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs

Looks like I'm standing still, but I'm actually pleased. That represents a full hormonal cycle, which shows a clear drop, when viewed across the month. Fucking girl hormones like to merrily fuck with many things. Like weight fluctuations.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: OneStep on February 18, 2017, 06:01:58 AM
1/28- 310
2/4-   306
2/11- 306
2/18- 303

Small progress this week. I'll take the baby steps.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 18, 2017, 05:03:45 PM
199.2.  5.1% lost.

Cheated a bit this week still lost weight. Having a lighter cheat day today.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on February 19, 2017, 03:52:17 AM
Down 2 to 270. 24 lbs lost so far. Good choices made all week. The toughest part was having to walk by the dozen donuts someone brought into work one day. Of course they were there all day and I had to walk by them about 30 times.  Then the next day someone brought in an entire Black Forest cake to share.  Fought off both temptations. Gym 5x, yoga 6x this week so I really earned those two pounds.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on February 19, 2017, 08:50:12 AM
I usually weigh in and post on Sunday but am posting here on Friday for added motivation.  The weekend uptick is real and I want to avoid it if I can this week.

Sunday Feb 12 - 153.0
Friday Feb 17 - 152.4
Sunday Feb 19 - ?

I want to see a solid 152.0 but would accept a 152.5.  :)

151.6!!  The Friday "warning" was motivational.

I would love to be under 150 by my birthday in a couple of weeks and now it looks possible.  But also OK if not because the slow and steady trend will get me there soon.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 20, 2017, 06:05:56 AM
had a light cheat day saturday.  just some cheese and mashed potatoes.  woke up today at 201.  should be a crazy good week for weightloss for me.  Hoping to be back under 199 by wednesday morning and scratching the 195 door by saturday morning.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 20, 2017, 10:36:58 AM
Ok, going to start only logging once a week now that I've done the 10% part.

Date                   Weight
1/9/2017           340
1/30/2017   328
2/6/2017           317
2/13/2017   308
2/20/2017   305

Loss is slowing down with the return of my appetite. This is probably a good thing.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on February 20, 2017, 11:07:28 AM

Weighed in this morning:

1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268

2/6/17 - 264

2/20/17 - 265

Took a few steps back.  Travelling for work last week wasn't good for me.  Lac of discipline along with being lazy about using hotel gyms and client dinners led to me weighing in at 272 when I returned from the trip.  Took a few days to come back down to 265.

Back on track and making progress moving forward.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on February 20, 2017, 12:32:21 PM
I'm going to jump in on this.  I started the 4 Hr Body plan a little over a year ago, weighing in at 226.2lbs (5'10") on 1/5/2016.  The lowest I got was 183.4 in early November 2016, but since then my weight has been slowly creeping back up.  This past Saturday's weigh-in was 190.2.  After a year of eating this way, I think I am partly bored and partly complacent.  I know about how much I can cheat and not pack on weight.  One thing I didn't really do last year was work on my fitness level.  So my goal for 2017 is to slowly inch down to the 175-180 pound mark while increasing my fitness level.  I need to devise a plan of attack for that.  Some form of HIIT training and weight lifting. 

So, in the interest of full disclosure here are all my weigh ins for 2017 to date:

187.4 12/31/16
189.8 1/7/17
188.8 1/14/17
190.6 1/21/17
190.0 1/28/17
189.4 2/4/17
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17

Leaving for a 5 day vacation in Florida this Thursday, my goal is not to gain 10 pounds on the trip.  Will weigh in Thrs morning before leaving, then the next weigh in will be Saturday after we return, so 3/4/17. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 20, 2017, 12:49:49 PM
I'm going to jump in on this.  I started the 4 Hr Body plan a little over a year ago, weighing in at 226.2lbs (5'10") on 1/5/2016.  The lowest I got was 183.4 in early November 2016, but since then my weight has been slowly creeping back up.  This past Saturday's weigh-in was 190.2.  After a year of eating this way, I think I am partly bored and partly complacent.  I know about how much I can cheat and not pack on weight.  One thing I didn't really do last year was work on my fitness level.  So my goal for 2017 is to slowly inch down to the 175-180 pound mark while increasing my fitness level.  I need to devise a plan of attack for that.  Some form of HIIT training and weight lifting. 

So, in the interest of full disclosure here are all my weigh ins for 2017 to date:

187.4 12/31/16
189.8 1/7/17
188.8 1/14/17
190.6 1/21/17
190.0 1/28/17
189.4 2/4/17
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17

Leaving for a 5 day vacation in Florida this Thursday, my goal is not to gain 10 pounds on the trip.  Will weigh in Thrs morning before leaving, then the next weigh in will be Saturday after we return, so 3/4/17.

Dont you love 4 hour body.  i find it to be very easy to stick to and have found lots of recipes that copy other things. 

My 2 favorites
Oven roasted cauliflower mash (like potatoes)
Home made black bean chips 100% black beans 100% guiltless.  -
Super easy to make.  - make  thin pancake batter mixture with Blackbean flour and water recipe calls for equal parts but i like thinner chips so i add extra water to make thinner.  add in spices and some oil.  - cook them on a flat top griddle like pancakes around 4 minutes each side then pop in the over at 200 to dehydrate.  then break into chips.  - sometimes i cut them into chips prior to placing in the oven too. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on February 20, 2017, 01:03:27 PM
I'm going to jump in on this.  I started the 4 Hr Body plan a little over a year ago, weighing in at 226.2lbs (5'10") on 1/5/2016.  The lowest I got was 183.4 in early November 2016, but since then my weight has been slowly creeping back up.  This past Saturday's weigh-in was 190.2.  After a year of eating this way, I think I am partly bored and partly complacent.  I know about how much I can cheat and not pack on weight.  One thing I didn't really do last year was work on my fitness level.  So my goal for 2017 is to slowly inch down to the 175-180 pound mark while increasing my fitness level.  I need to devise a plan of attack for that.  Some form of HIIT training and weight lifting. 

So, in the interest of full disclosure here are all my weigh ins for 2017 to date:

187.4 12/31/16
189.8 1/7/17
188.8 1/14/17
190.6 1/21/17
190.0 1/28/17
189.4 2/4/17
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17

Leaving for a 5 day vacation in Florida this Thursday, my goal is not to gain 10 pounds on the trip.  Will weigh in Thrs morning before leaving, then the next weigh in will be Saturday after we return, so 3/4/17.

Dont you love 4 hour body.  i find it to be very easy to stick to and have found lots of recipes that copy other things. 

My 2 favorites
Oven roasted cauliflower mash (like potatoes)
Home made black bean chips 100% black beans 100% guiltless.  -
Super easy to make.  - make  thin pancake batter mixture with Blackbean flour and water recipe calls for equal parts but i like thinner chips so i add extra water to make thinner.  add in spices and some oil.  - cook them on a flat top griddle like pancakes around 4 minutes each side then pop in the over at 200 to dehydrate.  then break into chips.  - sometimes i cut them into chips prior to placing in the oven too.

It has been great, yeah.  The cheat day is a life saver for me.  As long as I know I get some beer & pizza once a week, I don't freak out.  Prior to finding this lifestyle, I would diet and work out hard for a few months and then lose my willpower and completely fall off the wagon.  I battle the "all or nothing" mindset where I either have to do everything perfectly or nothing at all.  The 4 hr body plan has helped me break out of that destructive type of thinking.  For example, 10 years ago I weighed about 180 and was the strongest I'd ever been.  Just killing it with diet and working out.  Went to Vegas with my wife for a few days.  While there I fell off the wagon and ate and drank whatever I wanted.  And that was it.  I was done.  Got back home and continued eating and never started working out again.  Just ballooned back up to 230.  And I think part of it is the psychology of thinking "If I want to be health and in shape I can never eat X again", whatever X is for you.  For me it is beer and pizza.  If I'd known then what I know now I would have realized that a few days of eating badly is nothing and easily overcome.  Oh well, live and learn.

I need to try those recipes.  Especially the bean chips.  I'd like to eat them with my homemade guac.  It's just black bean flour and water?

I tried a mashed cauliflower recipe once that was disastrous.  So disastrous I'm not sure my wife would even let me try again.  I believe my issue was that I whipped them in a blender.  The consistency ended up, ehh, not sure how to even describe it.  Frothy?  I guess.  Awful.  Truly heinous.  I have done some roasted cauliflower recipes though, with garlic and olive oil, etc. that are quite good. 

My go to easy dinner is a ground beef stir fry kinda thing.  1lb ground beef.  Brown it up.  Add a bag of frozen broccoli and a can of pinto or black beans.  Add some soy sauce and crushed red pepper (or asian chili paste sauce) and cook covered for a few minutes.  Easy and tasty.  Leftovers are good too. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 20, 2017, 01:43:53 PM


I need to try those recipes.  Especially the bean chips.  I'd like to eat them with my homemade guac.  It's just black bean flour and water?

I tried a mashed cauliflower recipe once that was disastrous.  So disastrous I'm not sure my wife would even let me try again.  I believe my issue was that I whipped them in a blender.  The consistency ended up, ehh, not sure how to even describe it.  Frothy?  I guess.  Awful.  Truly heinous.  I have done some roasted cauliflower recipes though, with garlic and olive oil, etc. that are quite good. 

My go to easy dinner is a ground beef stir fry kinda thing.  1lb ground beef.  Brown it up.  Add a bag of frozen broccoli and a can of pinto or black beans.  Add some soy sauce and crushed red pepper (or asian chili paste sauce) and cook covered for a few minutes.  Easy and tasty.  Leftovers are good too.

The cauliflower mash i first tried were disatrous as well the secret is to oven roast the cauliflower.  makes it way better.  i usually mix in one can of white beans to 2 large heads to get some beans in as well.  Maybe a little balsamic and oven roasted garlic. 

My recipe is
toss florets in Avocado or other high smoke oil. and seasoning - fresh cracked pepper - salt - paprika - garlic powder - thyme or italian seasoning.  bake at 450 til soft and a little blackened.  Put in food processor with roasted garlic a bit of balsamic and some cottage cheese and a can of beans.

my wife said she'd never try fake mash again.  now we cant get enough.

I plan to add back in cheese and have been as i lose weight.  i still lose weight or maintain with cheese in my diet.  just not as big. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 21, 2017, 06:56:56 AM
Weighing in because y'all are going to help be my accountabilibuddies:

Monday, January 2, 2017
Weight: 156.9 lbs
% Body Fat: 37.7
BMI: 28.7

Monday, January 9, 2017
Weight: 152.3 lbs
% Body Fat: 38.3
BMI: 27.9

Monday, January 16, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.8
BMI: 27.3
Monday, January 23, 2017
Weight: 149.4
% Body Fat: 36.5
BMI: 27.3

Weight: 148.5
% Body Fat: 36.6%
BMI: 27.2

Monday, February 6, 2017
Weight: 152.6
% Body Fat: 36.1
BMI: 27.9

Monday, February 13, 2017
Weight: 152.6
% Body Fat: 35.7%
BMI: 27.9

Forgot to weigh in yesterday, oops
Tuesday, February 21, 2017
Weight: 151.6
% Body Fat: 35.5
BMI: 27.7

Finally back to trending in the right direction!

Also boarder42 that cauliflower mash sounds amazing.  Might have to make that tonight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 21, 2017, 07:04:37 AM
cauliflower mash is pretty great we love it. 

also the black bean chip recipe above i can confirm works now.  i used to do garbanzo bean chips but last night did it with black bean flour for the first time.  its slightly more difficult but i got it figured out.  guilt free chips as long as you follow a 4 hour body diet.  since black beans are bottomless on the diet. 

trying to find some lime only seasoning.  I've found True lime - does anyone know of anything else - this stuff seems pricey.   I plan to sprinkle it on the raw side while on the griddle to give them a limey kick like chipotle chips.  and lower my salt intake as i put seasoned salt on there last night and i'm not really a fan.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: afuera on February 21, 2017, 07:33:35 AM
2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%
2/21: 177.8, 30.5 BF%

Goal: 155

I did one of those 24 hour fast things yesterday to make up for eating half a pizza on Sunday.  I entertained myself in the evening by going on a long walk with my pupperoo so that I wouldn't be tempted to eat out of boredom.  I didn't even get hungry until right before bedtime so it wasn't bad at all.   I might start to do it weekly but i'll see how I feel next Sunday/Monday before I commit to that.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 21, 2017, 07:54:23 AM
on a non healthy food note the light cheat day is working gangbusters so far.

I'm 199.6 today which is what i was saturday morning 2 weeks ago and within .4lbs of where i was on saturday. 

I like looking at my charts where it spikes up 4-7 lbs after cheat day then all shreads right back off by wednesday if i'm sticking to it well.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on February 21, 2017, 09:33:51 AM
on a non healthy food note the light cheat day is working gangbusters so far.

I'm 199.6 today which is what i was saturday morning 2 weeks ago and within .4lbs of where i was on saturday. 

I like looking at my charts where it spikes up 4-7 lbs after cheat day then all shreads right back off by wednesday if i'm sticking to it well.

How far back do you have records?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 21, 2017, 11:43:09 AM
on a non healthy food note the light cheat day is working gangbusters so far.

I'm 199.6 today which is what i was saturday morning 2 weeks ago and within .4lbs of where i was on saturday. 

I like looking at my charts where it spikes up 4-7 lbs after cheat day then all shreads right back off by wednesday if i'm sticking to it well.

How far back do you have records?

not very far my app i use just shows 6 months and i havent been great at logging this time around.  but its pretty consistent on the spike then down to last week's pre cheat day week by wed/thurs.  I started this diet for the first time in 2012.  i was 235 lbs in mid august.  i was down to 210 by my wedding in one month... and then i was 195 by the end to 2012.  then i went on the road for work... i've never made it back above 225 yet. but i keep yo yo ing down on it.  and now my work travel has slowed alot and my self control has increased.  Also over the years i've had some great recipes come up each new time i start it that end up replacing something.  like these chips are pretty great. and new.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on February 21, 2017, 03:54:20 PM
 Started out at 165.  Down to 162.4.  Two weeks in after cutting out all obvious sugars -- cake, cookies, candy, ice cream etc.  I did have a couple of raisins that were in a salad.  That's it.  I have never ever ever ever ever been more than 3 days without huge sweets.  I'm shooting for 365 days.  Right now, I feel like I can achieve it!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on February 22, 2017, 12:45:42 PM
Bought a case of sparkling water at Aldi last night. It's been hard for me to break the habit of having a drink or two at night after the kids are in bed -- I'm trying to avoid alcohol and soda, and I don't want to drink coffee or tea that late. Hopefully the water does the trick.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 22, 2017, 12:52:35 PM
hit a new low this morning 199.  man i love 4 hour body diet.  just shreads weight when followed to a T.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 22, 2017, 12:54:06 PM
hit a new low this morning 199.  man i love 4 hour body diet.  just shreads weight when followed to a T.

That's amazing. I've been looking into it for a little while, I should really jump on it, huh?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 22, 2017, 12:59:15 PM
hit a new low this morning 199.  man i love 4 hour body diet.  just shreads weight when followed to a T.

That's amazing. I've been looking into it for a little while, I should really jump on it, huh?

yeah PM me if you're really interested i have an E copy of the book i could send you on drive.

it really truly works.  i've been on and off of it as stated above for over 5 years now.  and i've now replaced most things i missed with legit copy cats. 

Also i'm going to try a different spin on the black bean chips tonight.  going to try to make it a rollable dough and then bake for more consistency
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on February 22, 2017, 01:26:10 PM
hit a new low this morning 199.  man i love 4 hour body diet.  just shreads weight when followed to a T.

That's amazing. I've been looking into it for a little while, I should really jump on it, huh?

I can vouch for the 4 Hr Body also.  I've done it for over a year now and it hasn't driven me crazy.  Two thumbs up.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on February 22, 2017, 01:36:48 PM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0

2/21: 182.4

Down 8.1%. Progress continues!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on February 22, 2017, 02:35:18 PM
Natural waist measurements:
2/8 - 30"
2/10 - 29"
2/12 - 29"
2/14 - 28.5" (5%)
10% Goal - 27"

My hip measurement isn't budging. I don't think the waist drop is water weight since I did Whole 30 in Jan and keto for 8 days now. But maybe keto is a different beast when it comes to water weight.

Waist:
2/16 - 28.75"
2/22 - 28.25" (6% drop)

My hip measurement has started to budge now.

Hip measurements:
2/8 - 39"
2/16 - 38"
2/22 - 37.75" (4% drop)
Goal - 35"

4 hour body does work. Thumbs up to those doing it!
I had a weekend of partying so I'm just now getting back to the keto diet I've been doing. For all the booze and cake I had, my measurements thankfully didn't get out of wack. (I don't own a scale, just a tape measure, thus the measurements.)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on February 22, 2017, 02:35:34 PM
Well, I haven't been doing well but I am ready to join back in.  It is now do or move on.  I am having problems getting dressed in the morning and I would hate to buy new clothes just because.  So, starting today, and I have been pretty good, I am going to be mindful of my food intake.

12/26 - 163
1/1    - 160
2/22  - 160

I am ready to move the needle.  Especially with spring around the corner.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on February 22, 2017, 05:15:35 PM
What does the 4-hour body do so differently thT makes it 1. Successful 2. Sustainable?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 22, 2017, 05:45:05 PM
It's a meat beans and veggie diet.  You get one cheat day a week which I think helps with the sustainable part for many. Tim ferris came up with it thru self experimentation. 

And you can eat all the meat beans and veggies you want and still lose weight. No counting calories. You just make sure you get 30 grams of protein within 15-30 mins of waking up.  It's got beans so it's not no carb it's just slow carb. So you don't get the lack of feeling full that other no carb diets have.

It's sustainable for me BC I have come up with many substitutes for things I enjoy like chips and mashed potatoes. Eventually I don't really miss other things outside of cheese. Which I can eat and still lose weight just not as fast

Another reason it's so sustainable is the instant results. You'll lose 5lbs each week the first few weeks and instant results boost people sticking to it. Also if you fall off the wagon for the holidays etc it's easy to drop those pounds right off
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on February 22, 2017, 06:10:47 PM
Thanks, boarder42 for the fast response.  I am picking it up at the library tonight.  If you don't mind, would you share some of the substitutions that you've made that were most successful?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 22, 2017, 06:28:28 PM
I'm not a big pasta or bread person so I don't have subs for that. 

I love fried rice and make cauliflower fried rice
Bean chips as mentioned above. I'm still dialing in that recipe so I'll post more as I make it better. 
Oven roasted cauliflower faux mashed potatoes as mentioned above
Lettuce wraps BLT
Turkey lettuce wraps

Breakfast and lunch I eat very similar things every day.
Breakfast is a casserole I reheat. It's 24 egg whites with 6 yolks. 1lb of ground turkey half a container of cottage cheese and 3 green peppers. Cook the ground turkey then the peppers and mix it all together and bake around 350 for 30 mins or so.  Then cut into squares. I do 10 but you should calc your protein numbers to make sure it's 30 each morning.

I eat alot of roasted veggies and hunks of roasted meet for dinner. 

I bread chicken with ground flax seed and bake for boneless wings.



Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on February 23, 2017, 06:46:33 AM
189.8 1/7/17
188.8 1/14/17
190.6 1/21/17
190.0 1/28/17
189.4 2/4/17
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17
189.4 2/23/17 - today

Heading out to Florida today.  Next weigh in will be Sat 3/4.  Hoping not to gain between now and then, but I will be cheating quite a bit on the old vaca. 

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 23, 2017, 07:07:15 AM
Another thing that makes the diet easy to stick to is if you follow it to a T for two months or so by the end of that second month you will start to feel just awful after your cheat day and sometimes on it as your body isnt used to all those sugars and carbs.  which actually makes me want to eat them less ... my cheat days really transitioned to more what would be considered healthy for most but not allowed on 4 hour body.  things like cheeses and yogurt and fruit. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CCCA on February 23, 2017, 11:46:10 PM
Been enjoying almonds and dried fruit as a healthy snack and today just dipped below 160!

1/1 165
1/11 162.4  -2.6 lbs, -1.6%
1/25 159.8  -5.2lbs, -3.1%


stagnation!  but not unexpected.  Had lots of guests over this past weekend and lots of good food and snacking while chatting.  Was eating a ton of food.
1/1 165
1/11 162.4  -2.6 lbs, -1.6%
1/25 159.8  -5.2lbs, -3.1%
2/2   160.4  -4.6lbs, -2.8% (+0.6 lbs from last week)


2/23 159.0  -6lbs, -3.6%  still chugging along though things have slowed down considerably. 

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 24, 2017, 05:40:13 AM
Been enjoying almonds and dried fruit as a healthy snack and today just dipped below 160!

1/1 165
1/11 162.4  -2.6 lbs, -1.6%
1/25 159.8  -5.2lbs, -3.1%


stagnation!  but not unexpected.  Had lots of guests over this past weekend and lots of good food and snacking while chatting.  Was eating a ton of food.
1/1 165
1/11 162.4  -2.6 lbs, -1.6%
1/25 159.8  -5.2lbs, -3.1%
2/2   160.4  -4.6lbs, -2.8% (+0.6 lbs from last week)


2/23 159.0  -6lbs, -3.6%  still chugging along though things have slowed down considerably.

just a heads up your "healthy snacks"  are high in fat and sugar.  fat isnt as bad as the sugar but i'd try eliminating those fruits and dried fruits and see what happens.  Its too common a misconception that fruits are healthy, while they have healthy attributes the amount of sugar in most fruits greatly out weighs any of the benefits.  And all benefits of fruit can be found in higher quanitites and without the sugar in their much more acceptable brethren vegetables.  especially dried fruits.  since you now have sucked water out they are less filling and contain more sugar per cup of regular fruit

Half a cup of fresh cranberries contains 2g of sugar and one cup of dried cranberries contains a whopping 37g, or 9 teaspoons.
One date is over 60 per cent sugar and 30 per cent of this is fructose.
100g of fresh apricot contain less then 1 per cent of fructose but 100g of dried apricots contain over 12 per cent.

https://iquitsugar.com/dried-fruit-healthy-snack/



Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on February 24, 2017, 07:01:38 AM
I usually weigh in and post on Sunday but am posting here on Friday for added motivation.  The weekend uptick is real and I want to avoid it if I can this week.

Sunday Feb 12 - 153.0
Friday Feb 17 - 152.4
Sunday Feb 19 - ?

I want to see a solid 152.0 but would accept a 152.5.  :)

Sunday Feb 19 - 151.6!

Trying my Friday motivation again.  Today, Friday Feb 24 I'm at 150.8.  Want to hold at least 151 on Sunday.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on February 24, 2017, 08:41:10 AM
Update:

Start: ~173 (varied around that...172-175 range)
Goal: 155 (prefer 135-145)

Current: 165 (stable for a week)
-4.6%

Psyched to be almost halfway there...the scale going down, even slowly, is very motivating. I have not been super good about eating only when hungry but it will hopefully get easier now that my stupid busy month is over.

I'm really excited about the possibility of extending this to 20%, which would put me back in my ideal weight range. A bit premature, I know...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 25, 2017, 05:09:59 AM
Huge week. Actually stuck to 4 hour body except for one beer Thursday. Down to 195.6 today. From 199.2 a week ago. And sitting around 17% bf.  Down 6.85%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: OneStep on February 25, 2017, 06:23:02 AM
1/28- 310
2/4-   306
2/11- 306
2/18- 303
2/25- 303

Going to have to buckle down. Looks like I'm doing well every other week and then maintaining the other week. As long as I keep trending down I'm good.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on February 25, 2017, 07:22:01 AM
The scale hasn't moved for me but no junk food for 2 full days and I started exercising.  I think I am finally on the right track.  Now, it will be the challenge of staying there and making this a way of life.  I figured one cheat day a week is good. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 25, 2017, 09:22:12 AM
The scale hasn't moved for me but no junk food for 2 full days and I started exercising.  I think I am finally on the right track.  Now, it will be the challenge of staying there and making this a way of life.  I figured one cheat day a week is good.

So you still think that having no system is going to work for a second year when we're almost 2 months in and youve followed something you think may work for 2 days ? 

How do you have a cheat day with no defined diet plan?

Not trying to be mean just pointing it out. If I had a issue eating out for lunch every day and my plan was to just you know whatever. And by this time of the year I'd made it 2 straight days not eating out. I'd be rethinking my plan.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on February 26, 2017, 09:32:42 AM
I usually weigh in and post on Sunday but am posting here on Friday for added motivation.  The weekend uptick is real and I want to avoid it if I can this week.

Sunday Feb 12 - 153.0
Friday Feb 17 - 152.4
Sunday Feb 19 - ?

I want to see a solid 152.0 but would accept a 152.5.  :)

Sunday Feb 19 - 151.6!

Trying my Friday motivation again.  Today, Friday Feb 24 I'm at 150.8.  Want to hold at least 151 on Sunday.

Well poop.  151.4.  Not terrible but not great since last Sunday was 151.6.   

I'm happy with my activity level and core diet but clearly need to keep trimming around the edges.  Portion control! 

Losing track of my progress so setting it out again here:

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4

Have a healthy, happy week, everyone!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on February 26, 2017, 10:03:27 AM
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19

Weigh in day.

179  February 26

I was on a weight plateau, and needed to do something about it. So I went very low calorie Thursday and Friday, and then a 34 hour water only fast from Friday night to Sunday morning.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on February 26, 2017, 12:39:41 PM
No change this week. Stuck at 270, down 24 lbs.  Let the food choices stray a couple times this week.  Will get that fixed this week and get the scale moving downwards once again.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on February 26, 2017, 03:33:32 PM
The scale hasn't moved for me but no junk food for 2 full days and I started exercising.  I think I am finally on the right track.  Now, it will be the challenge of staying there and making this a way of life.  I figured one cheat day a week is good.

So you still think that having no system is going to work for a second year when we're almost 2 months in and youve followed something you think may work for 2 days ? 

How do you have a cheat day with no defined diet plan?

Not trying to be mean just pointing it out. If I had a issue eating out for lunch every day and my plan was to just you know whatever. And by this time of the year I'd made it 2 straight days not eating out. I'd be rethinking my plan.


I don't believe in diets, never have.  And yes, I am 2 months in which made me realize I have to get serious.  I have been having a hard time committing for one reason one another and none of them valid.  So,  I am finally there. What works for me is cutting back portions.  I am now using smaller plates and not overloading them. For snacks, I am keeping it to fruit or something low calorie.  All junk food is out of the house. And I am trying to train myself to eat when I am hungry and not just because.  I also balance the day.  If I have a heavier lunch, I will have a light dinner and vice versas. This is a journey for sure.

This way may not be for everyone and I can appreciate that.  But it works for me.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 26, 2017, 03:37:23 PM
The scale hasn't moved for me but no junk food for 2 full days and I started exercising.  I think I am finally on the right track.  Now, it will be the challenge of staying there and making this a way of life.  I figured one cheat day a week is good.

So you still think that having no system is going to work for a second year when we're almost 2 months in and youve followed something you think may work for 2 days ? 

How do you have a cheat day with no defined diet plan?

Not trying to be mean just pointing it out. If I had a issue eating out for lunch every day and my plan was to just you know whatever. And by this time of the year I'd made it 2 straight days not eating out. I'd be rethinking my plan.


I don't believe in diets, never have.  And yes, I am 2 months in which made me realize I have to get serious.  I have been having a hard time committing for one reason one another and none of them valid.  So,  I am finally there. What works for me is cutting back portions.  I am now using smaller plates and not overloading them. For snacks, I am keeping it to fruit or something low calorie.  All junk food is out of the house. And I am trying to train myself to eat when I am hungry and not just because.  I also balance the day.  If I have a heavier lunch, I will have a light dinner and vice versas. This is a journey for sure.

This way may not be for everyone and I can appreciate that.  But it works for me.

My point was it clearly isn't working as your first post here was that you tried this plan for all of 2016 and it didn't work. So you're over 14 months in without results. But to each their own I guess. You're just making the same statements over and over with out follow through. And no actual plan which is likely the real issue.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wienerdog on February 26, 2017, 03:56:04 PM
I changed the way I was eating December 4th at 239 lbs.  Crossed 219 lbs last week.  Goal is 190 lbs so ~40 lbs to go.

I have been doing NSNG (No Sugar No Grain) trademarked by Vinnie Tortorich.  Best thing about it is I wouldn't call it a diet as I am never hungry.  Seems like all other diets I have tried especially calorie in calorie out you were always hungry which eventually led to failure.

Vinnie pushes Eat Happy for recipes if anyone is interested in it.

http://annavocino.com/eat-happy/
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 26, 2017, 04:55:47 PM
I changed the way I was eating December 4th at 239 lbs.  Crossed 219 lbs last week.  Goal is 190 lbs so ~40 lbs to go.

I have been doing NSNG (No Sugar No Grain) trademarked by Vinnie Tortorich.  Best thing about it is I wouldn't call it a diet as I am never hungry.  Seems like all other diets I have tried especially calorie in calorie out you were always hungry which eventually led to failure.

Vinnie pushes Eat Happy for recipes if anyone is interested in it.

http://annavocino.com/eat-happy/

Good work. Yep that's pretty close to what we follow dust add no dairy.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on February 26, 2017, 05:42:10 PM
164 (-5.2%).  Officially over halfway. :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: lcmac32 on February 26, 2017, 07:34:15 PM
I am in.  285 at start of year.  I have dropped about 5 so far.  I am going to the gym regularly.  Need to reign in the diet.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 27, 2017, 07:22:22 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI

Starting to follow the Four Hour Body Diet thanks to boarder42 and am really looking forward to seeing if I get results.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 27, 2017, 07:35:05 AM
make sure you get the 30g of protien when you wake up and everything else should work out.

i overdid cheat day it was awful.  i was up all night ... my body just rejects carbs now its pretty crazy. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 27, 2017, 07:43:36 AM
Date                Weight
1/9/2017           340
1/30/2017   328
2/6/2017           317
2/13/2017   308
2/20/2017   305
2/27/2017   301.8

Closing in on the 200s. 26.8 More pounds to go until re-evaluation.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 27, 2017, 07:50:07 AM
Date                Weight
1/9/2017           340
1/30/2017   328
2/6/2017           317
2/13/2017   308
2/20/2017   305
2/27/2017   301.8

Closing in on the 200s. 26.8 More pounds to go until re-evaluation.

you're killing it what are you following?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on February 27, 2017, 08:26:19 AM
Date                Weight
1/9/2017           340
1/30/2017   328
2/6/2017           317
2/13/2017   308
2/20/2017   305
2/27/2017   301.8

Closing in on the 200s. 26.8 More pounds to go until re-evaluation.

you're killing it what are you following?

Somewhere between 4 hour body and Atkins. Very little fruit, no grains, cheese once or twice a week. ~3000 calories a day, 275g protein, under 50g carbs. Cheat day once a week, though I try to make it just 1 meal. Add in 3-4 hours of weight training and HIIT cardio a week and it works pretty well for me.

My blood work hasn't looked this good in forever. A1c is 5.3, triglycerides are around 130, HDL just hit 61. I forget my LDL, but the ratio looked good. Cutting out the booze several nights a week and pizza a couple times a week and it's easy for me to drop at a healthy rate.

The other thing that really helped was a two day fast. I mean, granted, I was sick. But that fast sort of broke the cravings I had been having and made it possible for me to just open the fridge, grab a couple eggs, and cook them and be happy if I got hungry rather than obsessing over junk food. The psychological part of food addiction has always been tough for me.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 27, 2017, 08:33:42 AM
Date                Weight
1/9/2017           340
1/30/2017   328
2/6/2017           317
2/13/2017   308
2/20/2017   305
2/27/2017   301.8

Closing in on the 200s. 26.8 More pounds to go until re-evaluation.

you're killing it what are you following?

Somewhere between 4 hour body and Atkins. Very little fruit, no grains, cheese once or twice a week. ~3000 calories a day, 275g protein, under 50g carbs. Cheat day once a week, though I try to make it just 1 meal. Add in 3-4 hours of weight training and HIIT cardio a week and it works pretty well for me.

My blood work hasn't looked this good in forever. A1c is 5.3, triglycerides are around 130, HDL just hit 61. I forget my LDL, but the ratio looked good. Cutting out the booze several nights a week and pizza a couple times a week and it's easy for me to drop at a healthy rate.

The other thing that really helped was a two day fast. I mean, granted, I was sick. But that fast sort of broke the cravings I had been having and made it possible for me to just open the fridge, grab a couple eggs, and cook them and be happy if I got hungry rather than obsessing over junk food. The psychological part of food addiction has always been tough for me.

sounds pretty close to what i do only i'm a bit more strict on the 4 hour body.  cheese does make its way in every once and a while.  its astounding how well it does at cutting Fat.  and in a healthy way. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 27, 2017, 08:56:19 AM
make sure you get the 30g of protien when you wake up and everything else should work out.

i overdid cheat day it was awful.  i was up all night ... my body just rejects carbs now its pretty crazy.

Yea I picked up some protein drinks that have 30g in them, I pounded one of those and a hard boiled egg this morning.  Lunch this week is fajitas with three kinds of beans (including the first time I ever made dried beans!)  I'm going on vacation on from Saturday-Thursday to a place I'd rather not mention on the forum for fear of face punching, so I need to figure out how I'm going to make it work then.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 27, 2017, 09:38:51 AM
make sure you get the 30g of protien when you wake up and everything else should work out.

i overdid cheat day it was awful.  i was up all night ... my body just rejects carbs now its pretty crazy.

Yea I picked up some protein drinks that have 30g in them, I pounded one of those and a hard boiled egg this morning.  Lunch this week is fajitas with three kinds of beans (including the first time I ever made dried beans!)  I'm going on vacation on from Saturday-Thursday to a place I'd rather not mention on the forum for fear of face punching, so I need to figure out how I'm going to make it work then.

i quit the diet on vacation usually.  Also i'm sure you read it but Ferris recommends not using protien drinks if you can avoid them.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 27, 2017, 09:43:53 AM
make sure you get the 30g of protien when you wake up and everything else should work out.

i overdid cheat day it was awful.  i was up all night ... my body just rejects carbs now its pretty crazy.

Yea I picked up some protein drinks that have 30g in them, I pounded one of those and a hard boiled egg this morning.  Lunch this week is fajitas with three kinds of beans (including the first time I ever made dried beans!)  I'm going on vacation on from Saturday-Thursday to a place I'd rather not mention on the forum for fear of face punching, so I need to figure out how I'm going to make it work then.

i quit the diet on vacation usually.  Also i'm sure you read it but Ferris recommends not using protien drinks if you can avoid them.

Yea I know, they're mostly for this week to get me started.  As for vacation, I'm not going to kick myself if I don't stick to it exactly but I have a habit of going totally nutso on vacation and I'm afraid if I lose the (limited) progress I've been making I'm going to get discouraged.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 27, 2017, 10:15:40 AM
make sure you get the 30g of protien when you wake up and everything else should work out.

i overdid cheat day it was awful.  i was up all night ... my body just rejects carbs now its pretty crazy.

Yea I picked up some protein drinks that have 30g in them, I pounded one of those and a hard boiled egg this morning.  Lunch this week is fajitas with three kinds of beans (including the first time I ever made dried beans!)  I'm going on vacation on from Saturday-Thursday to a place I'd rather not mention on the forum for fear of face punching, so I need to figure out how I'm going to make it work then.

i quit the diet on vacation usually.  Also i'm sure you read it but Ferris recommends not using protien drinks if you can avoid them.

Yea I know, they're mostly for this week to get me started.  As for vacation, I'm not going to kick myself if I don't stick to it exactly but I have a habit of going totally nutso on vacation and I'm afraid if I lose the (limited) progress I've been making I'm going to get discouraged.

i've found on this diet its pretty easy to stick to meat beans and veggies almost anywhere ... then your booze intake maybe off a bit but thats what i try to do when possible.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 27, 2017, 02:58:05 PM
those doing 4 hour body i've modified my chip recipe for black bean chips its now much simpler.

mix 1 to 1 BB flour to water - add in whatever seasonings you want and a touch of olive oil

spread over silicone baking mat in thin layer
bake in oven at 255 after about 5-10 minutes use a pizza cutter to cut into chips

should be done much faster and you get a thinner chip thats uniform.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on February 27, 2017, 03:28:12 PM

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150 -  2% down
02/10 - 144
02/27 - 147 !!
 
GOAL: 137

So after fasting weight down a lot, and 2 weeks later,  weight still down without too much effort on my part.  We are playing around with a LCHF type of vegetarian diet.  I'm not sure that LC and vegetarian really works, but the approach is helping my DH, so sticking with this for now.  I am finding that I need to get more creative with our meal planning, and definitely can't just do dinner without a plan. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Runrooster on February 27, 2017, 06:04:50 PM
I need to lose more than 10% but that would be great progress.
I'm at the end of week 1, so I'm through the worst of the hunger pains I hope.

week 0:0
week 1: -3

My biggest battle is free food at work which is tastier/caloric than whatever I've packed for lunch.  So success was eating only one piece of pizza and then eating my beans. I can't quite convince myself I like the beans more, but I can decide that maximum pizza enjoyment comes at the first piece.  Also, fried chicken without the skin doesn't taste any better than chicken breast, so I kept my portions reasonable.  I have been able to go for walks at lunch though, better to sidestep temptations.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on February 27, 2017, 07:34:36 PM
Down 3.6% in 2.5 weeks. 
Still completely off sugar. 
Have now added - lowER carb.  (Not ready to try and cut all of them.)
Still eating slowly and trying to really enjoy the food.
Still eating only when hungry. 
Yay!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: afuera on February 28, 2017, 10:11:59 AM
2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%
2/21: 177.8, 30.5 BF%
2/28: 177.6, 29.9 BF%

Goal: 155

Not much progress on the weight front due to an all you can eat crawfish boil (plus boudin, beer fries, potatoes, beer, etc...) balls and a huge steak this last weekend.  BF% is still dropping though so I won't get too disappointed.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on February 28, 2017, 10:35:06 AM
Not much progress on the weight front due to an all you can eat crawfish boil (plus boudin, beer fries, potatoes, beer, etc...) balls and a huge steak this last weekend.  BF% is still dropping though so I won't get too disappointed.

Ugh that sounds amazing.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 28, 2017, 11:04:48 AM
I need to lose more than 10% but that would be great progress.
I'm at the end of week 1, so I'm through the worst of the hunger pains I hope.

week 0:0
week 1: -3

My biggest battle is free food at work which is tastier/caloric than whatever I've packed for lunch.  So success was eating only one piece of pizza and then eating my beans. I can't quite convince myself I like the beans more, but I can decide that maximum pizza enjoyment comes at the first piece.  Also, fried chicken without the skin doesn't taste any better than chicken breast, so I kept my portions reasonable.  I have been able to go for walks at lunch though, better to sidestep temptations.

i've taken to taking a donut or cookie or whatever comes thru and saving them for the weekend so i can save money on cheating
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CloserToFree on February 28, 2017, 11:09:45 AM
Posting to follow.  Realized the other day that the amount of weight I need/want to lose is just about 10% of my body weight - and then this thread caught my eye.  Thanks and look forward to posting more later!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on February 28, 2017, 12:36:17 PM
I need to lose more than 10% but that would be great progress.
I'm at the end of week 1, so I'm through the worst of the hunger pains I hope.

week 0:0
week 1: -3

My biggest battle is free food at work which is tastier/caloric than whatever I've packed for lunch.  So success was eating only one piece of pizza and then eating my beans. I can't quite convince myself I like the beans more, but I can decide that maximum pizza enjoyment comes at the first piece.  Also, fried chicken without the skin doesn't taste any better than chicken breast, so I kept my portions reasonable.  I have been able to go for walks at lunch though, better to sidestep temptations.

i've taken to taking a donut or cookie or whatever comes thru and saving them for the weekend so i can save money on cheating

Luckily my office cafeteria is upstairs and I hardly go up there.  They put all the free stuff there as well, so it's pretty easy to avoid.  But we're not getting free pizza or fried chicken either, usually donuts or cookies.

I find a good strategy is to keep a good snack at work.  I like to keep a good amount of beef jerky in at my desk or office fridge.  If you have access to a fridge the steak strips from costco are the best, but they need to be refrigerated.  You do have to watch out though, a lot of beef jerky is processed with sugar, even the costco steak strips, so if you are trying to stay low carb or low sugar you need to moderate these.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 28, 2017, 12:37:36 PM
I need to lose more than 10% but that would be great progress.
I'm at the end of week 1, so I'm through the worst of the hunger pains I hope.

week 0:0
week 1: -3

My biggest battle is free food at work which is tastier/caloric than whatever I've packed for lunch.  So success was eating only one piece of pizza and then eating my beans. I can't quite convince myself I like the beans more, but I can decide that maximum pizza enjoyment comes at the first piece.  Also, fried chicken without the skin doesn't taste any better than chicken breast, so I kept my portions reasonable.  I have been able to go for walks at lunch though, better to sidestep temptations.

i've taken to taking a donut or cookie or whatever comes thru and saving them for the weekend so i can save money on cheating

Luckily my office cafeteria is upstairs and I hardly go up there.  They put all the free stuff there as well, so it's pretty easy to avoid.  But we're not getting free pizza or fried chicken either, usually donuts or cookies.

I find a good strategy is to keep a good snack at work.  I like to keep a good amount of beef jerky in at my desk or office fridge.  If you have access to a fridge the steak strips from costco are the best, but they need to be refrigerated.  You do have to watch out though, a lot of beef jerky is processed with sugar, even the costco steak strips, so if you are trying to stay low carb or low sugar you need to moderate these.

i just use will power.  lots and lots of will power. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on February 28, 2017, 12:46:38 PM
I need to lose more than 10% but that would be great progress.
I'm at the end of week 1, so I'm through the worst of the hunger pains I hope.

week 0:0
week 1: -3

My biggest battle is free food at work which is tastier/caloric than whatever I've packed for lunch.  So success was eating only one piece of pizza and then eating my beans. I can't quite convince myself I like the beans more, but I can decide that maximum pizza enjoyment comes at the first piece.  Also, fried chicken without the skin doesn't taste any better than chicken breast, so I kept my portions reasonable.  I have been able to go for walks at lunch though, better to sidestep temptations.

i've taken to taking a donut or cookie or whatever comes thru and saving them for the weekend so i can save money on cheating

Luckily my office cafeteria is upstairs and I hardly go up there.  They put all the free stuff there as well, so it's pretty easy to avoid.  But we're not getting free pizza or fried chicken either, usually donuts or cookies.

I find a good strategy is to keep a good snack at work.  I like to keep a good amount of beef jerky in at my desk or office fridge.  If you have access to a fridge the steak strips from costco are the best, but they need to be refrigerated.  You do have to watch out though, a lot of beef jerky is processed with sugar, even the costco steak strips, so if you are trying to stay low carb or low sugar you need to moderate these.

i just use will power.  lots and lots of will power.

Haha I use my willpower to just avoid the problem.  If I ever tried to save those items for my cheat day...well they wouldn't make it to cheat day.  Also why I don't keep any "cheat" items in my house. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on February 28, 2017, 01:47:41 PM
I need to lose more than 10% but that would be great progress.
I'm at the end of week 1, so I'm through the worst of the hunger pains I hope.

week 0:0
week 1: -3

My biggest battle is free food at work which is tastier/caloric than whatever I've packed for lunch.  So success was eating only one piece of pizza and then eating my beans. I can't quite convince myself I like the beans more, but I can decide that maximum pizza enjoyment comes at the first piece.  Also, fried chicken without the skin doesn't taste any better than chicken breast, so I kept my portions reasonable.  I have been able to go for walks at lunch though, better to sidestep temptations.

i've taken to taking a donut or cookie or whatever comes thru and saving them for the weekend so i can save money on cheating

Luckily my office cafeteria is upstairs and I hardly go up there.  They put all the free stuff there as well, so it's pretty easy to avoid.  But we're not getting free pizza or fried chicken either, usually donuts or cookies.

I find a good strategy is to keep a good snack at work.  I like to keep a good amount of beef jerky in at my desk or office fridge.  If you have access to a fridge the steak strips from costco are the best, but they need to be refrigerated.  You do have to watch out though, a lot of beef jerky is processed with sugar, even the costco steak strips, so if you are trying to stay low carb or low sugar you need to moderate these.

i just use will power.  lots and lots of will power.

Haha I use my willpower to just avoid the problem.  If I ever tried to save those items for my cheat day...well they wouldn't make it to cheat day.  Also why I don't keep any "cheat" items in my house.

Just will power buying them money sale or getting them for free saves me money so I can keep it around
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: jedsbud on March 01, 2017, 05:37:05 AM
I am in.  Starting at 220.4 this morning.  I would like to be 195, dropping another pants size in the process.

216.8 this morning.  February was rough but still focused. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 01, 2017, 06:46:16 AM
I am in.  Starting at 220.4 this morning.  I would like to be 195, dropping another pants size in the process.

216.8 this morning.  February was rough but still focused.

good work.  i would estimate 2 pants sizes going from 220 to 195. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on March 01, 2017, 08:46:59 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4

2/28: 180.8

Down 8.9%. Inching closer to 10%. Maybe 2 more weeks if things go well?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: moof on March 01, 2017, 04:14:17 PM
Started at 217 first the the year, currently 210.  So 1/3 the way to 10%.

I cut out a lot of sugar over the last 6 months, kicking my Mountain Dew habit from 2 cans a day to an average of 0.5/week.  More recently I have cut back on snacks, seconds and thirds at dinner, and trying very hard to never feel "stuffed" after any meal.  I seem to have gone over the sugar crash induced snacking hump and don't get the munchies near as bad as I usually did even when I was just maintaining.  I've also swapping in a lot more fiber recently (brown rice and beans as a regular meal).  Slowly getting there...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 03, 2017, 07:20:25 AM
I usually weigh in and post on Sunday but am posting here on Friday for added motivation.  The weekend uptick is real and I want to avoid it if I can this week.

Sunday Feb 12 - 153.0
Friday Feb 17 - 152.4
Sunday Feb 19 - ?

I want to see a solid 152.0 but would accept a 152.5.  :)

Sunday Feb 19 - 151.6!

Trying my Friday motivation again.  Today, Friday Feb 24 I'm at 150.8.  Want to hold at least 151 on Sunday.

Well poop.  151.4.  Not terrible but not great since last Sunday was 151.6.   

I'm happy with my activity level and core diet but clearly need to keep trimming around the edges.  Portion control! 

Losing track of my progress so setting it out again here:

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4

Have a healthy, happy week, everyone!

151 yesterday March 2 but...it was my birthday and we ate out. So 152.4 this morning for my Friday pre-check and I'm going out to dinner again on Saturday. (Friends taking me to a fancy restaurant.) I plan to enjoy myself but also to try hard not to write off the whole weekend with a "might as well be hanged for a sheep as a lamb" attitude.  :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on March 03, 2017, 08:54:13 AM

Weighed in this morning:

1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268

2/6/17 - 264

2/20/17 - 265

Took a few steps back.  Travelling for work last week wasn't good for me.  Lac of discipline along with being lazy about using hotel gyms and client dinners led to me weighing in at 272 when I returned from the trip.  Took a few days to come back down to 265.

Back on track and making progress moving forward.

3/3/17 - 261.8

Over 10 lbs in 2017 and about 20lbs total Since I started in November.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on March 03, 2017, 08:56:20 AM

Weighed in this morning:

1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264

2/20/17 - 265

Took a few steps back.  Travelling for work last week wasn't good for me.  Lac of discipline along with being lazy about using hotel gyms and client dinners led to me weighing in at 272 when I returned from the trip.  Took a few days to come back down to 265.

Back on track and making progress moving forward.

3/3/17 - 261.8

Over 10 lbs in 2017 and about 20lbs total Since I started in November.

Nice work brother.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 03, 2017, 10:10:44 AM
was on the road all week for work but followed it pretty well.  had some qunioa and some cheese and some dried fruit in a couple salads at lunch i wasnt expecting but other than that stuck to it pretty well. oh and one bag of SW honey roasted peanuts on the plane.  still hoping i lost 2-3 lbs this week but the scale will tell all when i get home tonight and tomorrow morning.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: rawr237 on March 03, 2017, 11:47:12 AM
Start weight: 151lb (Jan 3)
Goal weight: 135lb

March 3: 141.6lb

Over halfway there! But most of the loss was during the Whole30 (-8lb), in the month since then I'm trying to find balance and my progress has slowed (-1.4lb). But still, progress! I've attempted daily moderation and struggled with it, so right now I'm experimenting with a weekly cheat day.

Also, down to single digit pants sizes - very exciting to fit into my old jeans.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 10dollarsatatime on March 04, 2017, 08:57:44 AM
Height: 5'7"
Weight: 176
Goal: 145

...

I'll also start running again soon.  I ran 4 half marathons last year, but slacked on training for the last couple do to above work drama, which resulted in a hip injury.  I feel close to ready to start training again, and will try for at least 4 again this year, in addition to whatever 5k and 10k races I can get discounted entries to through work.

Down to 167, so I'm halfway to 10%!

Still doing whole30, but started AIP protocol this week.  Decided to break the scale ban so I could update my progress.

I started running again.  My hip is a little sore, so instead of a high intensity training program, I signed up to to the run/walk/run half using runkeeper.  I'm signed up to run my first half on June 10.  If it goes well, I'll up my training intensity.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on March 04, 2017, 11:41:56 AM
189.8 1/7/17
188.8 1/14/17
190.6 1/21/17
190.0 1/28/17
189.4 2/4/17
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17
189.4 2/23/17 - today

Heading out to Florida today.  Next weigh in will be Sat 3/4.  Hoping not to gain between now and then, but I will be cheating quite a bit on the old vaca.

192.0 as of this morning.  Vacation was kind to the taste buds, not to the waistline.  But, now that vaca is over I don't have anything really going on until a long family vaca on the coast of Cali in June.  So my goal is to be down to 180 before then (6/12/17)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: better late on March 04, 2017, 11:54:21 AM
I would like to join this challenge for the 10 months that are left in 2017.  My plan is to replace my daily sugar snack with a fruit/vegetable and to up my cardio to 3x a week plus Barre class. I'm starting at 145lbs.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 04, 2017, 01:32:33 PM
I would like to join this challenge for the 10 months that are left in 2017.  My plan is to replace my daily sugar snack with a fruit/vegetable and to up my cardio to 3x a week plus Barre class. I'm starting at 145lbs.

Fruit is a sugar snack
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on March 05, 2017, 04:40:03 AM
Down 4 this week to 266. Lost 28 in total so need 2 more for 10% total at which point I will sign up to do another 10%. Really would like to be down another 8 in the next 5 weeks before a vacation to Paris.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: RysChristensen on March 05, 2017, 07:31:38 AM
Ok, I'm jumping in too!
Starting weight: 291.2 lbs  (at 5'8". It puts the UGH in the ugly that things have gotten)
Total eventual goal: 145 lbs (50% loss)
10% goal: 262 lbs (-29 lbs)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 05, 2017, 09:28:04 AM
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26

179  March 05

Zero lost this week. 12 pounds lost so far. 6.28% lost of my starting body weight.

I did another 36 hour water only fast Friday night to Sunday morning. This week it doesn't seemed to have helped my weight. I see that many others here are stuck at their recent weights, so maybe it is a physiological thing at this point in the weight loss process.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 05, 2017, 09:35:45 AM
I would like to join this challenge for the 10 months that are left in 2017.  My plan is to replace my daily sugar snack with a fruit/vegetable and to up my cardio to 3x a week plus Barre class. I'm starting at 145lbs.

“Better Late” than never.   :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 05, 2017, 11:27:24 AM
I usually weigh in and post on Sunday but am posting here on Friday for added motivation.  The weekend uptick is real and I want to avoid it if I can this week.

Sunday Feb 12 - 153.0
Friday Feb 17 - 152.4
Sunday Feb 19 - ?

I want to see a solid 152.0 but would accept a 152.5.  :)

Sunday Feb 19 - 151.6!

Trying my Friday motivation again.  Today, Friday Feb 24 I'm at 150.8.  Want to hold at least 151 on Sunday.

Well poop.  151.4.  Not terrible but not great since last Sunday was 151.6.   

I'm happy with my activity level and core diet but clearly need to keep trimming around the edges.  Portion control! 

Losing track of my progress so setting it out again here:

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4

Have a healthy, happy week, everyone!

151 yesterday March 2 but...it was my birthday and we ate out. So 152.4 this morning for my Friday pre-check and I'm going out to dinner again on Saturday. (Friends taking me to a fancy restaurant.) I plan to enjoy myself but also to try hard not to write off the whole weekend with a "might as well be hanged for a sheep as a lamb" attitude.  :)

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8

Okay - birthday "season" now over; easy holiday weight already lost.  The goal is 145 by the end of April through a slow and steady "don't freak out the metabolism" approach.  Decent start but I need to be more consistent.  This week - more vegetables!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: icegirl on March 06, 2017, 11:12:36 AM
I have been wanting to kick up my motivation to eat better and exercise in 2017, and I think I will try this challenge.

Currently hovering around 140 and want to get down to 125.

Goals:

1. No chocolate or ice cream except on the weekend (can be swapped for other days when out with friends).
2. Only one serving at dinner.
3. Cut my serving size at lunch by aprox. 30% and eat one fruit in the afternoon.
4. Run or bike 2x a week for 25/45 minutes (run/bike). This can be swapped for other cardio, but I have to break a sweat.
5. Lift 1-2x a week.


Hope I can lose 1-2 pound a week.

Deadline: April 2017


Ok so I've already lost 10 pounds, but I have not followed any of my own rules...which is kind of bad. What I have been doing is cutting breakfast to save the calories there, and just eating normally for the rest of the day (including sweets...). I have not exercised either, because I'm lazy and I got an on the side job (bad excuse).

So in 1-2 months I need to lose 5 pounds. I think I will try to live up to points 4-5 on my list, exercising 3-4 times a week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on March 06, 2017, 11:17:49 AM
Date                  Weight
1/9/2017           340
1/30/2017   328
2/6/2017           317
2/13/2017   308
2/20/2017   305
2/27/2017   301.8
3/6/2017           306

I was just under 300, then this weekend was our 1 year anniversary. Lamb, wine, bread, cake, and enormous amounts of cheese were consumed. I expect to be under 300 again within a few days, but I'll log the uptick just so I stay accountable.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 06, 2017, 12:12:52 PM
held flat at 196 as of saturday with some very minor cheating during the week..  hoping this week is better.

This is why i never understand people who follow the "make better decisions" plan who also have cheat days.  what are you cheating from. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: better late on March 06, 2017, 04:33:46 PM
I would like to join this challenge for the 10 months that are left in 2017.  My plan is to replace my daily sugar snack with a fruit/vegetable and to up my cardio to 3x a week plus Barre class. I'm starting at 145lbs.

“Better Late” than never.   :-)

ha! :)  yup. That's me
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: afuera on March 07, 2017, 08:17:55 AM
2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%
2/21: 177.8, 30.5 BF%
2/28: 177.6, 29.9 BF%
3/07: 178.9, 30.7 BF%

Goal: 155

Ugh.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 07, 2017, 08:58:30 AM
2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%
2/21: 177.8, 30.5 BF%
2/28: 177.6, 29.9 BF%
3/07: 178.9, 30.7 BF%

Goal: 155

Ugh.

dont want to discourage you but all of those BF readings are essentially the same reading and can just be swayed by water content if you're using bioelectic impedence. 

Have you tried 4 hour body yet?  go on it 3 weeks cold turkey and i think you'll be impressed.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on March 07, 2017, 11:03:02 AM
Natural waist measurements:
2/8 - 30"
2/10 - 29"
2/12 - 29"
2/14 - 28.5" (5%)
10% Goal - 27"

My hip measurement isn't budging. I don't think the waist drop is water weight since I did Whole 30 in Jan and keto for 8 days now. But maybe keto is a different beast when it comes to water weight.

Waist:
2/16 - 28.75"
2/22 - 28.25" (6% drop)

My hip measurement has started to budge now.

Hip measurements:
2/8 - 39"
2/16 - 38"
2/22 - 37.75" (4% drop)
Goal - 35"


I hit my waist line goal of 10% loss in inches. I still have halfway to go on my hips. This feels like a victory I can run with.

Hip measurements:
2/24 - 37.5"
3/5 - 37.25"
3/7 - 37"
Goal - 35"
It looks like if I continue this trajectory I'll hit my goal in mid April.

Waist measurements:
2/24 - 27.75"
3/5 - 27.25"
3/7 - 27" 10% GOAL MET

I'm still doing keto diet and HIIT workouts for 30 mins 3+ times a week before breakfast. Keto has been amazing. Here's a recipe I love for breakfast.
Cream cheese pancakes:
2 oz cream cheese
2 eggs
2 tsp coconut flour
1 dash salt and a splash of vanilla

Blend with an immersion blender or regular blender then cook up just like pancakes.

I like recipes like this because my family who doesn't eat keto also likes them.

Best of luck to everyone this week. Stay strong on your path.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: afuera on March 07, 2017, 11:18:12 AM
2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%
2/21: 177.8, 30.5 BF%
2/28: 177.6, 29.9 BF%
3/07: 178.9, 30.7 BF%

Goal: 155

Ugh.

dont want to discourage you but all of those BF readings are essentially the same reading and can just be swayed by water content if you're using bioelectic impedence. 

Have you tried 4 hour body yet?  go on it 3 weeks cold turkey and i think you'll be impressed.
I don't know what bioelectric impedence is I just record the number my scale tells me.  I know it doesn't work if I have socks on, gotta be barefooted.
No I haven't started 4-Hour body yet. I was avoiding it I guess not really ready to commit. I'll go dig it out of my email and start reading.  Thanks :)  I might be bugging you soon for more of your substitute recipes.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 07, 2017, 11:25:19 AM
2/14: 179.8, 32.7 BF%
2/21: 177.8, 30.5 BF%
2/28: 177.6, 29.9 BF%
3/07: 178.9, 30.7 BF%

Goal: 155

Ugh.

dont want to discourage you but all of those BF readings are essentially the same reading and can just be swayed by water content if you're using bioelectic impedence. 

Have you tried 4 hour body yet?  go on it 3 weeks cold turkey and i think you'll be impressed.
I don't know what bioelectric impedence is I just record the number my scale tells me.  I know it doesn't work if I have socks on, gotta be barefooted.
No I haven't started 4-Hour body yet. I was avoiding it I guess not really ready to commit. I'll go dig it out of my email and start reading.  Thanks :)  I might be bugging you soon for more of your substitute recipes.

thats bio electric impedence.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Jesstache on March 07, 2017, 11:37:47 AM
Ive been secretly following along but since I started right after thanksgiving 2016, it felt like cheating a little to have a month head start.  I do want to celebrate getting 10% weight loss as of today, though!  This is how it went:

11/28: 165.8
12/1:   161.4
12/8:   157.8
12/15: 156.7
Christmas/New Years!
1/10: 158.7
1/18: 156.6
1/25: 156.2
2/4:   153.7
2/10: 153.0
2/16: 152.0
2/22: 150.9
3/2: 150.2
3/7: 149.0

I'm 5'7", 33 yo and my initial goal is to be 145 lbs by my daughter's birthday mid April.  I'm well on my way to meeting that goal (yay!). My second goal is 140 lbs and then I will reassess how I feel.  I've mostly just been tracking my eating in my fitness pal with a goal of 1200 calories per day.  I've pretty much got a pattern of eating established that makes me satisfied and keeps the weight coming off.  As far as exercise goes, I play indoor soccer once a week and downhill or XC ski once a week.    I'm a SAHM so I'm pretty busy on my feet most days.  I generally get at least 9k steps on my Fitbit but don't put much effort into it.  I expect that to increase once the weather improves as we walk bike to the park a lot.  I generally  eat more liberally on ski days as I know lots of calories are being burned but I'm good at not going totally crazy.  I don't keep track in MFP those days. 

Great job everyone!  Can't wait to update further and try that black bean chip recipe! 





Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 07, 2017, 05:23:19 PM
New four hour body recipe. I just used black bean flour to thicken the juices left over after doing an instant pot Chuck roast. You can't tell the difference. And more filling
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on March 08, 2017, 06:04:15 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8

3/7: 178.6

Down 9.98%. JUST missed the 10% mark this week! That's OK, held steady at 180.X most of the week, so was happy to see the sudden drop on Tuesday night. I'll be happy if I can get another .2-.4 lbs off for next week.

Probably another 4-8 weeks before I start adding more carbs back in and trying to shift to maintenance mode, which I've done poorly at the last couple years.
Goal will be to keep it under 180 at least the rest of the biking season (Through end of October) if not the rest of the year.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 08, 2017, 07:16:35 AM
A side benefit only an MMM weight loss thread can really appreciate - losing weight = saving a bit of money.

I thought I had buying food away from home/processed food dialled WAY down but since I've been eliminating extra snacks and watching the quality even more, I've noticed I've been spending less at the grocery store and coffee shops.  Extras had been creeping in!

Paying attention to consumption of all types  really works - who knew.  :)

But I'll always buy a raisin tea biscuit at Timmies.  Those things are rare in my parts!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 08, 2017, 07:19:19 AM
Ive been secretly following along but since I started right after thanksgiving 2016, it felt like cheating a little to have a month head start.  I do want to celebrate getting 10% weight loss as of today, though!  This is how it went:

11/28: 165.8
12/1:   161.4
12/8:   157.8
12/15: 156.7
Christmas/New Years!
1/10: 158.7
1/18: 156.6
1/25: 156.2
2/4:   153.7
2/10: 153.0
2/16: 152.0
2/22: 150.9
3/2: 150.2
3/7: 149.0

I'm 5'7", 33 yo and my initial goal is to be 145 lbs by my daughter's birthday mid April.  I'm well on my way to meeting that goal (yay!). My second goal is 140 lbs and then I will reassess how I feel.  I've mostly just been tracking my eating in my fitness pal with a goal of 1200 calories per day.  I've pretty much got a pattern of eating established that makes me satisfied and keeps the weight coming off.  As far as exercise goes, I play indoor soccer once a week and downhill or XC ski once a week.    I'm a SAHM so I'm pretty busy on my feet most days.  I generally get at least 9k steps on my Fitbit but don't put much effort into it.  I expect that to increase once the weather improves as we walk bike to the park a lot.  I generally  eat more liberally on ski days as I know lots of calories are being burned but I'm good at not going totally crazy.  I don't keep track in MFP those days. 

Great job everyone!  Can't wait to update further and try that black bean chip recipe!

Congratulations!  We are on the same path, 145 by mid April.  I'm also 5'7".  151.2 today so your post is motivating.  Been awhile since I've seen 149.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on March 08, 2017, 08:00:00 AM
New four hour body recipe. I just used black bean flour to thicken the juices left over after doing an instant pot Chuck roast. You can't tell the difference. And more filling

Hey can I ask where you get the black bean flour?  Do you just order it online, because I've been unable to find it in any stores, even like Natural Grocers.  Or do you make your own by grinding up dry black beans?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 08, 2017, 08:13:24 AM
New four hour body recipe. I just used black bean flour to thicken the juices left over after doing an instant pot Chuck roast. You can't tell the difference. And more filling

Hey can I ask where you get the black bean flour?  Do you just order it online, because I've been unable to find it in any stores, even like Natural Grocers.  Or do you make your own by grinding up dry black beans?

got it from amazon.  but i also bought a grinder for my kitchenaid mixer.  i grind my own now for a greatly reduced cost.  bob's red mill if you want to buy.  his flour is a bit finer than mine.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 10, 2017, 10:18:03 AM
My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8

Friday March 10 - 151.4.  Seems I've hit a bit of a plateau.  Really need to tick that number down even a bit by Sunday.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on March 10, 2017, 10:22:08 AM
163. Down 5.7%. 10 pounds so far. I'm thrilled. My pants are getting very loose.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 10, 2017, 10:44:24 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI

Starting to follow the Four Hour Body Diet thanks to boarder42 and am really looking forward to seeing if I get results.

Back from vacation!  Didn't do great food-wise, but we did a TON of walking.  Morning before we left, I was at 150.7, 36.7% BF, BMI 27.6.  This morning I was at 151.7 lbs, 35.9% and 27.8 BMI.  Only gaining 1 lb with not having my supplements or following almost any real diet plan, I'm ok with.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on March 12, 2017, 05:06:40 AM
Down 4 this week to 266. Lost 28 in total so need 2 more for 10% total at which point I will sign up to do another 10%. Really would like to be down another 8 in the next 5 weeks before a vacation to Paris.

Down 1 to 265. Did not really deserve the loss this week as a few too many meals that were not as 'good' as they should have been.  29 lbs total, need one more for 10%. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: RysChristensen on March 12, 2017, 05:42:25 AM
3/5     291.2
3/12   286.8

 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 12, 2017, 08:59:00 AM
My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8

Friday March 10 - 151.4.  Seems I've hit a bit of a plateau.  Really need to tick that number down even a bit by Sunday.

Sunday March 12 - 152.2.  Plateau has become a backslide.  I'm not sure exactly why but probably bigger portions and more "little extras" as snacks.  I've been stressed at work, which leads to more treats.  Onward to next week!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 12, 2017, 09:24:32 AM
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26
179  March 05

176  March 12

I'm pleased with this week's results, three pounds lost. Only four more pounds to go to reach my 10%. But I do plan to keep going to get into the 160's range.

This week, I did a water only fast for two days and three nights. Previously, my longest water fast was one day and two nights.

The only negative side effect to the fasting is that I lost my usual tolerance to cold. I "had" to turn my heat up to 68, from the usual 61 or 62. I decided I wasn't going to be hungry AND cold, it was going to be one or the other. Wearing more clothes did not help. I was already wearing long underwear top and bottom, jeans, undershirt, sweatshirt, zippered hoodie, knit cap, and two pair of socks.

I did not experience any headaches, dizziness, or lack of energy. I exercised as usual, light weights and a stair stepper.

I did notice that my sense of smell was greatly increased.

Many say that fasting increases focus, but I did not experience that. I also noticed that I was physically flighty, quickly getting out of my chair for little reasons like the neighbor's dog barking, and feeling an increased need to frequently pace around the house and stretch my legs.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on March 12, 2017, 11:21:27 AM
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17
189.4 2/23/17
192.0 3/4/17 post vacation
191.4 3/11/1 yesterday

Headed in the right direction.  Last week I wasn't trying too hard.  Cheated into Sunday and drank whiskey all week.  :D  Plan to be completely on point this week and see what happens.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wienerdog on March 12, 2017, 04:12:18 PM
Crossed 215 lbs this past Saturday.  Down 24 lbs.  Another 26 lbs to go.  That was with traveling the first week and half of March.  Had to have beers on the road.

#NSNG
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 13, 2017, 06:58:07 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI

Back at Monday weigh ins:
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI

I had leftovers in my fridge yesterday from Saturday's cheat day, forced them on my husband so I wouldn't be tempted.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIT_Goat on March 13, 2017, 07:28:23 AM
I am going to jump on this, late.  I need to really focus and stick to my way of eating.  Lately, every weekend has been an excuse for eating garbage and my waist has shown it.  Fortunately, my food budget hasn't really been harmed as much as my health, because the garbage I like is cheap junk compared to my normal foods.

Starting today: 86.3 kg (190 lbs)
Goal: 77.6 kg (171 lbs)

I would actually like to get a bit below that, but 10% is a reasonable goal considering that I can afford to lose strength or stamina while doing this (actually need to gain on both those fronts).

I should be able to do it.  Lack of physical activity isn't a problem.  It's just eating too much junk.  This summer, if things go according to plan, I will be starting Fire School, so that will be a big boost, but I would like to be well on the way before then. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on March 13, 2017, 08:19:22 AM
Ok, I'm joining for the support and accountability.    The numbers have been slowly rising, and this past week I went over my acceptable fluctuation by 2lbs for several days.

I'm going to do a pseudo-21 day fix approach.  High protein & vegetable, moderate complex carbs & fruit.  Much tea.

I know 10% is an attainable goal, I just need to be consistent in my choices. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 13, 2017, 10:52:50 AM
Welcome aboard, FIT_Goat and plainjane. Looking forward to seeing your posted losses.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 13, 2017, 10:55:53 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI

Back at Monday weigh ins:
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI

I had leftovers in my fridge yesterday from Saturday's cheat day, forced them on my husband so I wouldn't be tempted.

What a mental picture that made. DH zip tied to a chair. DH struggling to get free. Babyshark saying “Stop resisting, and open your pie hole!”
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 13, 2017, 11:04:31 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI

Back at Monday weigh ins:
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI

I had leftovers in my fridge yesterday from Saturday's cheat day, forced them on my husband so I wouldn't be tempted.

What a mental picture that made. DH zip tied to a chair. DH struggling to get free. Babyshark saying “Stop resisting, and open your pie hole!”

Fortunately it was not so dramatic but thank you for making me lose it at my desk haha.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MommyCake on March 13, 2017, 02:01:25 PM
148.8 - January 16
147.0 - January 23
145.8 - February 6
145.4 - February 13
143.2 - March 13

2 pounds in a month... I have been successfully avoiding this thread like plague, fearful what my weigh in would show.  Not as terrible as I thought.  Will try to do weekly check ins from now on. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on March 15, 2017, 08:02:33 AM

11/06/16 - 278
1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264
2/20/17 - 265
3/03/17 - 261.8


03/15/17 - 259.6

I've had some ups and downs, but still steady progress downwards.  Fit into an old t-shirt of mine that I really like, was pumped when it fit without stretching like crazy.  I've started to add some youtube yoga into my morning routine.  I like it, but still undecided about how effective it is when I do it completely cold.  I roll out of bed, let the dog out, then do yoga.

This thread has been quiet, how's everyone doing?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on March 15, 2017, 08:39:33 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6

3/14: 180.0

Been an interesting/slightly frustrating couple weeks of stagnation. Last week's 178.6 weight was only for that day, jumped RIGHT back up the next day, no real change in intake or activity. I've been feeling a bit under the weather the last 2-3 days, so wondering if my body has decided to retain a bit more water for now? Or dropped a bunch of water and then re-upped it? Either way, still missing that 10% mark per the thread title. I'll soldier on, and hope to see a scale drop in the next week or 2, otherwise I'll have to reevaluate my choices.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on March 15, 2017, 08:44:37 AM
This thread has been quiet, how's everyone doing?

I forgot my snack today.  I am trying to decide whether to go to the expensive grocery store to pick something up (like snap peas or something from the salad bar) or just try to push through with tea.

I am eating out tonight with friends, so I need to compensate with the rest of my food decisions this week.

I am entering my number daily on the calendar at home to keep accountable.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on March 15, 2017, 08:51:43 AM
Update
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6

3/14: 180.0

Been an interesting/slightly frustrating couple weeks of stagnation. Last week's 178.6 weight was only for that day, jumped RIGHT back up the next day, no real change in intake or activity. I've been feeling a bit under the weather the last 2-3 days, so wondering if my body has decided to retain a bit more water for now? Or dropped a bunch of water and then re-upped it? Either way, still missing that 10% mark per the thread title. I'll soldier on, and hope to see a scale drop in the next week or 2, otherwise I'll have to reevaluate my choices.

Nice progress!  20lbs in 2ish months is a lot of weight to lose.  I'd guess there's a good chance you will plateu here if you don't change anything up.  Also might be interesting to do a body fat analysis.  Can help give you a good idea of how many calories you need in a day for how active you are.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on March 15, 2017, 12:44:11 PM
Hey folks, I'm still working on my waist/hips measurements with keto. I plateaued this week probably due to carbs creeping back in. So yesterday and today I'm doing 16:8 fasts to see if I can break through the barrier.
Yesterday's no eating time was easy, but when I broke the fast around noon I was ravenous by 5 and ended up gorging at dinner. It was pie day after all... I had to have pie. So today I'm trying again with an eating plan in place to stay on low carb, high fat when I break my fast.
This is my first time trying out intermittent fasting. If anyone has tips I'd gladly listen.

Hips start 2/8 - 39"
Last week - 37"
Today - 37"
10% Goal - 35"

Does anyone have any rewards planned for yourself when you meet your goal? I'm not especially rewards driven, but I think it might be fun to celebrate somehow.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Fish Sweet on March 15, 2017, 01:00:49 PM
I'm in!  I'm currently around 138-140 pounds, and would love to drop about 10% to 125.  I doubt I'll be able to (healthily) go much under that, and I'll be pleased if I hit 130 and stay steadily at that level.  I'm not gonna lie, most of my motivation is vanity-related-- I do costuming as a hobby, and looking good in costume is very motivating.

On the downside, my weight tends to fluctuate a lot based on the time of month, so it can be hard to tell if I'm actually losing weight or if it's just my body in flux, per the usual.  I don't calorie count or go on any specific diets (honestly just hate the thought), but I'm working on portion control, just keeping an eye on my meals and making sure I'm eating enough veggies, fruits, and not consuming pure rice, bread, and meat, and have just made a purchase of kettlebells to get started on working out more frequently!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 15, 2017, 02:18:11 PM
disapearred for a while.

i hit 194.4 at the end of last week. before cheat day and am happily back at 194.4 on wednesday morning. 

this is ultra good new for me b/c i
1. stepped up my early morning protien as it was sub 30 grams recently
2. i had been hitting pre cheat day week by thursday - thought it was b/c i'm not in my lower 20s anymore - but could be due to 1.
3. pretty excited to see the underside of 190 here in the next 2 weeks for the first time in 2 years.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on March 15, 2017, 02:49:30 PM
Alright, I have finally realized I turned into a stress eater.  I have never been before.  So, as of yesterday I have put myself on a 1200 calorie diet.  I started tracking my food intake on myfitnesspal.  It is amazing how small a portion size really is and how quickly calories add up.  Will balance out the calories with exercising.

So, here I go:

12/15/2016 - 163
1/1/2017 - 160
3/15/17 - 160

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on March 15, 2017, 06:20:30 PM

11/06/16 - 278
1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264
2/20/17 - 265
3/03/17 - 261.8


03/15/17 - 259.6

I've had some ups and downs, but still steady progress downwards.  Fit into an old t-shirt of mine that I really like, was pumped when it fit without stretching like crazy.  I've started to add some youtube yoga into my morning routine.  I like it, but still undecided about how effective it is when I do it completely cold.  I roll out of bed, let the dog out, then do yoga.

This thread has been quiet, how's everyone doing?
Sounds like you and I are on a similar journey. I started at 294 and am at 265 now. I started adding morning yoga also via YouTube.  I did not add it really to help in weight loss but rather just to make me feel better as I had been complaining about feeling 'tight' for sometime.  As a 50 year old fat guy I was always skeptical about yoga but I have to admit I really do feel better having find it pretty much every day for 5 weeks now.  I did the 30 days of yoga with Adriene first and now am doing her Revolution 31 day series - all on YouTube.  What are you doing via YouTube? 

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Jesstache on March 15, 2017, 11:23:08 PM
Ive been secretly following along but since I started right after thanksgiving 2016, it felt like cheating a little to have a month head start.  I do want to celebrate getting 10% weight loss as of today, though!  This is how it went:

11/28: 165.8
12/1:   161.4
12/8:   157.8
12/15: 156.7
Christmas/New Years!
1/10: 158.7
1/18: 156.6
1/25: 156.2
2/4:   153.7
2/10: 153.0
2/16: 152.0
2/22: 150.9
3/2: 150.2
3/7: 149.0

I'm 5'7", 33 yo and my initial goal is to be 145 lbs by my daughter's birthday mid April.  I'm well on my way to meeting that goal (yay!). My second goal is 140 lbs and then I will reassess how I feel.  I've mostly just been tracking my eating in my fitness pal with a goal of 1200 calories per day.  I've pretty much got a pattern of eating established that makes me satisfied and keeps the weight coming off.  As far as exercise goes, I play indoor soccer once a week and downhill or XC ski once a week.    I'm a SAHM so I'm pretty busy on my feet most days.  I generally get at least 9k steps on my Fitbit but don't put much effort into it.  I expect that to increase once the weather improves as we walk bike to the park a lot.  I generally  eat more liberally on ski days as I know lots of calories are being burned but I'm good at not going totally crazy.  I don't keep track in MFP those days. 

Great job everyone!  Can't wait to update further and try that black bean chip recipe!

Congratulations!  We are on the same path, 145 by mid April.  I'm also 5'7".  151.2 today so your post is motivating.  Been awhile since I've seen 149.

Thanks! Stick with it if you hit a plateau.  I feel like I hovered just above 150 for 2-3 weeks then I bust through down to 149 suddenly. 

Today's weigh in:
3/15: 148.4

Ever so closer.  I have about 4 weeks to lose 3.4 lbs so I'm really trying to buckle down.  We are going to the great wolf lodge for my daughter's birthday and my "reward" for reaching 145 is a new bathing suit since the one I have now is too big! (That's a new one!). I started looking last week when I got below 150 but no luck so far.  Bathing suit shopping sure does keep the motivation up though!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on March 16, 2017, 07:15:06 AM

11/06/16 - 278
1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264
2/20/17 - 265
3/03/17 - 261.8


03/15/17 - 259.6

I've had some ups and downs, but still steady progress downwards.  Fit into an old t-shirt of mine that I really like, was pumped when it fit without stretching like crazy.  I've started to add some youtube yoga into my morning routine.  I like it, but still undecided about how effective it is when I do it completely cold.  I roll out of bed, let the dog out, then do yoga.

This thread has been quiet, how's everyone doing?
Sounds like you and I are on a similar journey. I started at 294 and am at 265 now. I started adding morning yoga also via YouTube.  I did not add it really to help in weight loss but rather just to make me feel better as I had been complaining about feeling 'tight' for sometime.  As a 50 year old fat guy I was always skeptical about yoga but I have to admit I really do feel better having find it pretty much every day for 5 weeks now.  I did the 30 days of yoga with Adriene first and now am doing her Revolution 31 day series - all on YouTube.  What are you doing via YouTube?

I've never done formal yoga before, but I have used a lot of poses that are used in yoga for general stretching.  I do enjoy following a directed program.  I do it mostly for the flexibility to help me out in weightlifting and crossfit.  I've had some issues with my hips and low back in the past.  So now I'm doing yoga to help prevent that from happening again.  I found Yoga by Candace on youtube.  Most of her video's are 15-20mins and so far I've done 2 each morning this week.  I like her videos because she doesn't focus on the woo woo side of yoga, just the stretching.  If you have a specific problem area, MobilityWOD is another good resource for working on mobility.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BTDretire on March 16, 2017, 09:56:03 AM
I haven't followed the thread, but I will a little later, I'm doing the 5-2 diet, just happens today is my first day.
The reports are it is good to lose weight but also has other positive health benefits. I'm interested in losing
about 10lbs but I'm also working out hard at the gym and have seen actual muscle growth in the 7 weeks since I started and the 5-2 diet has the advantage of not wasting muscle. Look it up if it hasn't already been mentioned.
 The reason I searched out the thread is the parody video of Adele's Hello I saw today.
 I think many will enjoy it.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lQ6-nCLeDsI
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 16, 2017, 10:44:52 AM
I haven't followed the thread, but I will a little later, I'm doing the 5-2 diet, just happens today is my first day.
The reports are it is good to lose weight but also has other positive health benefits. I'm interested in losing
about 10lbs but I'm also working out hard at the gym and have seen actual muscle growth in the 7 weeks since I started and the 5-2 diet has the advantage of not wasting muscle. Look it up if it hasn't already been mentioned.
 The reason I searched out the thread is the parody video of Adele's Hello I saw today.
 I think many will enjoy it.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lQ6-nCLeDsI

this shounds super interesting.  really would like to know your results both blood work and others.  4 hour produced phenomenal wait loss and blood work results.  if the 5/2 really works it should be something 99% of americans can follow and we can kill obesity.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BTDretire on March 16, 2017, 12:48:44 PM
I haven't followed the thread, but I will a little later, I'm doing the 5-2 diet, just happens today is my first day.
The reports are it is good to lose weight but also has other positive health benefits. I'm interested in losing
about 10lbs but I'm also working out hard at the gym and have seen actual muscle growth in the 7 weeks since I started and the 5-2 diet has the advantage of not wasting muscle. Look it up if it hasn't already been mentioned.
 The reason I searched out the thread is the parody video of Adele's Hello I saw today.
 I think many will enjoy it.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lQ6-nCLeDsI
 
this shounds super interesting.  really would like to know your results both blood work and others.  4 hour produced phenomenal wait loss and blood work results.  if the 5/2 really works it should be something 99% of americans can follow and we can kill obesity.
I'm not sure it will be that easy for some people to limit themselves to 500 or 600 calories two days a week.
But I agree, there seems to be some actual research with positive health results. I first ran across a researcher selling high nutrient meals for the diet, then found others with meal plans for the 2 days of a 5-2 diet. I can't find the positive blood work change page I read previously, but it's out there.
Here's a community for the 5-2 diet;
 https://thefastdiet.co.uk/
 More info;
https://authoritynutrition.com/the-5-2-diet-guide/

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 16, 2017, 01:28:15 PM
nice i probably wont try it but what i do works for me and everyone needs to find that. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on March 16, 2017, 08:14:44 PM
week 1 - down 4lbs
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 17, 2017, 01:29:16 PM
My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8

Friday March 10 - 151.4.  Seems I've hit a bit of a plateau.  Really need to tick that number down even a bit by Sunday.

Sunday March 12 - 152.2.  Plateau has become a backslide.  I'm not sure exactly why but probably bigger portions and more "little extras" as snacks.  I've been stressed at work, which leads to more treats.  Onward to next week!

Friday pre-weekend motivation post - 149.8!  Yay!  Juuust under 150 but so good to see a 4 pop up.   Goal is 145 by mid-April so feeling good.

My underlying goals are to never feel hungry, make good food choices, enjoy a few treats, and control portions without strict measuring.  Aiming for foundational changes for the long term.  So far so good.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 17, 2017, 04:46:15 PM
Hey folks, I'm still working on my waist/hips measurements with keto. I plateaued this week probably due to carbs creeping back in. So yesterday and today I'm doing 16:8 fasts to see if I can break through the barrier.
Yesterday's no eating time was easy, but when I broke the fast around noon I was ravenous by 5 and ended up gorging at dinner. It was pie day after all... I had to have pie. So today I'm trying again with an eating plan in place to stay on low carb, high fat when I break my fast.
This is my first time trying out intermittent fasting. If anyone has tips I'd gladly listen.

Hips start 2/8 - 39"
Last week - 37"
Today - 37"
10% Goal - 35"

Does anyone have any rewards planned for yourself when you meet your goal? I'm not especially rewards driven, but I think it might be fun to celebrate somehow.

I don't know why, but I have been craving McDonald's hotcakes.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 17, 2017, 05:22:48 PM
I'm gonna keep going down probably.  Once I'm happy I'll likely add cheese eback to my diet for a week or two to see how it affects my weight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on March 17, 2017, 06:46:22 PM


I don't know why, but I have been craving McDonald's hotcakes.
[/quote]

I was too a few months ago! I ended up giving in while on a road trip. I don't want to ruin your reward, but they were NOT as I remembered! They tasted of chemicals! ugh, it was day shattering.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: better late on March 17, 2017, 10:54:48 PM
Friday weigh in and accountability with myself and you fabulous strangers on the Internet.
145.x. Start
144.8 3/17

It's been a fun Spring break. Made a couple of mistakes letting the bad guys in the house. Also working on ridiculous habits.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 18, 2017, 04:37:37 AM
Down to 192.4. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: OneStep on March 18, 2017, 07:31:57 AM
1/28- 310
2/4-   306
2/11- 306
2/18- 303
2/25- 303
3/18- 301

Disappeared there for a while. Still moving down. Not quite at the rate I would like. Last week I started doing IF. Doing the 16/8 daily fast. Starting to feel pretty good. Probably going to follow the Keto approach in the future to kick it up.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on March 19, 2017, 04:55:41 AM
Down 4 this week to 266. Lost 28 in total so need 2 more for 10% total at which point I will sign up to do another 10%. Really would like to be down another 8 in the next 5 weeks before a vacation to Paris.

Down 1 to 265. Did not really deserve the loss this week as a few too many meals that were not as 'good' as they should have been.  29 lbs total, need one more for 10%.


Down 2 lbs this week to 263.  31 lbs and now >10%!!! Sign me up for another 10%.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: RysChristensen on March 19, 2017, 05:36:59 AM

3/5     291.2 (start)
3/12   286.8
3/19 281.8  1/3 of the way to 10%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BTDretire on March 19, 2017, 07:49:36 AM
I'm jumping in on this, a little late, but better than never.
I started the 5-2 diet 3-16-17 and weighed 165lbs.
 I have been working out at Planet fitness since 1-22-17
kinda worked up to exercise and on 1-30-17 started a
routine of 21 machines that I can work in about 1hr.
I gained 3 lbs over the first 5 weeks of exercise.
 Now, I'm down 2 lbs from my peak of 167 lbs.
I'm trying to build muscle, this may be a trick to lose weight
and build muscle, but one of the listed advantages of the
5-2 diet is it doesn't waste muscle.
 One note; after 7 weeks I can see a definite change of muscle
definition around my shoulders and biceps. I stood in front of
a mirror and flexed, oh God, how embarrassing. :-)
I'm 62 yrs old, got my heart rate up to 134, yesterday
while using the machines, that's the highest I've seen it
since I started, I was working quick and did the workout in
less than 50 minutes. Usually peak at about 120 bpm.

 3-16-17  165 lbs
3-30-17  162.5 lbs  Seems like slow progress, but I'm working hard at building muscle, so maybe, I have less     
                              fat and more muscle. That's my excuse and I'm sticking to it.  For now.
4-04-17  161.5 lbs
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: independence on March 19, 2017, 08:28:47 AM
Day 1 is today for me. Cutting out soda and only healthy meals. I miss chocolate already.

Current weight: 160.8 lbs
Goal weight: 130 lbs?
Goal date: September 26th 2017

I don't have a specific goal weight in mind, especially because I want to lose fat but gain muscle. It'll be mostly appearance based for me but initially, working on just losing weight. Goal date is set for when I have a trip planned. It's very roughly a pound a week so hopefully I can get ahead at the start and slack a little towards the end.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 19, 2017, 10:57:02 AM

Quote from: FIRE me
I don't know why, but I have been craving McDonald's hotcakes.

I was too a few months ago! I ended up giving in while on a road trip. I don't want to ruin your reward, but they were NOT as I remembered! They tasted of chemicals! ugh, it was day shattering.

I'm not surprised.

I stopped eating all fast food, grocery store, and TV dinner ground beef many years ago. But last summer I was craving McDonald's fries. The crave for fries stuck for weeks, so I decided to indulge it. I got two large fries (and nothing else) and brought it home with plenty of salt and ketchup.

The first few bites were treat, but well before I was finished eating I was noticing an off taste. The off taste was followed by an even worse aftertaste. I had no more fry cravings, and no doubt I am better off.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 19, 2017, 11:33:21 AM
Quote from: FIRE me
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26
179  March 05
176  March 12

176  March 19

Very disappointed with this week's result. I did another two day fast, but failed to lose any weight. That said, I am hopeful and at least somewhat confident that I am losing fat and gaining muscle weight.

I have been weight lifting much more than earlier this year. Due to twin rotator cuff injuries, for the last two years I had been doing nothing at all to maintain upper body strength. Last month I started off with some super light standing presses, and have been working my way up with weight and the number of repetitions. And daily work outs, instead of every second day. Thankfully, no new shoulder pain from the exercise. Just the usual night and morning pain that I have become accustomed to.

I noticed a substantial increase in upper body strength yesterday, when I took my cheap (and heavy) 24 year old K-Mart bicycle off of and then back on to its ceiling hook (I was installing a nice new and comfy seat) in the garage. Partly due to the awkwardness and partly due to the weight, it used to be just a little bit of a struggle to get it on and off the hook. But yesterday, it felt feather light. Which makes me think I have gained some muscle.

The weather is decent today so I think I will try out the new seat on a nice ride.

For the upcoming week, I am thinking of an every other day fast schedule of Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday. The only back to back eating days will be Sunday and Monday.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 19, 2017, 11:37:45 AM
Down 4 this week to 266. Lost 28 in total so need 2 more for 10% total at which point I will sign up to do another 10%. Really would like to be down another 8 in the next 5 weeks before a vacation to Paris.

Down 1 to 265. Did not really deserve the loss this week as a few too many meals that were not as 'good' as they should have been.  29 lbs total, need one more for 10%.


Down 2 lbs this week to 263.  31 lbs and now >10%!!! Sign me up for another 10%.

Very inspiring and well done, John Doe!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 19, 2017, 03:09:28 PM
My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8

Friday March 10 - 151.4.  Seems I've hit a bit of a plateau.  Really need to tick that number down even a bit by Sunday.

Sunday March 12 - 152.2.  Plateau has become a backslide.  I'm not sure exactly why but probably bigger portions and more "little extras" as snacks.  I've been stressed at work, which leads to more treats.  Onward to next week!

Friday pre-weekend motivation post - 149.8!  Yay!  Juuust under 150 but so good to see a 4 pop up.   Goal is 145 by mid-April so feeling good.

My underlying goals are to never feel hungry, make good food choices, enjoy a few treats, and control portions without strict measuring.  Aiming for foundational changes for the long term.  So far so good.

150.4 today  OK - sad to be back over 150 but good drop from last Sunday and the week before.  The whole picture as of Sundays below.  I'm trying to sneak up on my metabolism so slow and steady is the name of the game and that's how it's turning out.   

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 20, 2017, 11:30:24 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI

3/20/17: 150.6 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.5 BMI

Here's the really frustrating thing for me, Tuesday I was at 148.4 and then yesterday I got up to 153.  I was so happy to see that 4 again, Tuesday was a totally normal day for me in terms of 4HB eating, in fact I probably ate less than I usually do and still ended up at 150.4 Wednesday morning.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 20, 2017, 10:05:36 PM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI

3/20/17: 150.6 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.5 BMI

Here's the really frustrating thing for me, Tuesday I was at 148.4 and then yesterday I got up to 153.  I was so happy to see that 4 again, Tuesday was a totally normal day for me in terms of 4HB eating, in fact I probably ate less than I usually do and still ended up at 150.4 Wednesday morning.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 21, 2017, 06:08:40 AM
when is your cheat day.  it should take ~ 3days to get back to where you were the previous week.  maybe 4 days.  then you drop the following days.  for example i cheated Saturday and when i woke up i was 192.4... Today Tuesday I am 194.8.  Tomorrow i wont be able to weigh myself since i'll be traveling for business but i will likely be 192-193 again.  and then i'll drop another 2-3 lbs the last 3 days of the week.  the day after cheat day i gain around 5 lbs give or take. mostly do to overeating and water weight.

1 thing to note though if you arent getting enough protein as you indicated you ate less it can be detrimental.  also you should be drinking lots of water since you arent eating things that hold water in your system well. 

2 most important things 30 grams of P within in 30 mins of waking and lots of water. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 21, 2017, 06:27:10 AM
Cheat day is Saturday. I'm getting my 30g of protein in the morning but maybe I'm not getting enough the rest of the day.  Today, I woke up and was at 148.2.  I'm usually pretty good about water but haven't been lately, work's been a little nutso and remembering to get up and fill my cup has been harder.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 21, 2017, 07:06:36 AM
Cheat day is Saturday. I'm getting my 30g of protein in the morning but maybe I'm not getting enough the rest of the day.  Today, I woke up and was at 148.2.  I'm usually pretty good about water but haven't been lately, work's been a little nutso and remembering to get up and fill my cup has been harder.

well see you're back to your lowest weight on a tuesday.  To get accurate readings i feel you must use your Saturday AM reading each week to truly know where you are at.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 21, 2017, 07:17:28 AM
Cheat day is Saturday. I'm getting my 30g of protein in the morning but maybe I'm not getting enough the rest of the day.  Today, I woke up and was at 148.2.  I'm usually pretty good about water but haven't been lately, work's been a little nutso and remembering to get up and fill my cup has been harder.

well see you're back to your lowest weight on a tuesday.  To get accurate readings i feel you must use your Saturday AM reading each week to truly know where you are at.

Yea that makes sense.  I just need to work on not being discouraged I guess.  Maybe I should take a page out of Landlady's book and use measurements instead of weight to track.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 21, 2017, 07:21:18 AM
Cheat day is Saturday. I'm getting my 30g of protein in the morning but maybe I'm not getting enough the rest of the day.  Today, I woke up and was at 148.2.  I'm usually pretty good about water but haven't been lately, work's been a little nutso and remembering to get up and fill my cup has been harder.

well see you're back to your lowest weight on a tuesday.  To get accurate readings i feel you must use your Saturday AM reading each week to truly know where you are at.

Yea that makes sense.  I just need to work on not being discouraged I guess.  Maybe I should take a page out of Landlady's book and use measurements instead of weight to track.

how much are you working out?  the diet is designed for minimal exercise.  ideally just some kettlebell swings.  over exercise has hurt some people's results as well.   
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 21, 2017, 08:58:11 AM
Cheat day is Saturday. I'm getting my 30g of protein in the morning but maybe I'm not getting enough the rest of the day.  Today, I woke up and was at 148.2.  I'm usually pretty good about water but haven't been lately, work's been a little nutso and remembering to get up and fill my cup has been harder.

well see you're back to your lowest weight on a tuesday.  To get accurate readings i feel you must use your Saturday AM reading each week to truly know where you are at.

Yea that makes sense.  I just need to work on not being discouraged I guess.  Maybe I should take a page out of Landlady's book and use measurements instead of weight to track.

how much are you working out?  the diet is designed for minimal exercise.  ideally just some kettlebell swings.  over exercise has hurt some people's results as well.

Little to none at this point.  I do my squats and wall pushes, but I'm lucky if I even get 4,000 steps on my fitbit in a day.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: starjay on March 21, 2017, 09:33:38 AM
This thread speaks to me - so hi! I hope it's okay to jump in a few months into the challenge.

According to my scale, I've lost .05% of my starting body weight since late Nov (Thanksgiving morning), and 1/2 inch off my waist. My progress has been modest, but then....so has my effort.

Over the past few weeks I've put real effort in to reducing my portions and increasing my water intake.  I'm making sure to take walks around my office campus on days when the weather allows for it (usually 3 days/week). I feel better, and I figure it will start to show it my measurements if I keep it up.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 21, 2017, 09:41:16 AM
Cheat day is Saturday. I'm getting my 30g of protein in the morning but maybe I'm not getting enough the rest of the day.  Today, I woke up and was at 148.2.  I'm usually pretty good about water but haven't been lately, work's been a little nutso and remembering to get up and fill my cup has been harder.

well see you're back to your lowest weight on a tuesday.  To get accurate readings i feel you must use your Saturday AM reading each week to truly know where you are at.

Yea that makes sense.  I just need to work on not being discouraged I guess.  Maybe I should take a page out of Landlady's book and use measurements instead of weight to track.

how much are you working out?  the diet is designed for minimal exercise.  ideally just some kettlebell swings.  over exercise has hurt some people's results as well.

Little to none at this point.  I do my squats and wall pushes, but I'm lucky if I even get 4,000 steps on my fitbit in a day.

it should work pretty well then.  and it appears to be if you're at 148.4 today.  i'd expect to see another couple pounds minimum come off this week. since you have 4 days of healthy eating left. i'm alot bigger and until i get into normal BMI i shread about 5 lbs a week on this.  i'm down to about 2 now that i'm getting really close to the middle of my normal BMI range.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 21, 2017, 09:44:36 AM
Cheat day is Saturday. I'm getting my 30g of protein in the morning but maybe I'm not getting enough the rest of the day.  Today, I woke up and was at 148.2.  I'm usually pretty good about water but haven't been lately, work's been a little nutso and remembering to get up and fill my cup has been harder.

well see you're back to your lowest weight on a tuesday.  To get accurate readings i feel you must use your Saturday AM reading each week to truly know where you are at.

Yea that makes sense.  I just need to work on not being discouraged I guess.  Maybe I should take a page out of Landlady's book and use measurements instead of weight to track.

how much are you working out?  the diet is designed for minimal exercise.  ideally just some kettlebell swings.  over exercise has hurt some people's results as well.

Little to none at this point.  I do my squats and wall pushes, but I'm lucky if I even get 4,000 steps on my fitbit in a day.

it should work pretty well then.  and it appears to be if you're at 148.4 today.  i'd expect to see another couple pounds minimum come off this week. since you have 4 days of healthy eating left. i'm alot bigger and until i get into normal BMI i shread about 5 lbs a week on this.  i'm down to about 2 now that i'm getting really close to the middle of my normal BMI range.

I'll keep pushing through.  Thanks for the support.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on March 24, 2017, 10:20:49 AM
I finally have forced myself to behave and have a small movement to report.  I haven't really kept a history because I have been slacking up until now.  So, I will start the history today.

12/15/17 - Started at 163
1/1/17 - 160
3/22/17 - 158.50.

4.5lbs, which is 2.8% so far.  Small change but it is a step in the right direction. 

I had so many false starts but now I am really onboard. 

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 24, 2017, 10:54:34 AM
My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on March 24, 2017, 11:00:02 AM
work travel week included too much sushi pizza and drinks.  probably about a 1.5 week setback based on past experiences.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on March 24, 2017, 11:19:47 AM
Forgot to update this week!

12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0

3/21: 178.8

Seems like my stall has stopped, and weight coming back off. Saw 177.4 last night, which puts me just over a 10% loss!
 Had a bike race last Sunday, which I added about 75g of carbs back in for that day. Next race isn't until April 15th or so. Probably right around then is when I will start tapering carbs back in, assuming I'm maybe 175-6 lbs or so at that time, if not a bit lower.  Then, the REAL challenge starts for me, MAINTAINING. Want to keep under 180 lbs.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on March 24, 2017, 12:36:36 PM
This week started off well, and then went downhill with eating out.  So I am +1 lb from the week.  I considered doing an 'every two week', but the whole point of my being on the thread is being accountable.

Mar 16 - down 4lbs (net -4)
Mar 23 - up 1lbs (net -3)

I know this approach is working, because I'm only up 1 after four days in a row of outside food instead of 2 or 3.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: OneStep on March 25, 2017, 06:39:40 AM
1/28- 310
2/4-   306
2/11- 306
2/18- 303
2/25- 303
3/18- 301
3/25- 300

I was hoping to see the 2 this week. Just keep swimming!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on March 26, 2017, 05:35:50 AM
Down 4 this week to 266. Lost 28 in total so need 2 more for 10% total at which point I will sign up to do another 10%. Really would like to be down another 8 in the next 5 weeks before a vacation to Paris.

Down 1 to 265. Did not really deserve the loss this week as a few too many meals that were not as 'good' as they should have been.  29 lbs total, need one more for 10%.


Down 2 lbs this week to 263.  31 lbs and now >10%!!! Sign me up for another 10%.

Down another pound this week to 262.  32 lbs down to date.  Got sick with a cold that I am still battling so did not get in any exercise. Also my food choices could have been better so the one pound loss is a little surprising but I will take the gift. I have had as a goal to get to 258 prior to a trip to Paris in two weeks (to celebrate semi retirement as of April 1) but that might be a bit of a stretch but I'll give it a try.  Now to get rid of this cold. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: RysChristensen on March 26, 2017, 05:48:17 AM
3/5     291.2 (start)
3/12   286.8
3/19   281.8
3/26   279.0
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 26, 2017, 02:42:21 PM

My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??


March 26 - 150.4

I'll be travelling till just before Easter.  Activity level will be high but meals will be irregular and no access to scales.  This will be a good test of my ability to at least maintain 150 during non-routine times.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: use2betrix on March 26, 2017, 03:32:39 PM
How many here are diligently planning diets, counting calories, weighing their foods in their meals they prep, etc? I'm more of a bodybuilder and usually spend most of my time trying to gain weight (far harder than cutting, done right) but last year I decided to diet and cut weight for a long period for the first time ever, and it went 100% as planned as I did exactly what I stated above. I had a cheat meal each weekend, but it was out for like a big seared fish filet and veggies and a beer (maybe a little ice cream, my weakness). You're an way off base if you make your cheat meals like a large pizza or some other 2000 calorie meal just because you "stuck to your diet all week" which far too many people do. 

If you can do math and have discipline, there's virtually no secret to losing weight unless you have a medical condition in which should be addressed by a doctor (this is like 1% of people although it seems like 25% of people claim it lol)

First, one lb of fat generally equates to about 3500 calories. So, to lose a lb of fat a week you need to be in roughly a 500 calorie per day deficit, two lbs a week, double that. Unless someone is very obese I wouldn't recommend anyone aim to lose more than 2-3 lbs a week, and even 3 lbs you should probably be burning some of those calories through extra cardio so you're stilling getting some nutrition.

To start, you need to figure out about what your base metabolic rate is (how many calories it takes your body to maintain). Most average inactive women I'd GUESS are around 1800, while most average inactive men are probably closer to 2500. Mind you, the average US person seems to be a bit fat.

Weighing daily will just frustrate most people as there are a million factors into play. How much water are you retaining, when did you last use the restroom, have you had more salt lately, etc. I like to weigh on mondays and Thursday's. Monday's, because I usually had my reasonable cheat meal Saturday, and Thursday, because that's after 4 solid days of sticking to my diet.

Also, if you're losing drastically as you have a lot to lose, you'll have to continue cutting calories over time as your base metabolic rate will drop some. Not a lot, but a bit just depending on circumstances.

Anyways, this is a rough outline of the science of exactly how to lose weight. I started at 5'10 and about 220 in January last year and ended at about 188 and probably 7-8% BF  over the course of around 4 months. A steady 1-3 lb weight loss a week, which was my goal. I kept my calories at about 1880 per day with a reasonable cheat meal Saturday, 3 days a week weights followed by 20-30 mins of pretty intense cardio.

Of course, then there's the whole "where are you getting your calories from" which is a different story entirely. The number on the scale is directly related to the number of calories, whether they come from ice cream or fish and potatoes. However, how you FEEL, how you stay full (with complex carbs vs simple) and how much muscle mass you retain, is directly related to where those calories come from. 500 calories in oatmeal will be far healthier and keep you full far longer than 500 calories in ice cream, as the ice cream will send your blood sugar crashing, thus creating more hunger.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 26, 2017, 05:59:17 PM
How many here are diligently planning diets, counting calories, weighing their foods in their meals they prep, etc?

....

This is an excellent run down of the common sense science and practice behind effective weight loss.  You'll be glad to know that it's not news to many or most people on this thread.   :)

Ah but if it were just that easy...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: use2betrix on March 26, 2017, 06:54:45 PM
How many here are diligently planning diets, counting calories, weighing their foods in their meals they prep, etc?

....

This is an excellent run down of the common sense science and practice behind effective weight loss.  You'll be glad to know that it's not news to many or most people on this thread.   :)

Ah but if it were just that easy...

Great to hear! So how many calories are you eating each day to achieve your 15 lbs weight loss goal that I assume you're aiming to complete in 18 more weeks?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on March 26, 2017, 06:56:39 PM
Quote from: FIRE me
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26
179  March 05
176  March 12
176  March 19

176  March 26

Stuck at 176. Bummer!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on March 27, 2017, 10:24:22 AM
Still successful having cut out basically all sugar - no fruits, cookies, cakes, candy, ice cream etc. 
A vacation though meant that I'm sitting in the same spot I was before... 
Considering looking at ketogenic diet and cutting out the carbs to jumpstart things again.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on March 27, 2017, 10:26:14 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/20/17: 150.6 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.5 BMI

3/27/17: 149.9 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.4 BMI

Woo finally progress on a Monday.  I know I should realistically stick with Saturday morning weigh-ins to keep track but I like the consistency.  I didn't go too crazy on cheat day except for some tequila.  This weekend will be tough because I have a work conference where a good portion of it is devoted to eating and drinking.  Going to do my best to make smart 4HB choices Thursday/Friday.  Planning to pack snacks so I'm not tempted.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on March 27, 2017, 10:29:22 AM
Quote from: FIRE me
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26
179  March 05
176  March 12
176  March 19
176  March 26
Stuck at 176. Bummer!

Your January 29 self would be happy being off of the 184/185 plateau.  :)  You've done it before, you'll do it again.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on March 27, 2017, 10:37:19 AM
How many here are diligently planning diets, counting calories, weighing their foods in their meals they prep, etc?

....

This is an excellent run down of the common sense science and practice behind effective weight loss.  You'll be glad to know that it's not news to many or most people on this thread.   :)

Ah but if it were just that easy...

Great to hear! So how many calories are you eating each day to achieve your 15 lbs weight loss goal that I assume you're aiming to complete in 18 more weeks?

You may be assuming more than I am.  :)    I don't currently track calories.  I've done so in the past and tracking is really important to get a base line on calories, portion sizes, food choices, etc. in order to create that calories in/calories out deficit.  Food journaling is similarly helpful.  That knowledge is the foundation of my current "holistic life satisfaction" approach.  When I'm happy with my level of activity and food choices, I'll be at my ideal weight.  Probably between 140 and 145 and it will take whatever time it takes at a .5-1lb loss per week.  This is similar to a past Weight Watchers Core program approach.   They moved away from it, probably because it is hard (and maybe not a good business model lol) but the idea was to normalize eating and exercise and make good choices second nature.

This is how we approach finances as well. DH and I only track expenses closely from time to time in order to reset our base line for a happy life. I find ongoing close tracking of expenses or calories counter-productive to my goals - and my personality.  I enjoy tracking at intervals, but not as a lifestyle.  :)  Not to say that tracking money, calories, and time isn't helpful in highlighting where all of these might be going towards crap.  :)

Everyone's mileage varies, of course, and I've been enjoying the different philosophies and tactics that people have been applying on this thread.

Onward and upward...er...downward!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Rubyvroom on March 27, 2017, 11:56:36 AM
I'm a bit late to the party, but I'm in. My highest weight in the past 15 years was 195, lowest 155. After a long, stable stint in the 175-180 range, after this winter I'm currently flirting with 190. I'd like to shoot for 160 by the end of 2017.

I have a feeling things will become much easier when I start bike commuting again (I want about 10 more degrees in the AM before I venture out again), but for now I simply plan to pay more attention to portion control, stop randomly snacking at home, and try to get in more long walks with the dog.

I was a yoga fanatic a year ago, and stopped going to my studio due to wanting to save money, thinking I'd just do yoga at home. Well that never happened, so I think this year I'm going to bike commute for as long as possible and switch over to yoga in the winter to avoid another winter-weight debacle.

I once lost a rather amazing 40lbs over the course of a year. I figure for a 30lb loss I'd better target 1lb per week, so that puts me into November. My employer does health assessments right around that time, so that will be a good time to assess my progress and compare to 2016's assessment.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on March 27, 2017, 01:33:31 PM
My numbers are flat. I've been eating terribly. We're building a house and it feels like all I eat now is frozen pizza in order to keep up with work and building. I have a precious few hours today to cook stuff so I made a beef bone broth so I can fast easier when I'm not painting or tiling.
My silver lining here is that even though I'm eating like crap I'm not gaining back. Holding steady can be a form of progress. Right?!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on March 27, 2017, 03:56:29 PM

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150 -  2% down
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142 - 7% down

Goal:  137

I seem to have lost several updates, but no worries as progress is painfully slow. Glad I have my starting point though as a good reminder that I am 10lb down since start of the year! Over the last month I have changed my diet significantly by trying to to eat  low carb, high fat (LCHF).  I would prefer to eat pizza, but right now feeling good with stabilized carb cravings.  Goal for this week: move the needle to 139/140.



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wienerdog on April 01, 2017, 04:52:59 PM
Crossed 215 lbs this past Saturday.  Down 24 lbs.  Another 26 lbs to go.  That was with traveling the first week and half of March.  Had to have beers on the road.

#NSNG

Down to 211 lbs.  Didn't make 210 by the end of the month but I'll take 28 lbs total.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on April 01, 2017, 08:32:05 PM
Update

12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8

3/28: 178.0

Happy with this. Have been sick for most of the past week, so not sure if that's holding in water weight, or lowering weight a bit, or having no effect.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on April 02, 2017, 05:44:57 AM
Down 2 this week to 260.  34 lbs gone in total. Really pleased with progress.  Next goal is 240 by the end of June.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: NinetyFour on April 02, 2017, 08:34:57 AM
Down 2 this week to 260.  34 lbs gone in total. Really pleased with progress.  Next goal is 240 by the end of June.

Wow--nice job!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on April 02, 2017, 05:48:46 PM
Quote from: FIRE me
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26
179  March 05
176  March 12
176  March 19
176  March 26

175  April 02

Only one pound lost, but I'll take it. I fasted three days last week (Tuesday, Thursday, and Saturday), worked out every day, bicycled most days, and bicycled 14 miles today.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on April 03, 2017, 07:10:05 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/20/17: 150.6 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/27/17: 149.9 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.4 BMI

4/3/17: 147.4 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27 BMI

The scale felt good this morning, though I wasn't totally expecting this. I spent Thursday to yesterday at a resort with my coworkers, sitting all day and drinking/eating all night.  This is my lowest number of the year so far and it's really motivating to keep this going.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on April 03, 2017, 07:41:31 AM
Mar 16 - down 4lbs (net -4)
Mar 23 - up 1lbs (net -3)

Mar 30 - no movement (net -3)

I was down earlier in the week, but I'm holding to the weekly check-in day & time.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Rubyvroom on April 03, 2017, 08:27:33 AM
192.0 March 27
189.6 April 3

Not a huge amount of progress in one week, but I'll take it. Gotta start somewhere. I was very diligent with tracking calories and doing 30 minute daily walks last week, and started doing planks and crunches with the hubs. The weekend kind of blew up my routine though, but I'll hopefully get better at managing that. Choosing to do a weekly weigh-in on Monday morning will hopefully keep me honest.

Great progress everyone, you have inspired me :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on April 03, 2017, 10:59:32 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/20/17: 150.6 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/27/17: 149.9 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.4 BMI

4/3/17: 147.4 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27 BMI

The scale felt good this morning, though I wasn't totally expecting this. I spent Thursday to yesterday at a resort with my coworkers, sitting all day and drinking/eating all night.  This is my lowest number of the year so far and it's really motivating to keep this going.

Good work 4hb is pretty amazing isn't it
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on April 03, 2017, 11:10:25 AM
1/2/17: 156.9
1/9/17: 152.3
1/16/17: 149.4
1/23/17: 149.4
1/30/17: 148.5
2/6/17: 152.6
2/13/17: 152.6
2/21/17: 151.6
2/27/17: 150.4, 36.6% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/4/17: 150.7, 36.7% BF, 27.6 BMI
3/10/17: 151.7, 35.9% BF, 27.8 BMI
3/13/17: 150.1 lbs, 36.1% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/20/17: 150.6 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.5 BMI
3/27/17: 149.9 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27.4 BMI

4/3/17: 147.4 lbs, 37.5% BF, 27 BMI

The scale felt good this morning, though I wasn't totally expecting this. I spent Thursday to yesterday at a resort with my coworkers, sitting all day and drinking/eating all night.  This is my lowest number of the year so far and it's really motivating to keep this going.

Good work 4hb is pretty amazing isn't it

It really is, I did pretty well over the weekend with food choices other than pizza the one night because it was our only option.  I was worried that the bourbon wouldn't help things but here we are. Going to push it even more now.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: bottlerocks on April 04, 2017, 11:18:24 AM
I'm in.  I'm 181 lbs as of this morning...plan to get to at least 150 before bulking, first check point is 160 by end of April

Checked in at 168 this weekend.  13 lbs dropped in as many weeks, ~7% body weight.  I don't like tracking calories super closely but still estimate reasonably, I'm averaging around 1700-1800/day (usually a couple 1200 days during the week and one 3000 during the weekend) which is right in line with 1lb per week loss.  I've been slightly more physically active but still dealing with an injured wrist so nothing intense.  I'm back up to 3-4 caffeinated beverages per week and would like to cut back down to 1 max.

I'm going to miss my goal my first goal by 5 or so lbs but it's okay, slow and steady has been fitting with my current lifestyle nicely.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on April 04, 2017, 11:35:46 AM
took a couple weekends off.  long 4-5 cheats in a row.  now back to it first time i've seen over 200 in the morning on a scale.  Not discouraged as i know the power of 4hb.  i think i'll be sitting aroudn 195 at week end and we'll do a minor cheat day with a lot of physical labor landscaping so it should be a new record or close to 192 by the end of next week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on April 04, 2017, 11:49:00 AM
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17
189.4 2/23/17
192.0 3/4/17 post vacation
191.4 3/11/17
192.0 3/18/17
193.2 3/25/17
189.8 4/1/17

Really need to buckle down for the next 2 months to get down to 180 for a June vacation.  On track so far this week.  Found a nice Cabernet Sauvignon at Aldi that is 4HB compliant for like $3.00/ bottle.  Not a big wine guy but during the week it helps curb my beer / whiskey craving.  I may have a problem.  :/   

Still need to try making those black bean chips.  I bought dry black beans and haven't had the motivation to grind them up as yet. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: starjay on April 04, 2017, 02:28:16 PM
My weight has been pretty stable for the past month, but I've taken an inch off my waist and hips each, so I'll take that for the progress it is. Hooray, progress!

Also, I can "shop" in my closet a bit more, now; some clothes fit now that I couldn't wear in Nov./Dec. :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on April 05, 2017, 05:12:49 AM
Update

12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0

4/4: 176.2

More progress!  Over the next few weeks, as I get into the bike racing season,  I'll be adding more carbs back in a bit.  Hoping to still lose a few more lbs, but as long as I'm under 180, I'm happy. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on April 05, 2017, 06:47:27 AM
198 this morning.  gotta love how the weight just shreads back off with 4hb.  really want to see sub 190 by may if i can not do extra cheats this month.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on April 05, 2017, 08:42:06 AM
166....only gained 3 pounds on vacation. I'm pretty happy with that considering the rich food included in the meeting. Actually, I'm psyched and ready to get back at it!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on April 05, 2017, 09:25:28 AM
198 this morning.  gotta love how the weight just shreads back off with 4hb.  really want to see sub 190 by may if i can not do extra cheats this month.

Geez that's insane. I get 4hb in general but what specifically have you been eating?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on April 05, 2017, 03:25:53 PM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
04/05 - 141

Goal:  137

This is getting wierd.. at least 3 posts disappeared with updates.  Not that my progress is screamingly fast!  The last 10lb is definitely the hardest.  I am hanging in with low-carb, high-fat approach.  I really want to get to my goal weight by May so that I can spend the rest of the year struggling with maintenance :-(
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on April 06, 2017, 07:17:32 AM
196 today.   

i eat chili for lunch and chicken breast and asparagus for dinner.  i'm also pretty sick right now so i've been skipping breakfast

this is just shreading simple water weight that was gained by eating other carbs this weekend primarily.  i've been as low as 192 so when you bounce up the weight comes off faster b/c you're just shreading water.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on April 06, 2017, 10:58:08 AM

Also, I can "shop" in my closet a bit more, now; some clothes fit now that I couldn't wear in Nov./Dec. :)

Same for me. Although they are far from roomy and comfortable, I can now fit into my skinny jeans, which are four inches smaller than my fat jeans. But being in my 50's, skin tight jeans do not appeal so for now I am sticking with my medium jeans which are comfortable. Three months ago they were way too tight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on April 06, 2017, 04:24:42 PM
I'm down 5.2% now.  Slow and steady.  Still no sugar.  Considering adjusting my diet further to keto...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on April 07, 2017, 07:28:14 AM
Hanging out at 299-301 while I wait for my surgery next week. Doc suggested I quit dropping weight and maintain until a couple weeks after I go under the knife. Still looking to hit 275 By July, but we'll see.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: wintertell on April 07, 2017, 07:32:44 AM
I'm down 11% since December. Whoo hoo!

Starting weight in December: 265
Today's weight: 235.8 (-29.8)

This last drop was a lot and fast, so I don't expect much fast progress for the next couple of weeks. Slow and steady wins the race.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on April 07, 2017, 07:56:29 AM
Weigh-in time

January 3  -- 287 lbs
January 6  -- 284 lbs
January 16 -- 283 lbs

So, down four pounds so far (1.4%).

February 3 -- 281 lbs

Yesterday was Super Bowl Sunday, so there was a lot of snacking and beer. I think I'll delay this week's weigh-in to Thursday or Friday. :)

I plateaued at 280 for a few weeks, then finally broke through by taking a page out of b42's book -- lots of veggies and protein, a little bit of fruit, no grains or dairy. Down to 270 as of yesterday, for a total loss of 5.9%. Shooting for 260 a month from now when bike racing season starts, 240 by the end of summer.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Bruizer on April 07, 2017, 09:41:36 AM
Weigh-in time

January 3  -- 287 lbs
January 6  -- 284 lbs
January 16 -- 283 lbs

So, down four pounds so far (1.4%).

February 3 -- 281 lbs

Yesterday was Super Bowl Sunday, so there was a lot of snacking and beer. I think I'll delay this week's weigh-in to Thursday or Friday. :)

I plateaued at 280 for a few weeks, then finally broke through by taking a page out of b42's book -- lots of veggies and protein, a little bit of fruit, no grains or dairy. Down to 270 as of yesterday, for a total loss of 5.9%. Shooting for 260 a month from now when bike racing season starts, 240 by the end of summer.

Good job!  I'm currently at 206 after a week of no bike riding due to business travel.  I'd like to get to 188 for bike racing (time trials) by August.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on April 07, 2017, 12:52:37 PM
Weigh-in time

January 3  -- 287 lbs
January 6  -- 284 lbs
January 16 -- 283 lbs

So, down four pounds so far (1.4%).

February 3 -- 281 lbs

Yesterday was Super Bowl Sunday, so there was a lot of snacking and beer. I think I'll delay this week's weigh-in to Thursday or Friday. :)

I plateaued at 280 for a few weeks, then finally broke through by taking a page out of b42's book -- lots of veggies and protein, a little bit of fruit, no grains or dairy. Down to 270 as of yesterday, for a total loss of 5.9%. Shooting for 260 a month from now when bike racing season starts, 240 by the end of summer.

Good job!  I'm currently at 206 after a week of no bike riding due to business travel.  I'd like to get to 188 for bike racing (time trials) by August.

I'm signed up for a local mountain bike racing series. I figure every pound I lose is one fewer to carry on climbs. :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: chaskavitch on April 09, 2017, 05:58:04 AM
I am doing a terrible job.  I'm down from 149 to 144, and that's only because I got sick.  Recommitting, especially since the weather is nice again and I can take baby for walks in the mornings on the weekend AND in the afternoon when I get home from work. 

It's terrible, but taking him for walks is good for weight loss because I'm not sitting at home snacking before dinner, more so than because I'm getting more exercise.  I have no idea how to listen to my inner reasonable person who says "hey, maybe don't make that tortilla with peanut butter and melted chocolate chips..." 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on April 09, 2017, 07:53:32 AM
Quote from: FIRE me
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26
179  March 05
176  March 12
176  March 19
176  March 26
175  April 02

172  April 09   <---  10% goal reached, 19 pounds lost.

Three pounds lost this week, which takes me to my 10% goal of 19 pounds lost. I fasted three consecutive days this week, Thursday, Friday, and Saturday. I bicycled 20 miles Saturday.

On my eating days I'm eating very good. Steak from Costco with buttered baked potatoes. Home made soup and chili. Bacon and eggs with biscuits. Pancakes with butter (Kerry Gold grass fed) and organic real maple syrup ($11 for 34 ounces!).

Despite the highly indulgent pancakes and syrup, I have managed to keep other sweets and bad foods out of my mouth. Since January 1, the following favorite foods have not crossed my lips: chocolate anything, ice cream (includes ice cream like foods, such as sherbet or frozen yogurt), pie, cake, donuts, candy, chips (damn I miss Lay's Sour Cream & Onion chips), and pizza. Also no sugary drinks (including fruit juice), but I gave those up years ago.

Now I will work toward my stretch goal of 165 or less. After that, maybe a best hope goal of sub 160.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: John Doe on April 09, 2017, 08:52:44 AM
Well my goal for today was to be 258, but when I stepped on the scale it said 259. I then went to the gym and worked my tail off. When I stepped back on the scale it said 258 so I think I will take a liberty today and claim 258 (2lbs down for the week). My wife and I take off for Paris this afternoon for 8 days and my completely unrealistic goal is to come back still at 258.  So that makes a loss of 36 lbs so far this year. The Paris trip is in celebration of me 'semi retiring' as of April 1, so I don't mind taking a liberty of claiming 258 today.  I'll report back on the 19th. Here's hoping I don't gain 10 lbs.  No more liberties when I get back. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on April 10, 2017, 07:56:49 AM

11/06/16 - 278
1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264
2/20/17 - 265
3/03/17 - 261.8
03/15/17 - 259.6


04/10/17 - 254.1

I left for vacation at the end of March, hovering around 259-260.  I was hoping to come back weighing about the same.  Came back and found out I lost about 5 lbs.  Might be water weight since I was in the tropics sweating my ass off, but I was also drinking a gallon or more per day of water.  I'll see where I settle in over the next week of normal life.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on April 10, 2017, 08:44:44 AM

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150 -  2% down
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142

Goal:  137

Hanging in. Was down at one point last week but then I discovered Cadbury chocolate center Easter eggs. OMG. Completely fell off the no sugar train. Good thing my local Target is sold out!



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: starjay on April 10, 2017, 09:22:58 AM

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150 -  2% down
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142

Goal:  137

Hanging in. Was down at one point last week but then I discovered Cadbury chocolate center Easter eggs. OMG. Completely fell off the no sugar train. Good thing my local Target is sold out!



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk

This is great progress! Go you!

You have my sympathies with the Easter candy - that's generally my biggest weak point after Girl Scout cookies.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on April 10, 2017, 12:35:50 PM
My low hip measurement is budging sloooooowly down thanks to intermittent fasting. I'm doing 16:8 most weekdays. Weekends are my eat anything time. I'm resolved to alternating slow progress and maintaining at this point.

Hips start in Feb: 39"
Hips today: 36.5" (-6.4%)
Goal: 35"

In other news, I'm enjoying IF as a money saving method. I definitely spend less on eggs and bacon when I'm skipping breakfast. Also I'm back to eating homemade bread which is cheap.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on April 13, 2017, 04:42:47 AM
Mar 16: net -4
Mar 23: net -3 (up 1)
Mar 30: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 6: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 13: net -5

I was down net 6 earlier this week and was so tempted to just switch the accountability to my weekly low, but I'm sticking to the rules I set at the beginning.

It's funny, this weekend I saw my sister's in-laws, and they were all speaking about how I "look well".  Which of course is code for "you've lost weight since I saw you 6 years ago".  And I hate it.  They'd say that it just means that they're giving me positive reinforcement and it shows that they care.  But what they really mean is "I've always been judging you by your weight, congratulations for now matching my desires for how you look."  Things like that actually decrease my motivation.

To be fair, a couple of days ago my old boss said the same thing, but what he meant was that my hair looked good (stated) and I wasn't in jeans & tshirt (unstated). 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on April 13, 2017, 07:49:16 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2

4/11: 174.6

 Loss of 12% now. I've upped the carbs some, first bike race on Saturday coming up. I'm now to the point where maintenance is Goal #1. I've set limits on carbs/week, beer consumption, and an "action weight" where I'll immediately go into loss mode if I exceed it. I will continue to update here.

Goal for now is to keep 7 day average <180 lbs from now through September.  I may start a round of keto in the fall so I can keep my bike training separate from keto eating. (Bike training starts in December for me. ) Hoping I've got enough in place now to stop the annual yo-yo I've been on!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on April 13, 2017, 11:18:23 PM
I'm joining even though I don't plan to do quite 10% (8% if you'd like a number). I like the people in this forum and the extra, FREE motivation will be helpful! I don't think I'll go back and read all of the posts; I will just take it from here. I like what I read on the first page...

I've been a WW Lifetime member since 1999 or 2000 (lost 25 lbs) and have gone up and down, with stints back at WW here and there (even worked there a little bit for a few years to keep up motivation), but generally kept the bulk of it off. I went back to WW last Saturday after two years of not going. I'm only 7 lbs down from when I first started :( (which is 8 lbs up from when I last attended), and I'm feeling it in my clothes. One of my big motivations for going back and taking care of this is so I can shop in my own closet! I have plenty of things that are too snug right now and I will be very pleased to wear them again.

Overall I have a healthy diet and get a reasonable amount of exercise -- it's just that the dietary strictness (for lack of a better word) has gradually gone away (like it does!), and things have added up. I need to bring this back to a top priority and take care of it before it creeps up more. I was 157.8 at my weigh-in last Saturday (ideally want to be in the 145 - 150 range). The week has gone great - I really like the changes to the program and I've felt very satisfied. Hoping to see a downward result at the scale this Saturday to keep my motivation high!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: dragoncar on April 14, 2017, 12:10:33 AM
Cool, I missed most of this thread but just finished my 10%.  I participated in the 2"16 thread but ended up failing.  Got serious in January and am now down around 10%.   My optimum weight is another 10% so I hope to finish that by the end of the year.  Expect to your a bit with a big trip coming up
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Dobby's Socks on April 14, 2017, 07:05:09 AM
I'll Join.

I've been trying since the beginning of the year, but am ready to really buckle down.

4/7 - 262
4/14- 258
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on April 14, 2017, 08:55:42 AM

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150 -  2% down
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142

Goal:  137

Hanging in. Was down at one point last week but then I discovered Cadbury chocolate center Easter eggs. OMG. Completely fell off the no sugar train. Good thing my local Target is sold out!



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk

This is great progress! Go you!

You have my sympathies with the Easter candy - that's generally my biggest weak point after Girl Scout cookies.

Thx. Every year I swear we will not succumb to the Easter hype and fail.  Its the chocolate that's the killer.



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on April 14, 2017, 08:59:08 AM

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142

Goal:  137


4/14 - 140!!

Posting early because I haven't seen this number on my scale since I was 18.


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on April 14, 2017, 09:17:21 AM
Here I'm consolidating my erratic weigh-in schedule.

18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs

I obviously failed for a little while, and went back to my original weight. Now I've got a new plan, instead of just winging it. I started mid-March, and it really took a few weeks to
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs

Unofficial weigh in today at 168 lbs. My plan seems to be working. Gave me enough courage to rejoin the thread.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on April 14, 2017, 02:06:24 PM

My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??


March 26 - 150.4

I'll be travelling till just before Easter.  Activity level will be high but meals will be irregular and no access to scales.  This will be a good test of my ability to at least maintain 150 during non-routine times.

April 14 - 150.4!   After 2+ weeks of planes, trains, hotels, and restaurants, I'm pleased with that.  Now to buckle back down.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on April 14, 2017, 07:39:36 PM
I'm 6% down.  Still moving the scale each week!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on April 15, 2017, 01:56:00 PM
I'm joining even though I don't plan to do quite 10% (8% if you'd like a number). ...

Overall I have a healthy diet and get a reasonable amount of exercise -- it's just that the dietary strictness (for lack of a better word) has gradually gone away (like it does!), and things have added up. I need to bring this back to a top priority and take care of it before it creeps up more. I was 157.8 at my weigh-in last Saturday (ideally want to be in the 145 - 150 range). The week has gone great - I really like the changes to the program and I've felt very satisfied. Hoping to see a downward result at the scale this Saturday to keep my motivation high!

I'm very pleased to be down 1.8 lbs this week! This is a great motivator and should keep me reasonably on track through Easter dinner tomorrow. Onward and downward:) The right frame of mind makes ALL the difference for me, and I feel like I'm finally there.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Dicey on April 16, 2017, 06:38:25 AM
I began the year at 158 and yesterday weighed 146.6. Not quite 10%, but at 5'9 1/2", I think 145 is more realistic than 142. We'll see how I feel when I get there.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIRE me on April 17, 2017, 06:12:48 AM
Quote from: FIRE me
191  December 24
188  January 01
185  January 08
185  January 15
184  January 22
184  January 29
181  February 05
181  February 12
182  February 19
179  February 26
179  March 05
176  March 12
176  March 19
176  March 26
175  April 02
172  April 09   <---  10% goal reached, 19 pounds lost. New stretch goal is 165 or less.

171  April 17

Never have I been more disappointed to lose 1 pound. I fasted four days in a row, and I was expecting to easily get into the upper 160's.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on April 17, 2017, 07:58:56 AM

My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??


March 26 - 150.4

I'll be travelling till just before Easter.  Activity level will be high but meals will be irregular and no access to scales.  This will be a good test of my ability to at least maintain 150 during non-routine times.

April 14 - 150.4!   After 2+ weeks of planes, trains, hotels, and restaurants, I'm pleased with that.  Now to buckle back down.

April 16 - 149.8. Goal for the week is to stay solidly in the 140's.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on April 17, 2017, 11:54:56 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs

Exciting. Especially considering yesterday was my cheat day. Pizza passed the seal of these lips. Like, a lot of pizza. I've been dropping into ketosis around hour 18 on my fast days, which means I'm running pretty lean on carbs. I'm surprised the re-feed didn't cause a jump in water retention. But whatevs, I'll take it.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Landlady on April 19, 2017, 03:23:14 PM
Hey again! Slooooowing losing inches still with 16:8 IF...
 
Thigh measurement:
Feb start: 24"
Today: 21.2" (-11.5%)

Belly button waistline:
Feb start: 32"
Today: 29" (-9.4%)

Hips:
Feb start: 39"
Today: 36.3" (-6.9")
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on April 20, 2017, 07:26:47 AM
Here I'm consolidating my erratic weigh-in schedule.

18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs


I obviously failed for a little while, and went back to my original weight. Now I've got a new plan, instead of just winging it. I started mid-March, and it really took a few weeks to
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs

Unofficial weigh in today at 168 lbs. My plan seems to be working. Gave me enough courage to rejoin the thread.

Nice!  Always a plus when you can drop or maintain after a cheat day.  I usually seem to go up 3-4 lbs after a cheat day.  It's mostly water and sheds pretty quick.  I need a cheat day soon.  I've been planning for macaroni and cheese with hot dogs for lunch (random childhood craving I've been having for the past month).
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on April 20, 2017, 08:12:27 AM
Date                  Weight   Waist
1/9/2017           340             54
1/30/2017   328             49.5
2/6/2017           317             48.5
2/13/2017   308             47.5
2/20/2017   305             47.5
2/27/2017   301.8     47
3/6/2017           306             47
3/13/2017   303.8     47
4/5/2017           302.6         46.5
4/20/2017   299.8     46

Well, things slowed down for a bit as I was getting prepped for surgery, but a week after and I'm back on the diet plan mostly. Still eating 20% over maintenance calories, but weight is coming off. Healing is hard work I suppose. I should be able to do cardio again in a week, then back to the weights in another 4 weeks. Here's to 225 bodyweight and a 500 pound squat.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on April 20, 2017, 08:37:22 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.

4/18: 174.2 

Doing OK. Friday night's higher carb dinner was OK, but Saturday and Easter combined were a ton of carbs/lower quality food. Totally expected though, part of the plan form day 1. Since Monday, back on track keeping things in line. :-)

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on April 20, 2017, 11:19:18 AM

12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140

Goal:  137


4/19 - 139

Must admit I'm not sure I expected to get this far!!  Thinking about moving the goal post a little lower...


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on April 20, 2017, 11:54:23 AM
i need to get back on it.  i've been floundering in the mid 190s for a few weeks b/c i had the mumps now my wife has the mumps ... only want to lose 5-10 more pounds and 3-4 weeks is all it will take til i can then just maintain that weight.

on the plus side i think i've found a reasonable balance in my life between the diet i follow and cheating as i'm maintaining now.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on April 23, 2017, 11:20:39 AM
April 8: 157.8
April 15: 156.0
April 22: 153.6

I can feel the difference in my clothes already and motivation is staying strong. Happy, happy, happy! :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on April 24, 2017, 09:23:29 AM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139

Goal:  137

4/24 - 138

Almost there!


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on April 24, 2017, 03:15:53 PM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs

I definitely ate above my TDEE on Sunday, in the form of flour, sugar, and potato chips. Since then, I've been noticing an increased psychological urge to eat without hunger, and to make poor food choices when I am hungry. The blowback isn't bad enough to make me consider stopping a cheat day, but it's an interesting data point. I now understand how some people end up saying they simply don't want to 'cheat.'
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on April 26, 2017, 05:10:38 AM
I was travelling last week on Thursday, and I'm out this Thursday and next Thursday too, so I'll just record the closest days.

Mar 16: net -4
Mar 23: net -3 (up 1)
Mar 30: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 6: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 13: net -5
Apr 18: net -6
Apr 25: net -5

I'm actually pretty happy with that, as I was at a conference where there was a lot of chocolate/candies on the tables and very easy access to desserts at every meal.  I only drank alcohol once, and avoided juices.  There was a large spike when I arrived home, and it only took two days to drop off and I've eaten at a restaurant since then.

This week the SO is coming with me in a city known for its restaurants.  We've discussed strategies and I think we can make this work as a pair. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on April 26, 2017, 07:46:06 AM
I've been MIA for a while and this weekend consisted of way too much whiskey and junk food at a comic con so I've fallen behind.

This morning's weigh in has me at 150.1 lbs, so down 6.8 lbs for the year but about 3 lbs higher than my lowest so far.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on April 26, 2017, 08:44:24 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
 

4/25: 174.0

Maintaining OK so far! :-) Will continue to update.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CutTheFat on April 26, 2017, 05:31:08 PM
I'm in!  Started out at end of 2016 and beginning of 2017 at 150.4.  I have been losing slowly since July.  I need to lose 15.4 to get to 10% for 2017, which will bring me to 135.  I'm half way there!
                    weigh in    lost                total        10%
1/2/17..........(150.4)                                       (15.4)
1/7/17..........(149.8)....(-0.6)............(-0.6)     (14.8) 
1/17/17..........(148).....(-1.8).............(-2.4)    (13)
1/28/17.........(147.4)....(-0.6).............(-3)      (12.4)
2/3/17...........(147)......(-0.4).............(-3.4)    (12)
2/10/17.........(146.8)....(-0.2).............(-3.6)    (11.8)
2/17/17.........(146.4)....(-0.4).............(-4)       (11.4)
2/22/17.........(145.6)....(-0.8).............(-4.8)    (10.6)
3/4/17..........(145.2).....(-0.4).............(-5.2)    (10.2)
3/31/17........(144.8)......(-0.4).............(-5.6)    (9.8)
4/7/17.........(144.6)......(-0.2)..............(-5.8)    (9.6)
4/12/17........(143.6).....(-1.0)...............(-6.8)   (8.6)
4/20/17........(142.8).....(-0.8)...............(-7.6)    (7.8)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 10dollarsatatime on April 26, 2017, 07:59:27 PM
Height: 5'7"
Weight: 176
10%: 158.4
Goal: 145

Weighed in at 163.2 this morning!  5 more pounds to go to reach my 10%!  (I'm going VERY slow and steady.  Hopefully that means it will be easier to keep it off.)

I'm still eating a whole30ish diet.  The first month went well, but I wasn't seeing the results I thought I would, and then I realized that sweet peppers were causing negative reactions.  Peppers are nightshades, so I decided to go another 30 doing the autoimmune protocol.  And that's worked fantastically.  I was waking up some mornings, just reveling in the lack of aches. I'm now doing a very SLOW re-intro.  I want to be certain of the foods that are causing negative reactions.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CutTheFat on April 29, 2017, 07:08:15 AM
   weigh in    lost                total        10%
1/2/17..........(150.4)                                       (15.4)
1/7/17..........(149.8)....(-0.6)............(-0.6)     (14.8) 
1/17/17..........(148).....(-1.8).............(-2.4)    (13)
1/28/17.........(147.4)....(-0.6).............(-3)      (12.4)
2/3/17...........(147)......(-0.4).............(-3.4)    (12)
2/10/17.........(146.8)....(-0.2).............(-3.6)    (11.8)
2/17/17.........(146.4)....(-0.4).............(-4.0)    (11.4)
2/22/17.........(145.6)....(-0.8).............(-4.8)    (10.6)
3/4/17..........(145.2).....(-0.4).............(-5.2)    (10.2)
3/31/17........(144.8)......(-0.4).............(-5.6)    (9.8)
4/7/17.........(144.6)......(-0.2)..............(-5.8)    (9.6)
4/12/17........(143.6).....(-1.0)...............(-6.8)   (8.6)
4/20/17........(142.8).....(-0.8)...............(-7.6)    (7.8)
4/28/17........(142.2).....(-0.6)...............(-8.2)    (7.2)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on April 30, 2017, 09:41:02 AM
Last couple of weeks I seemed to be stuck around 150 and I was prepared to be philosophical about that.  As long as I'm eating healthily and am physically active, maybe that's my sustainable weight.

And then yesterday and the day before I was 147.8!  Today (April 30) I've ticked back up to 148.6 but still.  Feeling very encouraged that my plan of healthy, delicious meals, careful snacking, and vigorous walking hasn't yet hit bottom.  I've been aiming for 145 and that might be the bottom but we'll see. 

I'm losing .5lb or less per week so as not to shock my mental or physical systems and set up resistance.

Happy spring vibes to everyone on this thread!



My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??


March 26 - 150.4

I'll be travelling till just before Easter.  Activity level will be high but meals will be irregular and no access to scales.  This will be a good test of my ability to at least maintain 150 during non-routine times.

April 14 - 150.4!   After 2+ weeks of planes, trains, hotels, and restaurants, I'm pleased with that.  Now to buckle back down.

April 16 - 149.8. Goal for the week is to stay solidly in the 140's.

April 30 - 148.6
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on May 01, 2017, 07:45:34 AM
Date                  Weight   Waist
1/9/2017           340             54
1/30/2017   328             49.5
2/6/2017           317             48.5
2/13/2017   308             47.5
2/20/2017   305             47.5
2/27/2017   301.8     47
3/6/2017           306             47
3/13/2017   303.8     47
4/5/2017           302.6         46.5
4/20/2017   299.8     46

Well, things slowed down for a bit as I was getting prepped for surgery, but a week after and I'm back on the diet plan mostly. Still eating 20% over maintenance calories, but weight is coming off. Healing is hard work I suppose. I should be able to do cardio again in a week, then back to the weights in another 4 weeks. Here's to 225 bodyweight and a 500 pound squat.

5/1 : 295. 20 pounds to go until first re-eval point.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on May 01, 2017, 10:20:12 AM
nice work brute.

I've been in maintain mode the last month more or less.  but

i think i've learned how to maintain.  i can add back in cheese and sugary snacks and extra cheat days as long as a majority of the time i stick to the diet i do great.  Maintaining around 195 i eat probably 14-16 of 21 meals on the diet or skip bfast.  and the others i go pretty far off the deep end with pizza and chips and cheese etc.

now to get to 185 and try the same system and see what happens.   
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on May 01, 2017, 10:23:34 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs
01-May: 168.5

Merry fuckery among the hormones. Unsurprising, and supremely irritating.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on May 01, 2017, 12:59:14 PM
I've been MIA for a while and this weekend consisted of way too much whiskey and junk food at a comic con so I've fallen behind.

This morning's weigh in has me at 150.1 lbs, so down 6.8 lbs for the year but about 3 lbs higher than my lowest so far.

Onwards! 148.6 lbs this morning.  Looking to drop a few more lbs before my trip to Vegas next Thursday. I lost my Fitbit though so I'm losing motivation to get my steps in (which is super lame, I know...)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on May 01, 2017, 01:04:45 PM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138

Goal:  137

No more progress, but I can live with maintaining through the weekend.



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on May 01, 2017, 01:16:22 PM
Weigh-in time

January 3  -- 287 lbs
January 6  -- 284 lbs
January 16 -- 283 lbs

So, down four pounds so far (1.4%).

February 3 -- 281 lbs

Yesterday was Super Bowl Sunday, so there was a lot of snacking and beer. I think I'll delay this week's weigh-in to Thursday or Friday. :)

I plateaued at 280 for a few weeks, then finally broke through by taking a page out of b42's book -- lots of veggies and protein, a little bit of fruit, no grains or dairy. Down to 270 as of yesterday, for a total loss of 5.9%. Shooting for 260 a month from now when bike racing season starts, 240 by the end of summer.

269 (6.2% down) as of this morning, after a week of travel (and thus, bad eating and too much booze). 260 by next Wednesday might be a stretch, but we'll see.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Slow&Steady on May 02, 2017, 01:27:50 PM
I know it is almost half way through the year but I want to join.  I had a physical yesterday and was shocked by the number on the scale.  About 4 years ago I lost around 30 lbs and felt great.  We decided to have a kid and I let pregnancy be a complete excuse to totally ruin all my good eating habits.  Those bad eating habits weren't too bad until I mostly stopped nursing the mini-me and in 2 years I have gained probably 40lbs, which puts me at my heaviest non-pregnant weight ever and not too far from my heaviest pregnant weight.  Most of that weight gain has been in the last year.

Today (so far) I got up early to do some body weight exercises, dug out my old calorie (and nutrient) counting app, took a walk during lunch, increased my water intake and got my tea with OUT sugar.  Dinner will be black bean, corn and avocado burritos.  I am focusing on cutting (and tracking) calories and cutting sugar, these 2 items had the biggest impact last time.  I am not sure if I will lose 10% as we are also hoping to get pregnant with #2 this year but I don't want to fall into such bad eating habits this time.

May 2012: 188  Pants size 18
May 2013: 155  Pants size 10
May 2014: 215 <---few days before baby born
May 2015: 160 ish  Pants size 12
May 2016: 170 ish  Pants size 12

Starting weight for this challenge ... drum roll please ...
5/1 Weight: 205 Pants size: 16 (probably should go up to 18 but I hate shopping)

Edited to add: To reach a healthy BMI I should be under 140, I have not been 140 in 20 years.  It is my ultimate goal but not my 2017 goal.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on May 02, 2017, 09:07:02 PM
I know it is almost half way through the year but I want to join.  I had a physical yesterday and was shocked by the number on the scale.  About 4 years ago I lost around 30 lbs and felt great.  We decided to have a kid and I let pregnancy be a complete excuse to totally ruin all my good eating habits.  Those bad eating habits weren't too bad until I mostly stopped nursing the mini-me and in 2 years I have gained probably 40lbs, which puts me at my heaviest non-pregnant weight ever and not too far from my heaviest pregnant weight.  Most of that weight gain has been in the last year.

Today (so far) I got up early to do some body weight exercises, dug out my old calorie (and nutrient) counting app, took a walk during lunch, increased my water intake and got my tea with OUT sugar.  Dinner will be black bean, corn and avocado burritos.  I am focusing on cutting (and tracking) calories and cutting sugar, these 2 items had the biggest impact last time.  I am not sure if I will lose 10% as we are also hoping to get pregnant with #2 this year but I don't want to fall into such bad eating habits this time.

May 2012: 188  Pants size 18
May 2013: 155  Pants size 10
May 2014: 215 <---few days before baby born
May 2015: 160 ish  Pants size 12
May 2016: 170 ish  Pants size 12

Starting weight for this challenge ... drum roll please ...
5/1 Weight: 205 Pants size: 16 (probably should go up to 18 but I hate shopping)

Edited to add: To reach a healthy BMI I should be under 140, I have not been 140 in 20 years.  It is my ultimate goal but not my 2017 goal.

It sounds like you've reached the right mindset, which is the most important thing! It will build on itself as you see results from your better habits. Just wanted to stop in and wish you the best in your journey:)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on May 03, 2017, 08:20:19 PM
Mar 16: net -4
Mar 23: net -3 (up 1)
Mar 30: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 6: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 13: net -5
Apr 18: net -6
Apr 25: net -5
May 3: net -6

So I did ok despite my long weekend with the SO in a restaurant town.  This number is a floor I've bounced off of two or three times in the past 15 years.  I don't think I've been below it since university.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Enigma on May 04, 2017, 05:21:06 AM
I am in...  Currently I am around 210...  I tend to hit a plateau around 200, 195, and 190...  I do not recall the last time I was 185.
One good thing is when I tend to hit a plateau I stay there...  don't go up or down...  So my goal will be 185lb (11.9%)

Today I weighed in at 182.2lbs which is a 13% loss from my starting weight of 210lbs!  So I met my goal, now I just have to maintain or lose some more until the end of 2017.  Lol
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on May 04, 2017, 06:06:32 AM
i'm at 191.4 as of today.  going out of town this weekend so cant use my scale to determine if i made it under 190 on saturday AM.  Hoping i can make it under 190 tomorrow just to see those numbers.  fun to see round numbers plus 189 would be 10%.  Goal is to get to 185 and maintain between there and 190 thru out the year.  unless i re evaluate and want to cut some more fat.  Maybe to get a six pack by july we'll see. either way i'm the lowest i've been since 2 years ago.  down 1 pound in a month and a half of maintaining mainly.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Slow&Steady on May 04, 2017, 07:22:52 AM
May 2012: 188  Pants size 18
May 2013: 155  Pants size 10
May 2014: 215 <---few days before baby born
May 2015: 160 ish  Pants size 12
May 2016: 170 ish  Pants size 12

Starting weight for this challenge ... drum roll please ...
5/1 Weight: 205      Pants size: 16 (probably should go up to 18 but I hate shopping)
5/2 Weight: 197.4   Pants size: 16 <--- I did not lose 7-8 lbs, this is the scale that I will be using for regular weight ins.

2017 goal:  Get pregnant and not eat everything I see
Ultimate goal: 140   Pants size: 6-8
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: lexde on May 04, 2017, 07:26:15 AM
142 in January. 133 now. Aiming for 125 before July! I'm on board!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on May 04, 2017, 12:19:10 PM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138
Goal:  137 ==&gt; new goal 133

05/04 - 136

Ok, this is way early, but I just had to record. And to say that success has come by getting serious about low carb, high fat diet and intermittent fasting.  No daily bagel for me this week  Moving the goal post to 133


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on May 04, 2017, 02:30:27 PM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138
Goal:  137 ==&gt; new goal 133

05/04 - 136

Ok, this is way early, but I just had to record. And to say that success has come by getting serious about low carb, high fat diet and intermittent fasting.  No daily bagel for me this week  Moving the goal post to 133


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk

awesome

Good work its crazy how much we over consume carbs/sugars in todays society. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: recklesslysober on May 04, 2017, 05:30:53 PM
Last year I managed 8%. Hopefully I can lose another 10% this year.

Starting: 183.4
December 31: 168.4
Goal: 151.6

February 2: 166.8

My first percent! :)

May 4: 164.6 2%
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on May 04, 2017, 07:22:17 PM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0

5/2: 175.0

Had a rough weekend, diet wise. Thought I had done enough hiking (over 10 miles) to counter it, but no. Saw my highest weight in a month at 176.6. But been back on track the past few days (down to 174.4 last night), and will continue to maintain! :-)
OK w/ me, these kinds of weekends happen, and I will take them in stride.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on May 05, 2017, 07:03:21 AM
down to 191 ... 2 pounds away from the 10% goal on this thread. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CutTheFat on May 05, 2017, 12:16:12 PM
                      weigh in    lost                total      10%
1/2/17..........(150.4)                                       (15)
1/7/17..........(149.8)....(-0.6)............(-0.6)     (14.4) 
1/17/17..........(148).....(-1.8).............(-2.4)    (12.6)
1/28/17.........(147.4)....(-0.6).............(-3)      (12.)
2/3/17...........(147)......(-0.4).............(-3.4)    (11.6)
2/10/17.........(146.8)....(-0.2).............(-3.6)    (11.4)
2/17/17.........(146.4)....(-0.4).............(-4.0)    (11)
2/22/17.........(145.6)....(-0.8).............(-4.8)    (10.2)
3/4/17..........(145.2).....(-0.4).............(-5.2)    (9.8)
3/31/17........(144.8)......(-0.4).............(-5.6)    (9.4)
4/7/17.........(144.6)......(-0.2)..............(-5.8)    (9.2)
4/12/17........(143.6).....(-1.0)...............(-6.8)   (8.2)
4/20/17........(142.8).....(-0.8)...............(-7.6)    (7.4)
4/28/17........(142.2).....(-0.6)...............(-8.2)    (6.8)
5/5/17..........(140.8).....(-1.4)...............(-9.6)    (5.4)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on May 06, 2017, 08:57:19 PM
Weighed in this morning after being away last weekend and was down 0.3 - I am okay with this, as the weekend away included three pretty indulgent meals; I didn't let this derail me as it often can. I stayed ON TRACK and TRACKING before the weekend and following. Last night people were meeting at a restaurant for dinner/drinks and I didn't want to spend the money or the calories, so I packed dinner and ate at my desk before leaving work (quite a day - also ate breakfast and lunch at my desk! In fairness, I always eat breakfast and lunch at my desk... much to the wonder of my fast-food addicted coworkers). I ordered myself a big bottle of Pellegrino with limes, felt satisfied about my zero-calorie "treat," (okay, I spent $8 on water, but a good compromise) and still took part in the social event. When I am motivated like this, nothing can stop me.

Today's weight = 153.3 for a total of 4.7 down in four weeks. I am already able to wear a couple of pairs of pants (that I've been avoiding for the past several months) more comfortably; they're not quite fitting perfectly yet, but it's great to feel results! I will keep attending my weekly WW meetings and getting the free motivation and accountability (lifetime member and adjusted my goal weight up [still within their range] so I could attend for free) until I'm back in my ACTUAL desired range of 143 - 147. I'm even going to start biking to the meeting to make it a mustachian triple whammy: exercise, free transportation AND the free meeting:)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on May 07, 2017, 08:55:43 AM
May 4 - 147.6.  Same weight for several days in a row.  Very happy with this after some upticks.
  I've also (finally!) lost a solid inch off my waist. That's harder than losing overall weight for me.

Keep on keeping on!


Last couple of weeks I seemed to be stuck around 150 and I was prepared to be philosophical about that.  As long as I'm eating healthily and am physically active, maybe that's my sustainable weight.

And then yesterday and the day before I was 147.8!  Today (April 30) I've ticked back up to 148.6 but still.  Feeling very encouraged that my plan of healthy, delicious meals, careful snacking, and vigorous walking hasn't yet hit bottom.  I've been aiming for 145 and that might be the bottom but we'll see. 

I'm losing .5lb or less per week so as not to shock my mental or physical systems and set up resistance.

Happy spring vibes to everyone on this thread!



My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??


March 26 - 150.4

I'll be travelling till just before Easter.  Activity level will be high but meals will be irregular and no access to scales.  This will be a good test of my ability to at least maintain 150 during non-routine times.

April 14 - 150.4!   After 2+ weeks of planes, trains, hotels, and restaurants, I'm pleased with that.  Now to buckle back down.

April 16 - 149.8. Goal for the week is to stay solidly in the 140's.

April 30 - 148.6
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: NinetyFour on May 07, 2017, 09:29:42 AM
I'm in.  I'm at about 150 and want to get to 130.

I'm down to 138.  That's an 8% loss.

Pretty sure I haven't weighed <140 pounds for a few years.  Very happy about this.  :)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on May 07, 2017, 11:08:35 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs
01-May: 168.5
07-May: 165

Ten pounds down, in 8 weeks. It's only 5.7%, but 10 pound is still a nice round number, and greater than half way to completion. I can see differences in my body composition. It's a good feeling.

I'm moving my official weigh-in to Sunday morning, instead of Monday. Easier on the pride, since Sunday is my cheat day. Monday's weight is usually falsely inflated. Though, does anyone else using intermittent fasting find the urge to have a cheat day diminishes?
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brute on May 08, 2017, 11:17:02 AM
Date                  Weight   Waist
1/9/2017           340             54
1/30/2017   328             49.5
2/6/2017           317             48.5
2/13/2017   308             47.5
2/20/2017   305             47.5
2/27/2017   301.8     47
3/6/2017           306             47
3/13/2017   303.8     47
4/5/2017           302.6         46.5
4/20/2017   299.8     46
5/1/2017         295            46
5/7/2017         289            45.5


51 pounds down since getting back from christmas break. And to think, if I'd quit drinking and stuck with the plan from the start, I'l probably be down another 15 pounds, but it was more fun this way. I've written so many diet and training programs that worked well for people, but it's been a long time since I've been willing to follow my own plans. Turns out it works well for me too!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Slow&Steady on May 09, 2017, 09:07:38 AM
May 2012: 188  Pants size 18
May 2013: 155  Pants size 10
May 2014: 215 <---few days before baby born
May 2015: 160 ish  Pants size 12
May 2016: 170 ish  Pants size 12

Starting weight for this challenge ... drum roll please ...
5/1 Weight: 205      Pants size: 16 (probably should go up to 18 but I hate shopping)
5/2 Weight: 197.4   Pants size: 16 <--- I did not lose 7-8 lbs, this is the scale that I will be using for regular weight ins.
5/9 Weight: 196.6   Pants size: 16

2017 goal:  Get pregnant and not eat everything I see
Ultimate goal: 140   Pants size: 6-8
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on May 09, 2017, 09:36:47 AM

51 pounds down since getting back from christmas break. And to think, if I'd quit drinking and stuck with the plan from the start, I'l probably be down another 15 pounds, but it was more fun this way. I've written so many diet and training programs that worked well for people, but it's been a long time since I've been willing to follow my own plans. Turns out it works well for me too!

Damn man nice work!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrsDinero on May 09, 2017, 11:45:08 AM
I'm in!  I started a month ago on my post-baby body.   I'm focusing more on getting rid of the fat and gaining muscle. 

I'm currently at 155lbs. I'm working with a personal trainer once a week focusing on my goals.  The rest of the week I do cardio/weight circuits and yoga as homework.

My biggest challenges will be adding more vegetables to my diet and limiting the sweets/wine.

I'm almost down 10%.  To be honest I didn't start trying to lose weight until February this year and the real help was doing the Whole30 diet.  I'm still living Whole30 and I'm see weight loss every week.  My current weight is 141, so 1.5 lbs to go until I hit the 10% goal!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on May 09, 2017, 10:33:34 PM
I'm at 7.6% lost.  Considering we had an adventurous food weekend (still no sweets though) I'm happy.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on May 10, 2017, 11:13:01 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0

5/9: 174.0

Still holding steady. :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: tnevy4 on May 10, 2017, 11:23:15 AM
I started the year at 283 lb and this morning I was at 253. That is just over 10%, but my goal is to lose 40 more pounds of useless weight this year.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on May 11, 2017, 10:01:42 AM

11/06/16 - 278
1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264
2/20/17 - 265
3/03/17 - 261.8
03/15/17 - 259.6
04/10/17 - 254.1

05/11/17 - 253.4

Progress has stalled, but atleast I have maintained.  Work has been crazy since taking a 2 week vacation back in April, which has impacted the amount I have been working out and has started to affect my eating choices.  Need to get back on the horse.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on May 11, 2017, 05:33:37 PM
Mar 16: net -4
Mar 23: net -3 (up 1)
Mar 30: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 6: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 13: net -5
Apr 18: net -6
Apr 25: net -5
May 3: net -6
May 11: net -6

I'm about to fly off on another multi-day work trip.  I have identified where I can pick up some healthy snacks to help me manage, and I'm setting rules around what things I will eat from the buffets.  After this there is no more travel planned until August, so that should be very helpful in my goal.  And I will hold off on using up the polenta and rice from my pantry until I've broken through this barrier.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Blackeagle on May 12, 2017, 05:33:37 AM
2/18 306.4
5/12 282.4

Goal: 225
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: tnevy4 on May 13, 2017, 05:58:25 PM
Weighed in at 250.5 this morning bringing me up to 11%. I did this on a fancy inbody machine at a local health store. I have a whole print out to help me tailor my diet and exercise better for my needs. I'm hoping for another 50 pounds lost this year.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CutTheFat on May 14, 2017, 07:40:35 AM
                    weigh in    lost                total        10%
1/2/17..........(150.4)                                       (15.4)
1/7/17..........(149.8)....(-0.6)............(-0.6)     (14.8) 
1/17/17..........(148).....(-1.8).............(-2.4)    (13)
1/28/17.........(147.4)....(-0.6).............(-3)      (12.4)
2/3/17...........(147)......(-0.4).............(-3.4)    (12)
2/10/17.........(146.8)....(-0.2).............(-3.6)    (11.8)
2/17/17.........(146.4)....(-0.4).............(-4.0)    (11.4)
2/22/17.........(145.6)....(-0.8).............(-4.8)    (10.6)
3/4/17..........(145.2).....(-0.4).............(-5.2)    (10.2)
3/31/17........(144.8)......(-0.4).............(-5.6)    (9.8)
4/7/17.........(144.6)......(-0.2)..............(-5.8)    (9.6)
4/12/17........(143.6).....(-1.0)...............(-6.8)   (8.6)
4/20/17........(142.8).....(-0.8)...............(-7.6)    (7.8)
4/28/17........(142.2).....(-0.6)...............(-8.2)    (7.2)
5/5/17.........(140.8).....(-1.4)................(-9.6)    (5.8)
5/14/17........(140).......(-0.8)................(10.4)    (5)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on May 14, 2017, 01:54:53 PM
May 14 - 149.4.   :(   

The natural consequences of loosening up on healthy eating and consistent movement.  I had a little psychological rebellion and then indulged myself.

Strategy for this week?  Build more healthy treats into my diet to avoid the 'deprivation' excuse and self sabotage.

Will be getting my 3 month blood sugar test results on Friday.  Very interested in seeing those!


May 4 - 147.6.  Same weight for several days in a row.  Very happy with this after some upticks.
  I've also (finally!) lost a solid inch off my waist. That's harder than losing overall weight for me.

Keep on keeping on!


Last couple of weeks I seemed to be stuck around 150 and I was prepared to be philosophical about that.  As long as I'm eating healthily and am physically active, maybe that's my sustainable weight.

And then yesterday and the day before I was 147.8!  Today (April 30) I've ticked back up to 148.6 but still.  Feeling very encouraged that my plan of healthy, delicious meals, careful snacking, and vigorous walking hasn't yet hit bottom.  I've been aiming for 145 and that might be the bottom but we'll see. 

I'm losing .5lb or less per week so as not to shock my mental or physical systems and set up resistance.

Happy spring vibes to everyone on this thread!



My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??


March 26 - 150.4

I'll be travelling till just before Easter.  Activity level will be high but meals will be irregular and no access to scales.  This will be a good test of my ability to at least maintain 150 during non-routine times.

April 14 - 150.4!   After 2+ weeks of planes, trains, hotels, and restaurants, I'm pleased with that.  Now to buckle back down.

April 16 - 149.8. Goal for the week is to stay solidly in the 140's.

April 30 - 148.6
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on May 15, 2017, 09:42:33 AM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138
05/04 - 136

Goal:  133

05/15 - 137

Should have skipped the bagel yesterday! 


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: tnevy4 on May 15, 2017, 07:56:27 PM
?FEB17: 283lb
10MAY17: 253lb
15MAY17: 248lb
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Slow&Steady on May 16, 2017, 12:28:41 PM
May 2012: 188  Pants size 18
May 2013: 155  Pants size 10
May 2014: 215 <---few days before baby born
May 2015: 160 ish  Pants size 12
May 2016: 170 ish  Pants size 12

Starting weight for this challenge ... drum roll please ...
5/1   Weight: 205      Pants size: 16 (probably should go up to 18 but I hate shopping)
5/2   Weight: 197.4   Pants size: 16 <--- I did not lose 7-8 lbs, this is the scale that I will be using for regular weight ins.
5/9   Weight: 196.6   Pants size: 16
5/16 Weight: 195.4   Pants size: 16

2017 goal:  Get pregnant and not eat everything I see
Ultimate goal: 140   Pants size: 6-8
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on May 16, 2017, 12:41:13 PM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs
01-May: 168.5
07-May: 165
14-May: 165

I went down to ~163 during the week, but bounced back up on Sunday morning. Traveling this week, so my goal is to maintain, vice actually losing any more. Plus, a 10 lbs drop seems like a good time for an intentional plateau. I'm just going to eat to hunger, and fast 1 day. We'll see what happens.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on May 16, 2017, 12:45:44 PM
Is it too late for me to join in?  After making the decision to not have any more kids (hubby is getting the snip snip soon) it's time for me to focus on getting back in shape. 

Current weight is 172.8.  Goal weight is 135. 

Has anyone been using a calorie tracker?  I've been using Lose It! the past week and a half, and it has me on track to get to my goal weight by Feb 2018.  We will see if that actually happens or not, but extra accountability is always a good thing!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CutTheFat on May 16, 2017, 01:55:37 PM
I use my fitness pal!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on May 17, 2017, 08:28:56 PM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0

5/16: 171.0. Not sure why the sudden drop, but I'll take it!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on May 19, 2017, 08:02:07 AM
I'm at 9.5% down today.  Soooo close!
Still sugar free and feeling great.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Jenny1974 on May 19, 2017, 08:18:40 AM
Count me in.  I'm at my heaviest weight yet.  Started about six weeks ago at 180 . . goal is 145.  My problem is I eat well . . .dont' eat a lot . . . exercise regularly . .  but yet can't seem to drop pounds to save my life.  I have given up any sort of soda (use to drink a lot of Coke Zero) and most processed foods . . . . I don't overeat . . and yet the scale barely budges.  I swear, my body just went on strike when I turned 40!  I'm only 5' 3" so this extra weight really shows!!

3/15 - 181 (size 12)
5/19 - 174 (size 10's are getting more comfortable)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: BabyShark on May 19, 2017, 10:03:23 AM
I've been MIA for a while and this weekend consisted of way too much whiskey and junk food at a comic con so I've fallen behind.

This morning's weigh in has me at 150.1 lbs, so down 6.8 lbs for the year but about 3 lbs higher than my lowest so far.

Onwards! 148.6 lbs this morning.  Looking to drop a few more lbs before my trip to Vegas next Thursday. I lost my Fitbit though so I'm losing motivation to get my steps in (which is super lame, I know...)

149.9 this morning after a four day bender in Vegas where I did nothing but eat, drink, gamble and go to a Britney Spears Concert (super anti-mustachian but so worth it).  I was at 151 when I left for Vegas I feel okayish about this.

Jumped back on the wagon yesterday with good food choices for both lunch and dinner, planning to keep it up, already meal planned a 4HB week for next week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on May 19, 2017, 07:01:58 PM
Mar 16: net -4
Mar 23: net -3 (up 1)
Mar 30: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 6: net -3 (no movement)
Apr 13: net -5
Apr 18: net -6
Apr 25: net -5
May 3: net -6
May 11: net -6
May 18: net -5

The first two days of the work trip were fine, but day 3 was not good, and I'm still working back.  On the plus side, I had a scale in my room, so I saw the impact immediately.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Jesstache on May 19, 2017, 09:01:20 PM
Ive been secretly following along but since I started right after thanksgiving 2016, it felt like cheating a little to have a month head start.  I do want to celebrate getting 10% weight loss as of today, though!  This is how it went:

11/28: 165.8
12/1:   161.4
12/8:   157.8
12/15: 156.7
Christmas/New Years!
1/10: 158.7
1/18: 156.6
1/25: 156.2
2/4:   153.7
2/10: 153.0
2/16: 152.0
2/22: 150.9
3/2: 150.2
3/7: 149.0

I'm 5'7", 33 yo and my initial goal is to be 145 lbs by my daughter's birthday mid April.  I'm well on my way to meeting that goal (yay!). My second goal is 140 lbs and then I will reassess how I feel.  I've mostly just been tracking my eating in my fitness pal with a goal of 1200 calories per day.  I've pretty much got a pattern of eating established that makes me satisfied and keeps the weight coming off.  As far as exercise goes, I play indoor soccer once a week and downhill or XC ski once a week.    I'm a SAHM so I'm pretty busy on my feet most days.  I generally get at least 9k steps on my Fitbit but don't put much effort into it.  I expect that to increase once the weather improves as we walk bike to the park a lot.  I generally  eat more liberally on ski days as I know lots of calories are being burned but I'm good at not going totally crazy.  I don't keep track in MFP those days. 

Great job everyone!  Can't wait to update further and try that black bean chip recipe!

Congratulations!  We are on the same path, 145 by mid April.  I'm also 5'7".  151.2 today so your post is motivating.  Been awhile since I've seen 149.

Thanks! Stick with it if you hit a plateau.  I feel like I hovered just above 150 for 2-3 weeks then I bust through down to 149 suddenly. 

Today's weigh in:
3/15: 148.4

Ever so closer.  I have about 4 weeks to lose 3.4 lbs so I'm really trying to buckle down.  We are going to the great wolf lodge for my daughter's birthday and my "reward" for reaching 145 is a new bathing suit since the one I have now is too big! (That's a new one!). I started looking last week when I got below 150 but no luck so far.  Bathing suit shopping sure does keep the motivation up though!

5/19: 143.9 lb (22 lbs down and over 13% down) 

I went and bought size 8 pants/shorts a couple months ago and now I've had to go out and get size 6 as the 8's are too big and the 6's are getting loose now...  I'm pretty much not actively trying to lose weight since I've hit my 145 lb goal but it's slowly been coming off still due to just ingrained eating habits and regular exercise we naturally are doing now that the weather is nice (biking daughter to and from school ~10 hilly miles per day, hikes, mountain bike rides, etc).   



Woo hoo!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: NinetyFour on May 20, 2017, 08:48:37 AM
I'm in.  I'm at about 150 and want to get to 130.

I'm down to 138.  That's an 8% loss.

Pretty sure I haven't weighed <140 pounds for a few years.  Very happy about this.  :)

Backpacked last week for 4 days and actually put on a few pounds!  Grrr...  I guess I changed some fat to muscle?

Then I fasted this week from about 9am Monday to 2pm Friday--my longest fast yet.  Could have easily extended it, but circumstances...

Will fast again next week...

Weighed 138.5 Friday morning.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on May 20, 2017, 12:32:06 PM
Happy to report another 0.4 lbs down, for a total of 5.8. Sitting at 152, and so excited to see the other side of 150 coming; it's been a while! My jeans are much more comfortable and I've got my eye on the smaller jeans that haven't been out of the closet for far too long!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on May 21, 2017, 01:22:21 PM

My doctor rescheduled to this Friday so I'm still waiting for the test results but I'm down to 147.6 after a very comfortable week of eating and moving well.

And even better, I've lost 2" off my waist!  That's the biggest deal for me in terms of changing my pre-diabetic profile.

Now my current pants are a bit baggy but the next size down is still a bit tight at the waist. Adding vanity to my health concerns for more motivation. :)


May 14 - 149.4.   :(   

The natural consequences of loosening up on healthy eating and consistent movement.  I had a little psychological rebellion and then indulged myself.

Strategy for this week?  Build more healthy treats into my diet to avoid the 'deprivation' excuse and self sabotage.

Will be getting my 3 month blood sugar test results on Friday.  Very interested in seeing those!


May 4 - 147.6.  Same weight for several days in a row.  Very happy with this after some upticks.
  I've also (finally!) lost a solid inch off my waist. That's harder than losing overall weight for me.

Keep on keeping on!


Last couple of weeks I seemed to be stuck around 150 and I was prepared to be philosophical about that.  As long as I'm eating healthily and am physically active, maybe that's my sustainable weight.

And then yesterday and the day before I was 147.8!  Today (April 30) I've ticked back up to 148.6 but still.  Feeling very encouraged that my plan of healthy, delicious meals, careful snacking, and vigorous walking hasn't yet hit bottom.  I've been aiming for 145 and that might be the bottom but we'll see. 

I'm losing .5lb or less per week so as not to shock my mental or physical systems and set up resistance.

Happy spring vibes to everyone on this thread!



My Friday pre-weekend self-motivation post:

March 24 - 149.4 

Jan 21 - 155.5
Jan 28 - 154.5
Feb 12 - 153
Feb 19 - 151.6
Feb 26 - 151.4
March 5- 152.8
March 12 - 152.2
March 19 - 150.4
March 26 - 149.0??


March 26 - 150.4

I'll be travelling till just before Easter.  Activity level will be high but meals will be irregular and no access to scales.  This will be a good test of my ability to at least maintain 150 during non-routine times.

April 14 - 150.4!   After 2+ weeks of planes, trains, hotels, and restaurants, I'm pleased with that.  Now to buckle back down.

April 16 - 149.8. Goal for the week is to stay solidly in the 140's.

April 30 - 148.6
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on May 21, 2017, 08:20:19 PM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs
01-May: 168.5
07-May: 165
14-May: 165
21-May: 163.5

I spent the week on travel, and would have been very happy with maintaining. I managed 2 fast days while traveling, so the loss isn't astonishing, but still a pleasant surprise.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on May 22, 2017, 06:52:25 AM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4

Slow progress, but I'll take it!  I'm focusing on diet first, then am going to work in the exercise portion.  With two young kids at home I don't want to try and take on too much too quickly and burn myself out.  Slow and steady wins the race, right??? 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on May 22, 2017, 01:53:36 PM
Absolutely!
And I know for myself that if I lose weight quickly and dramatically, I will gain it back equally quickly and dramatically.  This time round I'm working on resetting "normal" eating to a healthy, sustainable level, exactly the way I work on resetting normal spending to a level in tune with my values.  I think of it as sneaking up on  myself. :)

The weight loss is slow and steady but, if all goes well, it should be permanent.

You're doing great!

5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4

Slow progress, but I'll take it!  I'm focusing on diet first, then am going to work in the exercise portion.  With two young kids at home I don't want to try and take on too much too quickly and burn myself out.  Slow and steady wins the race, right???
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIT_Goat on May 23, 2017, 08:33:50 PM
Starting today [March 13]: 86.3 kg (190 lbs)
Goal: 77.6 kg (171 lbs)

I would actually like to get a bit below that, but 10% is a reasonable goal considering that I can afford to lose strength or stamina while doing this (actually need to gain on both those fronts).

I should be able to do it.  Lack of physical activity isn't a problem.  It's just eating too much junk.  This summer, if things go according to plan, I will be starting Fire School, so that will be a big boost, but I would like to be well on the way before then.

I know I haven't checked in lately.

March 13: 86.3 kg
As of yesterday {10 weeks}: 84.7 kg
On track weight {10 weeks}: 84.2 kg

I am one pound short of where I should be to remain on track for losing 10% by the end of the year.  Obviously, this is worse than it seems because it is better to be ahead.  But, the weight is going in the right direction and is at least close to where it should be.  My workouts have improved and there is noticeable gains in strength and ability over the last 10 weeks.

So, I will keep on keeping on.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on May 24, 2017, 09:06:50 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0

5/23: 173.2   

Had a HUGE carb day on Sunday, with lots of processed food. More than I had planned. Backing off on junk since then is bringing the water weight off. (Was up to 176.4 for a day) Continuing to move forward, in a range I'm happy with! Maintaining!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ditkanate on May 24, 2017, 09:12:33 AM
191.4 2/11/17
190.2 2/18/17
189.4 2/23/17
192.0 3/4/17 post vacation
191.4 3/11/17
192.0 3/18/17
193.2 3/25/17
189.8 4/1/17
191.2 4/8/17
190.2 4/15/17
190.0 4/22/17
193.0 4/29/17
191.8 5/6/17
192.8 5/12/17
189.8 5/20/17

I'm definitely in maintenance mode, though I'd like to get down to 180.  We have 2 vacations coming up, which if I can come out of those around 190 I'll be in good shape.  My definition of maintenance seems to consist of doing well throughout the week and then having a cheat weekend rather than just a cheat day.   
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CutTheFat on May 27, 2017, 06:38:12 AM
                    weigh in    lost                total        10%
1/2/17..........(150.4)                                       (15.4)
1/7/17..........(149.8)....(-0.6)............(-0.6)     (14.8) 
1/17/17..........(148).....(-1.8).............(-2.4)    (13)
1/28/17.........(147.4)....(-0.6).............(-3)      (12.4)
2/3/17...........(147)......(-0.4).............(-3.4)    (12)
2/10/17.........(146.8)....(-0.2).............(-3.6)    (11.8)
2/17/17.........(146.4)....(-0.4).............(-4.0)    (11.4)
2/22/17.........(145.6)....(-0.8).............(-4.8)    (10.6)
3/4/17..........(145.2).....(-0.4).............(-5.2)    (10.2)
3/31/17........(144.8)......(-0.4).............(-5.6)    (9.8)
4/7/17.........(144.6)......(-0.2)..............(-5.8)    (9.6)
4/12/17........(143.6).....(-1.0)...............(-6.8)   (8.6)
4/20/17........(142.8).....(-0.8)...............(-7.6)    (7.8)
4/28/17........(142.2).....(-0.6)...............(-8.2)    (7.2)
5/5/17.........(140.8).....(-1.4)................(-9.6)    (5.8)
5/14/17........(140).......(-0.8)................(-10.4)    (5)
5/26/17.......(139.8).....(-0.2)................(-10.6)   (4.8)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: chaskavitch on May 28, 2017, 07:14:05 AM
I am failing mightily at this, but I'm trying to get back on track. 

I just started my gym membership up and I'm going twice a week - one day of legs (either glute/ham or quad heavy), and one day of upper body (chest/shoulder/bicep or back/tricep) plus at LEAST 5 minutes on the stairstepper.  I'm still in the "zomg, my muscles don't remember this and now I'm sore for 4 days" stage, but it's going well.

I also made myself accountable to my sister for my diet.  She is a bodybuilder and is GREAT at keeping to her prep diet, but she has the same willpower problems that I do, so she understands how stuff gets rationalized in my brain and is able to talk me out of things.  My main goal right now is to stop eating foods that I binge on, because once I get started, I eat the whole pint of ice cream, or the whole sleeve of crackers, or the whole bag of M&Ms.  I'm not at the point yet where I can portion it out into a "serving" and not go back for more, so I'm just completely avoiding, if I can. 

I was doing really really well for a week and a half, and then got derailed yesterday at MIL's house - she had "lunch" for us in the form of cherries, cashews, chips and dip, and a giant bag of M&Ms, and then an early dinner of lasagna and really really tasty french bread heated in the oven with melty butter...mmm.  I ate a prodigious amount of food, and I'm paying for it today.  I'm terribly gassy and bloated and bleary-eyed.  I didn't realize how much better I'd been feeling until I felt awful again.  It is good to know that eating well makes a difference, and this makes it much easier to get back on track.

Also, bright side, I "lost" 10 lbs from my bingey high of 153 at the beginning of this month once I started paying attention, so I'm back to the beginning, kind of.  I think around 140 is where it will get more difficult.  That seems to be my current set-point.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on May 28, 2017, 08:00:35 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs
01-May: 168.5
07-May: 165
14-May: 165
21-May: 163.5
28-May: 163 - 165 ??

Hrmmmmm. Comparing like week to like week of the hormone profile, I've dropped weight. My pants fit better, my belt is comfortably on the next smallest hole, and the measuring tape shows progress. Even if I'm not dropping weight, I'm going through some recomp that's pleasing me mightily.

But the scale. THE SCALE is frustrating my quest for moar data. My home scale is a pretty cheap-o model. Hard to read, and inconsistent. I weight myself daily, marvel at it's variations, but use the scale at the gym for official weights. It's doctor's grade, and I love nudging the little weights around until the arm balances perfectly.

It's just that I haven't been to the gym in a couple weeks.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Jim Fiction on May 28, 2017, 10:45:16 AM
Joining this.

Current weight 190 lbs

Target 160-165 lbs

I am a tax accountant, so the next few months will be difficult due to our busy season (last year I put on 15 lbs in 2.5 months!). Our firm is kind enough to provide us with dinner every night, however the options are typically not the healthiest so I plan to pack dinner every day.

So as expected, busy season was difficult and I wound up gaining 10.5 lbs, bringing me up to 200.5! Yikes! That is the heaviest I have ever been. Shortly after busy season ended, my wife and I decided to embark on a Whole 30 challenge, which we just completed. Overall we did very well. I lost 17 pounds to bring me down to 183.5 and my wife shed 10 lbs herself. We took a break the past few days, however we intend to give it another go around. We might go a bit relaxed on this one, allowing ourselves a guilty pleasure or two on Saturdays, but we haven't fully fleshed out our plan yet.

My goal still remains to get into the 160-165 range. I don't anticipate repeating the same level of loss as the previous month. But I am very determined to get there, so I know that as long as I stick to the plan, I will get there.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on May 28, 2017, 11:11:06 AM
One goal met!  My doctor declares my blood sugar range as "normal".

Jan 21: 155.5lbs; waist 40";  blood sugar 6.8mmo/l
May 28: 147.6lbs; waist 38"; blood sugar 5.5mmo/l

I don't know if 140lbs is realistic for me (5'7", 60yo) but I'd like to be hovering below 145 and get the waist closer to 35".  Dropping the blood sugar a bit more wouldn't hurt, although the doc isn't worried.

The best thing is that I've really enjoyed this process and none of the changes I made were painful or unsustainable. Feeling very hopeful for a long term reset and not done yet!


Just learned my blood sugar is now 6.8 mmo/l with 7.0 being diabetic level so I'm in for 10% less weight, along with other changes like increased activity.

 I'm currently 155lbs so aiming for 140.

I eat a healthy diet but clearly the calories in / out ratio needs to change.  I'm going to focus on portion sizes; protein, carb, vegetable ratios on the plate; and keeping a food journal. Hate keeping a journal but I think tracking will be key for me.  Will help keep me honest!

I'll also walk at least 30 min per day, mostly as part of my commute, and add a couple of HIIT routines per week.

That all sounds so easy, doesn't it?  And yet...  Good thing I'm scared of my GP and want her approval when I test again in 3 months.

Good luck to us all!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on May 28, 2017, 11:32:03 PM
Happy to report another 0.4 lbs down, for a total of 5.8. Sitting at 152, and so excited to see the other side of 150 coming; it's been a while! My jeans are much more comfortable and I've got my eye on the smaller jeans that haven't been out of the closet for far too long!

It appears that 0.4 lbs is my weekly number, so now at 151.6 . . . Chisel, chisel, chisel. I don't mind if it's slow; at least it's the right direction. I'm not feeling deprived or hungry and my motivation is staying strong.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nudelkopf on May 29, 2017, 01:34:40 AM
Late to the party, but I'm also on a weightloss plan for 2017. Well, more like maintenance because I find it easy to lose weight - but inevitably gain it back on holidays. Currently down 7kg (15lbs-ish) fromy highest weight this year, with a healthy BMI (only just!). Currently 67kg/148lbs.

I've been usingy fitbit to track exercise & MFP for calories. Doing alright .. biggest downfall is overeating when Im bored.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: FIT_Goat on May 29, 2017, 08:50:47 AM
Mar 13 {00 weeks}: 86.3 kg
May 22 {10 weeks}: 84.7 kg  [Goal: 84.2]
May 29 {11 weeks}: 83.6 kg  [Goal: 84.0]

On track today, but we all know how the scale bounces around.  In any case, moving in the right direction and in the range of acceptable weights for the goal.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: brooklynmoney on May 29, 2017, 08:12:01 PM
I've been following this post diligently since I first started trying to lose weight in September and it's been awesome to see everyone's progress and determination. It reminds me of the lesson I learned when I quit smoking -- it doesn't matter if you fail one day, as long as you take up the fight again the next and never give up trying.

I've been steadily trending down, in a very slow fashion, which has been great as things started a little too fast in the beginning when my brain started it's old tricks and I found myself restricting in an unhealthy way. Now I don't track on MyFitnesssPal anymore but try to make healthy choices and not go crazy.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on May 31, 2017, 07:36:46 AM
Usually weigh on Mondays, but being out of town caused a few day delay.

5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8

Still making slow progress!  And nice to know that all the wine and cheese I had over memorial day didn't derail me! 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on May 31, 2017, 08:39:21 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   

5/30: 174.2     Steady. :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on May 31, 2017, 07:10:17 PM
Mar 16: net -4
Mar 23: net -3
Mar 30: net -3
Apr 6: net -3
Apr 13: net -5
Apr 18: net -6
Apr 25: net -5
May 3: net -6
May 11: net -6
May 18: net -5
May 31: net -6

ETA: my office has free food downstairs.  i am not going downstairs because i really want to break through this barrier.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on June 01, 2017, 07:49:28 AM

11/06/16 - 278
1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264
2/20/17 - 265
3/03/17 - 261.8
03/15/17 - 259.6
04/10/17 - 254.1
05/11/17 - 253.4

06/01/17 - 255.0

Way overdue for an update post.  Progress stalled and I gained a bit as well.  I completely fell off the train for about two weeks.  Fell into some old habits of shitty food and little sleep.

Been back on track for a few days and feeling much better. 

Keep at it everyone!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on June 04, 2017, 11:32:44 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs
01-May: 168.5
07-May: 165
14-May: 165
21-May: 163.5
28-May: 163 - 165 ??
04-Jun: 162

Another week, another pound, or there abouts. I can anticipate hitting my 10% goal aroundy mid-July. Whoop!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on June 07, 2017, 08:54:04 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     

6/6: 173.4 

 Still doing OK. Had some carb creep from some unplanned eats and treats, but being aware of it and being able to bring the 7 day average back down is helping! Keeps me on track. :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on June 10, 2017, 01:39:34 PM
Happy to report another 0.4 lbs down, for a total of 5.8. Sitting at 152, and so excited to see the other side of 150 coming; it's been a while! My jeans are much more comfortable and I've got my eye on the smaller jeans that haven't been out of the closet for far too long!

It appears that 0.4 lbs is my weekly number, so now at 151.6 . . . Chisel, chisel, chisel. I don't mind if it's slow; at least it's the right direction. I'm not feeling deprived or hungry and my motivation is staying strong.

Last weekend I was exactly the same, which is always a bit disappointing (because the NUMBER ON THE SCALE!); however, I knew that I was on track and everything would be fine. And today I am down another 1.4, to 150.2. The 140s are in sight! Yessss.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: CloserToFree on June 10, 2017, 02:40:13 PM
Haven't been active on this thread lately, but wanted to share that for 12 days in a row now I've gotten in good, daily exercise, mostly lap swimming.  Since the pool opened I've been doing 20-30 laps just about every day (25m pool), and riding my bike for an hour on off days.  I had lost 5 lbs after a full week of this!  I've also gone gluten free and have been eating well, focusing on protein, fruits and veggies.  Apart from the weight loss, though, I'm feeling awesome.  Everything is so much more toned and strong now.  Good inspiration to keep going!  Usually what throws me off is illness or injury, so I'm just hoping to stay healthy and keep the momentum going.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on June 11, 2017, 08:04:07 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
22-Jan:  171 lbs
9-Feb:  173 lbs
11-Feb: 167 lbs
17-Feb: 167 lbs
....
20-Mar: 175 lbs
27-Mar: 173 lbs
3-Apr: 170 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 170 lbs
17-Apr: 168.5 lbs
24-Apr: 167 lbs
01-May: 168.5
07-May: 165
14-May: 165
21-May: 163.5
28-May: 163 - 165 ??
04-Jun: 162
10-Jun: 163

Work travel. I made a lot of good food choices, but I started to overeat the last 2 days. Came back weighing 165. Getting back to my regular fast dropped me down to 163, but endocrine fuckery is about to commence. This is probably where I will stay until late June.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on June 13, 2017, 08:27:24 AM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0

Keep saying I'm going to work in exercise, but haven't done it yet.  With two young kids, sleep wins out over exercise right now...
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on June 13, 2017, 07:56:23 PM
Still hanging out around 163. We have been stupid busy and haven't been paying much attention to what we are eating. Our lives should calm down after this next weekend. I'm pretty happy to be maintaining given our random food choices.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on June 14, 2017, 05:40:11 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4 

6/13: 172.6

Brought the 7 day average back down.  Getting to the point in the year where I started regaining the last couple of years.  I intend to keep chugging a steady one!

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on June 14, 2017, 08:45:17 AM
Bounced off of my low number again.  Likely culprit is work snacks when I forgot to bring my snap peas to work exacerbated by eating bread & butter for dinner last night.  I have my snacks today, and the bread was really really good.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: dropspindl on June 14, 2017, 09:05:09 AM
Late to the party, but I'm also in!

I gained a lot of weight very quickly this year and peaked at 182 lbs. I've been dieting for about a month and a half now and am down to about 173. So I've been losing about a pound per week. That puts me.... almost back to where I started the year at. So at least I lost what I gained.

I've had a short term goal of 169lbs, which is when my BMI goes from "obese" to "overweight". But I don't plan on stopping there. I used to be able to maintain my weight without doing anything or thinking about it, but now I am apparently old enough that weight gain is the default and I'll need to continue counting calories even if I just want to maintain.

A 10% loss would be a good longer term goal. It would put me at 155 lbs, which may or may not be doable by year end.

I've been doing pure CICO. I have too much of a sweet tooth, and am a vegetarian, so most of the specialty diets don't work for me.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mama Bear on June 15, 2017, 03:41:47 AM
Hello Mustachians! 
I've been fluctuating up and down 2-3 pounds all year. I'm going to join this forum hoping it will keep me accountable.  I'm  47 years old,  5'2" and 139 pounds.  My goal is 125.   
My biggest problem is that I've been suffering from shin splints off and on since November.  I'm getting serious about treatment, but I really need to focus on my diet. I can still bike and swim, although I haven't been doing much of either.
I'm signed up for a triathlon in July,  so that should give me some incentive.  Also, I do weight workouts maybe 2x per week,  which are helping my shape,  but it's kind of discouraging to step on the scale as muscle weighs more than fat.  I still feel the weights are worthwhile,  since I can't run, play tennis or walk excessively until my shins are better.
I'll post my weight weekly and might start measuring my waist.   That's my main trouble area!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: boarder42 on June 15, 2017, 10:00:28 AM
fell off the wagon a while... i was maintaining in the mide 190s but when on the road for work for a week and blew back up to 210 ... back at 202 as of this morning.  probably in the 190s by next week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Slow&Steady on June 15, 2017, 12:58:55 PM
I got pretty sick and a ton of work drama happened in May, making it very easy for me to fall off the wagon so quickly after I started.  Now, I am feeling much better and the dust is settling at work. I joined a gym that is only a couple blocks from work and was able to convince myself to get out of bed early on both Tuesday and Wednesday.  I was not able to go this morning or tomorrow morning but I am very excited to get into a routine.

May 2012: 188  Pants size 18
May 2013: 155  Pants size 10
May 2014: 215 <---few days before baby born
May 2015: 160 ish  Pants size 12
May 2016: 170 ish  Pants size 12

Starting weight for this challenge ... drum roll please ...
5/1   Weight: 205      Pants size: 16 (probably should go up to 18 but I hate shopping)
5/2   Weight: 197.4   Pants size: 16 <--- I did not lose 7-8 lbs, this is the scale that I will be using for regular weight ins.
5/9   Weight: 196.6   Pants size: 16
5/16 Weight: 195.4   Pants size: 16
6/15 Weight: 196.0   Pants size: 16

2017 goal:  Get pregnant and not eat everything I see
Ultimate goal: 140   Pants size: 6-8
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on June 16, 2017, 12:30:58 AM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138
05/04 - 136
05/15 - 137
Goal:  133
6/15 - 137

Hanging in at 137. Just had arm surgery today. Broke my arm with bad bike crash .  Will be interesting to see if I can maintain with couple weeks of forced couch-potato life!


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on June 16, 2017, 07:34:42 AM
fell off the wagon a while... i was maintaining in the mide 190s but when on the road for work for a week and blew back up to 210 ... back at 202 as of this morning.  probably in the 190s by next week.

I feel ya, I still haven't figured out how to handle traveling for work, which I do about 2 trips a month. 

I don't know how it is for you, but I am usually eating out 3 meals a day.  Breakfast is easy, eggs and bacon, just like at home.  The other meals I am usually taking customers out to lunch and dinner.  Even when I feel like I eat reasonably I still typically come home way up from when I left.  I think it has to do with a mixture of stress, poor sleep, lower activity levels, and probably very high amounts of salt in the food I am eating.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Mongoose on June 17, 2017, 04:31:01 PM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138
05/04 - 136
05/15 - 137
Goal:  133
6/15 - 137

Hanging in at 137. Just had arm surgery today. Broke my arm with bad bike crash .  Will be interesting to see if I can maintain with couple weeks of forced couch-potato life!


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk

Ouch. Sorry to hear about your accident. Hope it heals well and quickly.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on June 17, 2017, 05:57:48 PM
Happy to report another 0.4 lbs down, for a total of 5.8. Sitting at 152, and so excited to see the other side of 150 coming; it's been a while! My jeans are much more comfortable and I've got my eye on the smaller jeans that haven't been out of the closet for far too long!

It appears that 0.4 lbs is my weekly number, so now at 151.6 . . . Chisel, chisel, chisel. I don't mind if it's slow; at least it's the right direction. I'm not feeling deprived or hungry and my motivation is staying strong.

Last weekend I was exactly the same, which is always a bit disappointing (because the NUMBER ON THE SCALE!); however, I knew that I was on track and everything would be fine. And today I am down another 1.4, to 150.2. The 140s are in sight! Yessss.

The 140s are here, the 140s are here!!! From 157.8 on Apr. 8 to 148.4 today - my delight is real. :) It's been a few years since I've been below 150, I think.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on June 18, 2017, 09:37:45 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
....
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166

I got mad, and kerbstomped my crappy home scale last wed. I'm now officially relying on the balance beam scale at the gym. It's always weighed me 4 lbs heavier than the home scale, so I've adjusted the numbers from March onward, for ease of book keeping. Down 13 lbs; 5 more to go. Still aimed towards a late July goal weight.

My current pants are too big in the waist and thighs. They're 36 inseam, but they were tight when I started so they're certainly stretched out. The one pair of 34" inseam pants I have are comfy when I stand, but too tight in the waist thighs when I sit. I need 35's, which only come on the internet, and might only fit for a few weeks. #dumbproblems.

We'll see how long until I break down, and by a better scale that connects to the Internet Of Things. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on June 25, 2017, 09:47:18 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
....
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5

Slow. Slow. Spent last week enduring a cold, and I was hoping for some non-exercise activity thermogenesis up in here. Either nope, or All The Snot Ever is negating the weight drop.

Didn't buy a scale!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on June 26, 2017, 12:28:48 PM
I'm down to 266 as of this morning, from a beginning weight of 287, for a total drop of 9.3%.

I'm 6'6", so that gives me a BMI of 30, which the calculator tells me is "obese". Then again, I rode my bicycle 80 miles on Saturday, so I think I'm in decent shape anyway.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on June 26, 2017, 01:58:37 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2

Broke the 10 lb mark! Only 30 more to go...maybe 25....we will see.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on June 28, 2017, 09:20:32 AM
It's official.  I hit 10.1% weight lost today!! That's despite being abroad for two weeks in June and not having great food choices.  Hoping that my upcoming vacation doesn't derail all the process, but now, I'll celebrate!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on June 28, 2017, 09:42:36 AM
Hey, congratulations Secretly Saving. Hard effort, but totally worth it.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Secretly Saving on June 28, 2017, 10:18:38 PM
Thanks, Sailor Sam! 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on July 04, 2017, 02:29:56 PM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
....
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5
4-Jul: 166.5

I've been eating to hunger, and not fasting, and letting some junk back into my diet. Beer and chips and bread. I seem to be able to wing holding steady by tolerating new levels of hunger. I was hoping I could wing a little more weight loss, but that seems to take plans and tracking.

The plateau was nice, and it's heartening to know I can plateau instead of yo-yo. But the nutritional choices have reinforced how much my digestion prefers non-manufactured foods, and I want to reach my goal of 10%. So it's time to get serious again.

Fasting today, and I dusted off my macro planning spreadsheet. Let's dive back in!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on July 05, 2017, 08:45:41 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4
6/13: 172.6
6/20: 175   
6/27: 175.2

7/4: 175.0

Back from vacation, was 177 on 7/3. Back on the wagon enough, hoping to see 173.X in the next week.  Accidentally modified and then deleted my post from last week.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on July 05, 2017, 09:55:38 AM
Bounced off the low number again. Twice. It does feel like clothing is looking/feeling better, but that may just be psychological.

At least the fluctuations are closer to my low number rather than where I started.  I tried riding my bike to work today and not increasing my food intake, but by 930am my ears felt like they were plugged with cotton balls, so I had a packet of instant oatmeal.

This weekend we'll be up at the cottage and I won't have control over the food options. That plus the stress of being around family will make things difficult.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: GT on July 05, 2017, 09:49:29 PM
I unwittingly meet the challenge requirements on Monday.

Starting weight ~88kg (so target of 79.2kg to meet 10% loss), had New Years Eve weight and Jan 14th weights, missed the 1st of Jan as I was nowhere near a scale.

I'd been progressively dropping weight as I've been able to add cycling back into my exercise regime, my heaviest weight according to the app was 89.1kg in Sep 2016, and I've been tracking since Oct 2015.  I track it weekly via fitbit, but I'll just give the first weigh in for the month. 

New Years Eve: 88.1kg 23.8% BF
14JAN17: 88.2kg 23% BF
04FEB17: 86.8kg 21.6% BF
04MAR17: 86.3kg 21% BF
01APR17: 84.2kg 21.7% BF
06MAY17: 82.9kg 20.2% BF
03JUN17: 81.6kg 20.1% BF
01JUL17: 80.9kg 19.8% BF

One thing my fitbit app doesn't keep track of, but my scale does measure is muscle mass.  I've gone from 51kg of muscle mass to 55kg of muscle mass in the six months so far this year.

On Saturday just gone I caught gastro from one of the kids, who'd caught it from the birthday girl at a party she went to, and I dropped 3kgs in two days and weighed in at 77.9kg (~11% weight loss) on Monday morning.  So I've met the challenge, just not in a legitimate way ;)  I think it'll have a flow on effect for at least a couple of weeks where my weight will either stabilise or rise a bit as I've had to cut back on the cycling due to family commitments in getting the house ready for sale.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on July 06, 2017, 11:35:28 AM
I'm down to 266 as of this morning, from a beginning weight of 287, for a total drop of 7.4%. (Corrected from original post)

I'm 6'6", so that gives me a BMI of 30, which the calculator tells me is "obese". Then again, I rode my bicycle 80 miles on Saturday, so I think I'm in decent shape anyway.

264 as of this morning - 8.1% down.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on July 10, 2017, 01:34:32 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2
7-10-17: 163.0

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on July 11, 2017, 07:51:26 AM
12/28 - 153
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138
05/04 - 136
05/15 - 137
06/15 - 137
Goal - 133

07/11 - 138

Four weeks into a broken arm, and holding steady. I'll take this as a win as the only exercise I can do is walking and holding down the couch. The good thing about a broken arm is that it seems like every person I meet has a story about someone who broke an arm!  Great way to connect with strangers


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on July 11, 2017, 08:04:11 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
....
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5
4-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5

Well, that drop was a surprise. My weigh-in yesterday was 180º from my normal weigh-in: clothed, instead of naked; evening instead of first thing in the morning; miserably bloated instead of post-fast.

Fast day, today. The hardest part is the mental chaff that seems to be part of gearing up for the day. It's mentally taxing to keep the 'starving' lizard brain under control.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on July 12, 2017, 08:50:31 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4
6/13: 172.6
6/20: 175   
6/27: 175.2
7/4: 175.0

7/11: 174.6

Came down with something, was sick for several days. On the way back out of it now, getting back on the bike, etc. Last year I was 180.2 on the same day, so I seem to be keeping the gain/regain to a minimum so far!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on July 12, 2017, 09:06:25 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
....
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5
4-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5
12-Jul: 162   10% loss from 180 lbs

Whoa!  I was not expecting that.

I fully expect to bounce back up. I weighed myself post 36-hour fast, and in ketosis. Guaranteed to regain some water the instant I eat those delicious carbohydrates. And guaranteed to gain some more water as folicularly based shenanigans begin. But still, look at that number. It exists, and I'll re-find it soon. Sssoon, precioussssss.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on July 15, 2017, 11:20:11 AM
Happy to report another 0.4 lbs down, for a total of 5.8. Sitting at 152, and so excited to see the other side of 150 coming; it's been a while! My jeans are much more comfortable and I've got my eye on the smaller jeans that haven't been out of the closet for far too long!

It appears that 0.4 lbs is my weekly number, so now at 151.6 . . . Chisel, chisel, chisel. I don't mind if it's slow; at least it's the right direction. I'm not feeling deprived or hungry and my motivation is staying strong.

Last weekend I was exactly the same, which is always a bit disappointing (because the NUMBER ON THE SCALE!); however, I knew that I was on track and everything would be fine. And today I am down another 1.4, to 150.2. The 140s are in sight! Yessss.

The 140s are here, the 140s are here!!! From 157.8 on Apr. 8 to 148.4 today - my delight is real. :) It's been a few years since I've been below 150, I think.

I didn't go to my official WW weigh-in this morning, but my home scale says 145ish... I've met my goal for this, but since I'm not feeling deprived and the program is working well, I'm going stay the course and see if I can shave off 2-3 more pounds by the end of the summer (which would put me at the 10% target of this thread). I'm able to wear just about anything in my closet again:)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on July 28, 2017, 09:59:41 AM
18-Jan:  175-180 lbs
....
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5
4-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5
12-Jul: 162   10% loss from 180 lbs
28-Jul: 161

My weigh-ins have been pretty erratic, due to travel and general gym laziness. Still headed in the preferred direction, though. Still haven't bought a scale.

Only 4 more pounds to 157, and 10% loss for starting weight of 175. I need to do something, because I'm between holes on my belt, and I don't enjoy the choice between too loose, and too tight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: use2betrix on July 29, 2017, 12:53:17 AM
Down about 15 lbs the last few months. Amazing how much easier and more enjoyable cutting weight is than trying to pack it on via healthy food.
Current numbers/day
1800-1900 calories
198g protein
135g carbs
47g fat

On Saturdays we'll do a light cheat meal. Maybe some wings and beer/little ice cream. Our workouts have stayed the same but I walk a little extra at work.

Currently 189lbs and around 8-10% BF, aiming to get to around 180lbe and 4-5% BF
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on July 31, 2017, 12:14:29 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2
7-10-17: 163.0
7-31-17: 161.2

15 lbs down, 20 more to go.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on August 01, 2017, 08:48:08 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4
6/13: 172.6
6/20: 175   
6/27: 175.2
7/4: 175.0
7/11: 174.6

7/18: 173.6
7/25: 174.2

Maintaining OK. 174 on 7/30 this year vs 181.9 the same day last year, so seems like I'm holding off the gain so far!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: GT on August 05, 2017, 05:12:45 PM
After a month of sub 80kg weekly weigh-ins as I recuperated from the gastro event, the first weigh-in of this month bumped back over the 80kg.

New Years Eve: 88.1kg 23.8% BF
14JAN17: 88.2kg 23% BF
04FEB17: 86.8kg 21.6% BF
04MAR17: 86.3kg 21% BF
01APR17: 84.2kg 21.7% BF
06MAY17: 82.9kg 20.2% BF
03JUN17: 81.6kg 20.1% BF
01JUL17: 80.9kg 19.8% BF
05AUG17: 80.5kg 19.1% BF

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on August 06, 2017, 04:29:17 PM
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5
4-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5
12-Jul: 162   10% loss from 180 lbs
28-Jul: 161
6-Aug:  161

I knew that was going to happen. The swelling, it begins. Gotta say, prior understanding did NOT prevent post weigh-in irritation. I still haven't bought a scale, but I'm going to remedy the situation next week. Birthday present!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: GT on August 06, 2017, 05:33:00 PM
I still haven't bought a scale, but I'm going to remedy the situation next week. Birthday present!

Do you use a Fitbit or Garmin device?  If so get a scale compatible with that brand.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on August 07, 2017, 02:19:45 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2
7-10-17: 163.0
7-31-17: 161.2
8-7-17: 160.2

Staying steady at about a pound a week of weight loss.  I'm OK with that. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on August 07, 2017, 02:45:21 PM
I still haven't bought a scale, but I'm going to remedy the situation next week. Birthday present!

Do you use a Fitbit or Garmin device?  If so get a scale compatible with that brand.

I've got a Fitbit, and I've scoped out a few scales that connect to the app. But of course I'm still going to make a spreadsheet, so I can change the running averages as I please. ;)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on August 09, 2017, 08:49:29 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4
6/13: 172.6
6/20: 175   
6/27: 175.2
7/4: 175.0
7/11: 174.6
7/18: 173.6
7/25: 174.2

8/1: 174.8
8/8: 174.0

Been busy working on our old house to sell it, so bike rides have been fewer…..Ratcheted carbs down a tad. Was 180 last year at this time, so still improved! Chugging along.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: gmdv on August 11, 2017, 02:18:14 PM
It's a bit late in the year,  but I'll join.

Starting weight : 129.6 lbs

This put me right in the middle of the overweight BMI range.  Fingercross I'll be able to reach normal BMI by the end of 2017.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on August 12, 2017, 10:35:17 AM
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5
4-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5
12-Jul: 162   10% loss from 180 lbs
28-Jul: 161
6-Aug:  161
12-Aug:  162 

A new number!

There's no sarcasm in that. I feel good, my pants fit, and I am eating at a deficit. I'm just going to out in the low 160s until whatever is happening is done happening.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 2Cent on August 18, 2017, 05:57:59 AM
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
3-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun:  166
25-Jun: 165.5
4-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5
12-Jul: 162   10% loss from 180 lbs
28-Jul: 161
6-Aug:  161
12-Aug:  162 

A new number!

There's no sarcasm in that. I feel good, my pants fit, and I am eating at a deficit. I'm just going to out in the low 160s until whatever is happening is done happening.
Great! But be careful in becoming complacent. I lost 15 pounds once over 2 months of struggling and just when I thought I was finally going to my desired weight I let myself indulge a little on Christmas here and a party there and boom the 15 pounds where back. And the motivation to do it again was not there till now. I think it takes a long time for your body to accept this is your new weight and not try to get everything back as soon as it has the chance.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Moustachienne on August 19, 2017, 11:03:56 AM
I haven't checked in for awhile but am happy to see others making good progress!  I've been hovering around 147 for quite some time. I feel quietly confident that this will hold as a baseline.  :)

Still want to go a bit lower and today I'm 145.8!  Slight reductions in current portion sizes seems to be the key.  I'm doing everything I set out in my original post below except close tracking.  Just not my temperament for food or money so I'm pleased I've got to a successful autopilot approach to both.

Best wishes to all on this thread or just joining in.


One goal met!  My doctor declares my blood sugar range as "normal".

Jan 21: 155.5lbs; waist 40";  blood sugar 6.8mmo/l
May 28: 147.6lbs; waist 38"; blood sugar 5.5mmo/l

I don't know if 140lbs is realistic for me (5'7", 60yo) but I'd like to be hovering below 145 and get the waist closer to 35".  Dropping the blood sugar a bit more wouldn't hurt, although the doc isn't worried.

The best thing is that I've really enjoyed this process and none of the changes I made were painful or unsustainable. Feeling very hopeful for a long term reset and not done yet!


Just learned my blood sugar is now 6.8 mmo/l with 7.0 being diabetic level so I'm in for 10% less weight, along with other changes like increased activity.

 I'm currently 155lbs so aiming for 140.

I eat a healthy diet but clearly the calories in / out ratio needs to change.  I'm going to focus on portion sizes; protein, carb, vegetable ratios on the plate; and keeping a food journal. Hate keeping a journal but I think tracking will be key for me.  Will help keep me honest!

I'll also walk at least 30 min per day, mostly as part of my commute, and add a couple of HIIT routines per week.

That all sounds so easy, doesn't it?  And yet...  Good thing I'm scared of my GP and want her approval when I test again in 3 months.

Good luck to us all!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: sufjork on August 19, 2017, 02:40:44 PM
I just discovered this thread but I'm in, and I'm almost there! I've yo-yoed with my weight throughout the years (high school --> 5 years post college) but now that I'm a little older I do want to take my health more seriously. At my annual physical last year my doctor suggested I lose a little weight, and a few months later I got engaged.  These two events, plus having a better understanding of my family's health has me very interested in losing weight and having a generally healthier lifestyle.

I started at 168 lbs on Jan 1. I didn't start actively trying to lose weight until about March 1. By then I was at 165 (just after a general attempt at healthier eating, but not tracking).

Here's my progress:
1/1 - 168
no Feb measurement
3/6 - 165
4/7 - 160
5/5 - 161.5
6/2 - 160.5
7/7 - 159
8/4 - 156.5
and, as of yesterday, at 154.5

I need to lose ~3 more lbs to be at 10%. I'll get there! I gotta try on wedding dresses soon... :)

My tentative goal is to get to at least 135, because that will put me in a healthy weight for my height, but I don't have a deadline for it like I used to in the past. I also know it's not just about the number, so if I feel happier at a higher number, then I will stay there.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Cromacster on August 21, 2017, 08:20:51 AM
11/06/16 - 278
1/03/17 - 272
1/24/17 - 268
2/6/17 - 264
2/20/17 - 265
3/03/17 - 261.8
03/15/17 - 259.6
04/10/17 - 254.1
05/11/17 - 253.4
06/01/17 - 255.0

8/21/17 - 249.1

It's been a while since my last update, but I'm still hammering away.  First time I've been below 250 since 2013.

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: gmdv on August 22, 2017, 05:32:42 AM
It's a bit late in the year,  but I'll join.

Starting weight : 129.6 lbs

This put me right in the middle of the overweight BMI range.  Fingercross I'll be able to reach normal BMI by the end of 2017.
At of right now - 127.8 lbs
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ChipmunkSavings on August 23, 2017, 05:51:37 AM
The year is more than halfway done, but I'd still like to join. Currently 191, with a goal of 150 within a year. 10% weight loss would put me at 172 lb by December.

17-08-21 : 191 lb
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on August 23, 2017, 06:06:48 AM
I joined in the beginning of the year and just couldn't stick to it.  I still have time to make my goal.  16 lbs by the end of the year. 

8/23 - 160 lbs

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on August 23, 2017, 12:09:49 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2
7-10-17: 163.0
7-31-17: 161.2
8-7-17: 160.2
8-23-17: 158.6

Broke the 10% loss mark! Only took 3-1/2 months, which I'm pretty proud of.  Still have more to go until I get to my goal weight, but not that I'm past that hurdle of waiting to see results, it just makes me that much more motivated to lose even more.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZiziPB on August 28, 2017, 04:18:20 AM
Joining in the fun.  Starting Week 2 of my effort today.  Goal is 145 lbs which will take me back to normal BMI category.  I'm tracking my food with MyFitnessPal and trying to get exercise in some form every day.

8/21 - 159.4
8/28 - 155.2
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on August 28, 2017, 07:06:18 AM
Bounced off the low number again. Twice. It does feel like clothing is looking/feeling better, but that may just be psychological.

I hit my low number again the night before we went on a 2.5 week holiday. And then last night I saw a lower evening number than I've had since university. I _can_ do this, I just need consistency and to focus more on food than on exercise.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: lexde on August 28, 2017, 01:12:29 PM
I have not made nearly enough progress on this. I'm still not counting myself out though! I have a few months to hit this goal and have started going back to the gym to counteract the sedentary lifestyle I've been leading. I just need to get my eating back on track which is doable.

Step 1 is to sanitize and begin using my water bottle again. I've let it sit for a while which makes me not want to use it anymore. I drink way too much diet soda so I think cutting back on that will be a big first step.


Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Ready2Go on August 29, 2017, 09:24:31 AM
Quote from: Ready2Go link=topic=66119.msg1619750#msg1619750
01/06 - 150
01/17 - 150
01/27 - 149
02/02 - 150
02/10 - 144
03/27 - 142
04/10 - 142
04/14 - 140
04/19 - 139
04/24 - 138
05/01 - 138
05/04 - 136
05/15 - 137
06/15 - 137
07/11 - 138
Goal - 133

8/29  - 137

Ready to get back to work on this. Have managed to hold steady for a month through vacations and summer festivals. Going to focus on my low carb eating approach again. I have a sad feeling that a bagel a day won't get me to my goal!



Sent from my iPhone using Tapatalk
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on August 30, 2017, 08:40:28 AM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4
6/13: 172.6
6/20: 175   
6/27: 175.2
7/4: 175.0
7/11: 174.6
7/18: 173.6
7/25: 174.2
8/1: 174.8
8/8: 174.0

8/15: 173.8
8/22: 176.8
8/29: 174.6

Both my wife and I had seen our weight pop up a couple lbs, and it's "stickier" than it was to come back down. I've seen something similar the last few years starting around this time. So, pulling back on carbs SOME. (Saw 177.0 peak wt in the last few weeks). Still trying to stay under 180. Going to go keto near the end of September until mid-late November to drop a few more lbs, I hope. But overall, happy with how steady I'm holding! Was 183 at this time last year, so, progress!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Sailor Sam on August 31, 2017, 12:55:03 PM
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
03-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun: 166
25-Jun: 165.5
04-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5
12-Jul: 162   10% loss from 180 lbs
28-Jul: 161
06-Aug: 161
12-Aug: 162 
31-Aug: 156   10% loss from 175 lbs


There was some uncertainty in my starting weight, somewhere between 175 and 180 lbs. But where ever the original wicket actually was, I've lost 10%. Something of a suspect victory, though. The last 4 pounds have been lost due to fear and misery shutting down my appetite, instead of diet and discipline. Easy to lose when you're too freaked out by circumstances to eat. Hopefully the situation will stabilize, and my weight will also stabilize once my appetite's returned.

I've noticed that dropping 20 lbs has made my feet, hips, and lumbar spine feel much better. I was starting down some pain paths that alarmed me, and I'm very happy to have made the underlying issues better. A longer term goal is get to a normal BMI of 25, which happens around 141 lbs for my height. That might actually make the underlying issues go away entirely.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: gmdv on September 01, 2017, 06:20:45 AM
It's a bit late in the year,  but I'll join.

Starting weight : 129.6 lbs

This put me right in the middle of the overweight BMI range.  Fingercross I'll be able to reach normal BMI by the end of 2017.
At of right now - 127.8 lbs
New number this morning - 126.8 lbs
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: GT on September 02, 2017, 03:51:16 AM
Still heading down.

New Years Eve: 88.1kg 23.8% BF
14JAN17: 88.2kg 23% BF
04FEB17: 86.8kg 21.6% BF
04MAR17: 86.3kg 21% BF
01APR17: 84.2kg 21.7% BF
06MAY17: 82.9kg 20.2% BF
03JUN17: 81.6kg 20.1% BF
01JUL17: 80.9kg 19.8% BF
05AUG17: 80.5kg 19.1% BF
02SEP17: 79.9kg 19.4% BF
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: mc6 on September 03, 2017, 02:54:13 AM
Today I start a raw vegan lifestyle, so maybe this will be the key to losing that annoying concrete belly fat.  Menopause is not easy!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: lexde on September 03, 2017, 08:34:00 AM
20-Mar: 179 lbs
27-Mar: 177 lbs
03-Apr: 174 lbs (whoosh!)
10-Apr: 174 lbs
17-Apr: 172.5 lbs
24-Apr: 171 lbs
01-May: 162.5
07-May: 169
14-May: 169
21-May: 167.5
28-May: 167 - 169 ??
04-Jun: 166
10-Jun: 167
17-Jun: 166
25-Jun: 165.5
04-Jul: 166.5
10-Jul: 165.5
12-Jul: 162   10% loss from 180 lbs
28-Jul: 161
06-Aug: 161
12-Aug: 162 
31-Aug: 156   10% loss from 175 lbs


There was some uncertainty in my starting weight, somewhere between 175 and 180 lbs. But where ever the original wicket actually was, I've lost 10%. Something of a suspect victory, though. The last 4 pounds have been lost due to fear and misery shutting down my appetite, instead of diet and discipline. Easy to lose when you're too freaked out by circumstances to eat. Hopefully the situation will stabilize, and my weight will also stabilize once my appetite's returned.

I've noticed that dropping 20 lbs has made my feet, hips, and lumbar spine feel much better. I was starting down some pain paths that alarmed me, and I'm very happy to have made the underlying issues better. A longer term goal is get to a normal BMI of 25, which happens around 141 lbs for my height. That might actually make the underlying issues go away entirely.
I hope that your situation, whatever it is, improves. I've been in those situations and it's miserable so I'm wishing you a speedy path to a resolution.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZiziPB on September 05, 2017, 05:17:19 AM
Joining in the fun.  Starting Week 2 of my effort today.  Goal is 145 lbs which will take me back to normal BMI category.  I'm tracking my food with MyFitnessPal and trying to get exercise in some form every day.

8/21 - 159.4
8/28 - 155.2

After being stuck at 155 for at least a week, the scale is finally moving down again.

8/21 - 159.4
8/28 - 155.2
9/5 - 154.2
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on September 05, 2017, 07:53:25 AM
Bounced off the low number again. Twice. It does feel like clothing is looking/feeling better, but that may just be psychological.
I hit my low number again the night before we went on a 2.5 week holiday. And then last night I saw a lower evening number than I've had since university. I _can_ do this, I just need consistency and to focus more on food than on exercise.

And a new low last night, at the end of a week where I ate ice cream and cookies. My body makes no sense.  Would I have lost more if I hadn't eaten the ice cream or does it help convince my body that food will be available and it isn't starving? The 8 km walk on Saturday probably helped.

Finances are easier than weight because all the numbers are available.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: ZiziPB on September 11, 2017, 04:26:32 AM
8/21 - 159.4
8/28 - 155.2
9/5 - 154.2

9/11 - 152.8

My clothes are finally starting to fit a bit better :-)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on September 12, 2017, 01:03:32 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2
7-10-17: 163.0
7-31-17: 161.2
8-7-17: 160.2
8-23-17: 158.6
9-12-17: 155.0

Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on September 13, 2017, 04:07:29 PM
12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4
6/13: 172.6
6/20: 175   
6/27: 175.2
7/4: 175.0
7/11: 174.6
7/18: 173.6
7/25: 174.2
8/1: 174.8
8/8: 174.0
8/15: 173.8
8/22: 176.8
8/29: 174.6

9/5: 177.2
9/12: 177.2

Things are definitely looking a few lbs heavier for both me and my wife the last few weeks. Ratcheting carbs down a tad further. Saw 179.8 once, DANGEROUSLY close to my limit of staying <180 lbs! Going keto in less than 2 weeks. If I can stay ~176-178 until then, I should be in MUCH better shape than previous years. Still much better than 186 at this time last year, and 202 the year before!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on September 30, 2017, 12:56:09 PM
Happy to report another 0.4 lbs down, for a total of 5.8. Sitting at 152, and so excited to see the other side of 150 coming; it's been a while! My jeans are much more comfortable and I've got my eye on the smaller jeans that haven't been out of the closet for far too long!

It appears that 0.4 lbs is my weekly number, so now at 151.6 . . . Chisel, chisel, chisel. I don't mind if it's slow; at least it's the right direction. I'm not feeling deprived or hungry and my motivation is staying strong.

Last weekend I was exactly the same, which is always a bit disappointing (because the NUMBER ON THE SCALE!); however, I knew that I was on track and everything would be fine. And today I am down another 1.4, to 150.2. The 140s are in sight! Yessss.

The 140s are here, the 140s are here!!! From 157.8 on Apr. 8 to 148.4 today - my delight is real. :) It's been a few years since I've been below 150, I think.

I didn't go to my official WW weigh-in this morning, but my home scale says 145ish... I've met my goal for this, but since I'm not feeling deprived and the program is working well, I'm going stay the course and see if I can shave off 2-3 more pounds by the end of the summer (which would put me at the 10% target of this thread). I'm able to wear just about anything in my closet again:)

End of summer update: official weigh in this morning at 144.6. My plan is to continue to attend WW most weeks so that I don’t creep back up. Some people have good luck just on their own; apparently I really need the formal commitment.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: lexde on September 30, 2017, 04:22:20 PM
I am... not doing well at this challenge. Working an office job with long, stressful hours (even over he weekend, often times) is taking a huge toll on my health already and I'm still in my mid/late 20s. /complainypants

So for the rest of this year I'm going to try to make some real progress on this. While I probably won't hit 10%, I'd like to try to lose at least 8-10lbs before the end of the year. Today was a total wash but I'm going to go grocery shopping tomorrow and will prep good meals for next week to help me get started.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: LadyMuMu on September 30, 2017, 04:37:55 PM
lexde, I'm with you. I've managed to actually gain weight this year due to stress, overeating, working at a desk, not exercising as much, and just flat out making poor choices. I recommitted yesterday and then saw your post today. So here's an official call out to those on the struggle bus--join us and finish the year out OK.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: plainjane on October 02, 2017, 11:46:00 AM
Mar 16: net -4
Mar 23: net -3
Mar 30: net -3
Apr 6: net -3
Apr 13: net -5
Apr 18: net -6
Apr 25: net -5
May 3: net -6
May 11: net -6
May 18: net -5
May 31: net -6

Net - 8

It isn't much, but it is the right direction. On the struggle bus, trying to finish off the year strong.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: engineermom21 on October 03, 2017, 03:19:27 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2
7-10-17: 163.0
7-31-17: 161.2
8-7-17: 160.2
8-23-17: 158.6
9-12-17: 155.0
10-2-17: 152.4
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Step37 on October 03, 2017, 08:01:25 PM
5-8-17: 176.4
5-15-17: 172.8
5-22-17: 171.4
5-31-17: 169.8
6-12-17: 168.0
6-26-17: 165.2
7-10-17: 163.0
7-31-17: 161.2
8-7-17: 160.2
8-23-17: 158.6
9-12-17: 155.0
10-2-17: 152.4

Fantastic, steady progress! Way to go. 😀

(My inner cheerleader really wanted to come out.)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: alleykat on October 03, 2017, 10:07:04 PM
lexde, I'm with you. I've managed to actually gain weight this year due to stress, overeating, working at a desk, not exercising as much, and just flat out making poor choices. I recommitted yesterday and then saw your post today. So here's an official call out to those on the struggle bus--join us and finish the year out OK.


Alright, glad to see others too.  I joined earlier in the year and just couldn't stay committed.  Too many stop and starts. I am just a stress eater and when I am tired I make bad choices.  I can still finish the year decently so I am in.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Nate R on October 04, 2017, 09:10:19 AM

12/27: 198.4
1/3:   193.0
1/10: 190.6
1/17: 188.2
1/24: 188.4
1/31: 186.2
2/7:  184.4
2/14: 183.0
2/21: 182.4
2/28: 180.8
3/7: 178.6
3/14: 180.0
3/21: 178.8
3/28: 178.0
4/4: 176.2
4/11: 174.6   <-Started into maintenance mode, trying to keep it <180 lbs until October.
4/18: 174.2
4/25: 174.0
5/2: 175.0
5/9: 174.0
5/16: 171.0
5/23: 173.2   
5/30: 174.2     
6/6: 173.4
6/13: 172.6
6/20: 175   
6/27: 175.2
7/4: 175.0
7/11: 174.6
7/18: 173.6
7/25: 174.2
8/1: 174.8
8/8: 174.0
8/15: 173.8
8/22: 176.8
8/29: 174.6
9/5: 177.2
9/12: 177.2

9/19: 179.0
9/26: 178.6
10/3: 177.4


Got as high as 180.8 the night before going keto. Started that on 9/25. Didn't keep it under 180 all year, but under 181! I'll take it, I was 10 lbs heavier this time last year. 

Going keto for at least 7-8 weeks, maybe longer depending on how things go. I'd LIKE to not be keto once I start my training for next year's bike racing, which is early December. So, hoping I can drop some weight in the next 6 weeks, would like to be down around 170 in race form next year. But, we'll see, making progress either way at this point!
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: albireo13 on October 04, 2017, 09:55:09 AM
10% is a long shot for me but, let's see what I can do ....

10/01       190 lbs.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MM_MG on December 20, 2017, 10:29:47 PM
I'm in on this one.

Current weight 285. 

I have spent the last few years focusing on making sure our financial future was taken care of, now I need to focus on my getting more healthy so I can enjoy all of our hard work in the future. 

2017 goal:  Lose weight, not worry about money (we have plenty) and learn to live in the moment.

Failed.  Miserably.   I stopped worrying about money as much, tried to live in the moment more, but actually gained weight.  Extremely busy and stressful work year for me.  It was fun and challenging, but the long hours, travel and high stakes took their toll.

Need to do better in 2018. 
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Erica on December 21, 2017, 08:43:25 AM
Numbers stress me out and I don't own a scale
We moved 5 weeks ago...partially to loose weight
Pants which were major tight on me can now be buttoned up easily.
Finally got the kinks out totally and am doing pretty good cycling
Considering the weather somewhat complies, I should be in a different size within about 2 months
Prediction is we are going to have a warmer than normal, wintertime. Calif is out of the drought now so that works
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: Suzanne on December 23, 2017, 03:55:25 AM
I intend to lose 10% or more of my body weight in 2017.

Currently I am 191 pounds. My goal is to reach 170 pounds. I will be FIRE'd as of January 4, 2017 so I am hopeful that this will be a good time to make a genuine lifestyle change as opposed to the usual cycle of gain and then lose, gain, lose, lather, rinse and repeat.

My motivation is to better my odds of staying healthy by reducing my blood pressure, the risk of stroke, heart attack, and Diabetes, all of which unfortunately run in my extended family.

I will post updated stats weekly, or at least every two weeks. But may post more frequently to discuss diet and general strategy if anyone else is interested.

Anyone else in?


Simple step is diet and burning more calories. This simple step helps you to lose weight.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: 2Birds1Stone on December 23, 2017, 01:05:47 PM
I'm in, pretty much have to.

Current weight 230lbs

Want to do a USAPL powerlifting meet @ 205lb weight class in April
Doing Ironman Lake Placid 70.3 in September for which I need to be even lighter so my joints don't fall apart.

I actually got up to 235 after returning from vacation ~January 5th.

Weight today is 210.2, so I am officially down 10% of my bodyweight with another week to go (and I do plan on dropping another 1-2 lbs)
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on December 28, 2017, 02:08:41 PM
I'm in.  Weighted myself 2 days ago, I was 228 (I've been fluctuating around 230).  I'm 6'4, so while I'm overweight, it's not super obvious.  I was 180 almost 2 years ago, and had a lot of health issues since.  If I was at 100% that would be my goal, but 200 with some of my muscle back would be fantastic.  My biggest hurdle will be saying no to the snacks at the office.
Weight went up.  More health issues, less energy.  Hopefully I'll figure out what's going on soon.  As soon as I do, the weight is coming off.  The scale said 240 over the weekend.  At least I saved a ton of money this year.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MrMoogle on December 28, 2017, 02:12:46 PM
At least I saved a ton of money this year.
I had to google it.  A ton of quarters is worth $40k.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: infogoon on January 03, 2018, 06:12:00 AM
So, a December of booze and Christmas cookies erased a lot of the progress I'd made. Back on the wagon, and shooting for a 15% loss in 2018.
Title: Re: Lose 10% or More of Your Body Weight in 2017
Post by: MM_MG on December 28, 2018, 10:24:39 PM
I'm in on this one.

Current weight 285. 

I have spent the last few years focusing on making sure our financial future was taken care of, now I need to focus on my getting more healthy so I can enjoy all of our hard work in the future. 

2017 goal:  Lose weight, not worry about money (we have plenty) and learn to live in the moment.

Failed.  Miserably.   I stopped worrying about money as much, tried to live in the moment more, but actually gained weight.  Extremely busy and stressful work year for me.  It was fun and challenging, but the long hours, travel and high stakes took their toll.

Need to do better in 2018.

Need to take my own advice from 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014...sigh.

Actually I am pretty excited to turn the next chapter here.  Everything else is in place.  Just need to tackle the fitness side of life and feel like I have sufficient motivation.  We'll see.